You are on page 1of 594

-

-
- "

-
-"

- ,
Comprehensive Five Day
- "
Training Program for
- Certified Energy Managers
-
Comprehensive Five Day
Training Program
For Certified Energy Managers

March 1, 2013
Association of Energy Engineers 2013

As a courtesy to everyone attending


this seminar, please:

Turn off your


cell phones.

Set your pagers on vibrate.

Introduction 2
Reminder for CEM Test
No wireless devices of any kind can be used on
the CEM test. All cell phones and wireless
devices must be put away, and cannot be used
for any purpose - including use as your watch .
No computer use of any type is allowed. A
computer cannot be used during the exam to
access AEE CD's, software of any type,
spreadsheets for either data or calculation
purposes, or for any other purpose.
Hand calculator (non-wireless) use for problem
solving is a required skill for any of the CEM
preparation courses and for this course .
Introduction - 3
Cl<i''

Basic Skills Required for Seminar


Basic problem solving skills
Quick and accurate use of a hand calculator
Ability to use basic algebra
Ability to set up problem solution expressions
and calculations from a written problem
statement.

Introductioo - 4
Preparation and Review Available
1. Basics of Energy Management
- Reviews basic skills on previous slide
2. Economic Analysis Review for the CEM Exam
- Economic analysis and problem solving using
a hand calculator, not a computer.
3. More becoming available from time-to-time
Self-study and 24/7 Online versions available
from www.aeecenter.org/training
Help spread the word to others about these
courses .
Introduction - 5

International 51 CEM Training

AEE offers the training program using SI


international units.
- The international workbook version uses all SI
units.
- The CEM test is also all in SI units.
The Guide to Energy Management textbook is
available in an International Edition with SI units
If interested, please contact Ms MaryElise Cox
at AEE HQ. 770447-5083 x221

Inlroduction - 6
-
Training Program and
Associated Reference Guide
The Five Day Training Program is designed to help
participants become better energy managers, and to
help exam-takers pass the exam.
Much material on the exam is covered in the training
program, but not everything on the exam is covered
in the training program .
Examinees may find that their experience and
background provide keys to some answers.

Introduction - 7

About the Appendix Volume


A separate volume from the Seminar Workbook -
Background material in the appendices
- Generally is less-important than the material
in the reference guide distributed the first day
- Will not be covered in the course except
perhaps in response to questions from
participants
- Generally will not be the focus of exam
questions
-
Introduction a
Not all pages will be covered
Some sections of the CEM Seminar Workbook are long.
Material from these sections
- May be summarized
- Selected pages may be covered in detail
You should read all non-appendix material
- May be on the CEM Examination .
Sections where this will occur are primarily:
- Section D on Codes and Standards
- Section N on Green Buildings
- Section T on CHP and Renewable Energy

Introduction - 9

Workbook Materials Compiled By


Senior Authors and Editors:
Dr. Barney L. Capehart, CEM, BEP, DGCP
Professor Emeritus and Founding Director
University of Florida Industrial Assessment Center
Capehart@ise.ufl.edu

Dr. Wayne C. Turner, PE, CEM, BEP


Professor Emeritus and Founding Director
Oklahoma State University Industrial Assessment Center
Wayne.Turner@okstate.edu
(Now in Fairplay, Colorado)

(senior authors and editors continued on next slide)

Introduction - 10
Workbook Materials Compiled By
Senior Authors and Editors:
Dr. Warren M. Heffington, PE, CEM
Associate Professor Emeritus and Founding Director
Texas A&M University Industrial Assessment Center
wdheffington@gmail.net
(Now with Armadillo Engineering, Marble Falls, TX)

Dr. Eric Woodroof, CEM, CRM


Chairman CRM Program; Member CEM Board
Profitable Green Solutions, USA
Eric@ericwoodroof.com

Introduction - 11

Contributing authors-alphabetically
Mr. Barry Senator, PE, CEM Dr. Scott Frazier
Benatech , Inc Biobased Products and Energy
Atlanta. GA Center
BBenator @Benatech.com Oklahoma State University
Robert. Frazier@okstate.edu
Mr. Clint Christenson, CEM
Energy Consultant Mr. Tim Janos, GEM , BEP, GEA
Colorado Springs, CO Director of Special Projects, and
CHnt.Christenson@yahoo.com GEM Board Chairman
Association of Energy Engineers
Atlanta, GA
Mr. Richard Costello, PE , MSEM, CEM
tjanos @aeecenter.org
President ~ Acela Energy Group
Nortolk, MA 02056
Mr. Steven Parker, PE , CEM
Richard.Costello @acelaenergy.com
Chief Engineer - Energy and Environment
Directorate
Dr. Scott Dunning , PhD, CEM Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratory
Director - School of Engineering Richland , WA
Technology steven.99.parker@gmall.net
University of Maine Orono , ME
Scotl.Dunning @umit.maine.edu

Introduction 12
Contri buti ng authors-alphabetically
Mr. Mark Roche, CEM, BEP Mr. T. Kenneth Spain, PE, CEM, CLEP
Commercial Energy ManCl;gement Programs University of Alabama/Huntsville
Supervisor Huntsville. AL
Tampa Electric Company, Tampa, FL spaink @uah.edu
Mrroche@ tecoenergy.com
Mr. Nick Stecky, CEM
Mr. Stephen P. Sain , PE , CEM Nick Stecky and Associates
President, Sai n Engineering Associates, Inc. Denville, NJ
Bi rmingham , AL Nstecky@aol.com
Steve,sai n@saineng.com
Mr Al Thumann, PE . CEM
Dr. Diane Schaub, MBA, CEM , CaE Executive Director, AEE
Senior Statistical Applications Analyst Atlanta, GA 30340
AI@aeeeenter.org
MO Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX
dschaub @mdanderson .org

Iwoduclion . 13

Training Program Goals


To train energy managers for large residential,
commercial, and institutional buildings; for
government buildings and facilities; and for
manufacturing plants and industrial facilities.

To develop an overall energy cost awareness


and an energy efficiency ethic.

To prepare qualified attendees to successfully


take the Certified Energy Manager
Examination and become CEMs.

Introduction 14
Training Program Objectives
At the end of the course, attendees should be able to
discuss and evaluate:
- Energy supplies, uses, and management in
commercial and institutional buildings and industries.
- How energy can be used more efficiently in
commercial and institutional buildings and industries.
- Relationships between energy and the environment in
buildings, as well as basic design concepts involved
with construction of green buildings and facilities.
- Different energy-using systems and equipment for
buildings and manufacturing plants.

lotroouclion - 15

Interactions
Seminar is highly interactive.
During seminar, attendees are encouraged to
- Ask questions that may be of general interest
- Relate experiences of general interest
During breaks, social hour, etc. attendees are
encouraged to
- Network with other course participants
- Discuss special situations with free instructors

Introduction - 16 ae<r"
-

Problem Sessions
Two problem sessions will be held
- About an hour long
- Usually Wednesday and Thursday starting
about 10 minutes after last session
- Attendance is optional
- Good for
Asking instructor for help with particular
problems
Discussing some special situation publicly

Introduction - 17
C\e'

Table of Contents
Daily Schedule for CEM Seminar
A. Need for Energy Management
B. Energy Management and Surveys
C. Energy Survey Instrumentation
D. Energy Codes and Standards, Indoor Air
Quality
E. Energy Purchasing
F. Energy Accounting and Benchmarking
G. Presently not used

Introduction - 18
Table of Contents (Cont'd)
H. Electric Rates and Tariff Structures
I. Economic Analysis and Life Cycle Costing
J.. Sample CEM Examination Questions and
Answers and Solutions, CEM Daily Review
and Answers
K. Electrical Systems and Electric Energy
Management
L. Lighting System Basics and System
Improvements
M. Electric Motors and Drives

Introduction 19

Table of Contents (Cont'd)


N. Green Buildings, LEED and Energy Star
O. HVAC Systems
P. Boilers and Steam Systems
Q. Compressed Air and Pump Systems
R. Building Envelope
S. Thermal Energy Storage
T. CHP Systems and Renewable Energy

Introduction 20
Table of Contents (Cont'd)

U. Maintenance Programs and Building


Commissioning
v. Basic Controls; and Building Automation
and Control Systems
w. Alternative Financing
x. Energy Management Software
Y. Acronyms and Abbreviations

Inlfoduction 21

Daily Schedule

Comprehensive Five-day
Training Program For
Energy Managers

Introduction 22
Monday Schedule

8:15-9:00 Welcome and Introductions


9:00-10:00 The need for energy management
(A); CEM examination information (A)
10:00-10: 15 Coffee Break
10: 15-11 :45 Energy management and surveys
(B) ; Energy survey instrumentation (C)
11 :45-1 :00 Lunch (On your own)

Introduction 23

Monday Schedule Cont'd

1:00-3:00 Building energy codes and standards


(0) ; Indoor Air Quality (0); Energy Purchasing (E)
3:00-3: 15 Coffee Break
3: 15-5:00 Building energy use (F); Electric rates
and tariff structures (H)

Introduction 24 C\e"
Tuesday Schedule
8:00-10:00 Economic analysis and life cycle
costing (I)
10:00-10: 15 Coffee Break
10:15-11 :45 Electrical systems and electric
energy management (K)
11 :45-1 :00 Lunch (On your own)
1:00-2:30 Lighting basics (L)
2:30-2:45 Coffee Break
2:45-5:00 Lighting system improvements (L);
and Building commissioning (U)
~.
Inlroduction - 25

Wednesday Schedule

8:00-10:00 Electric motors and applications (M)


10:00-10:15 Coffee Break
10: 15-11 :45 Motors and drives (M); and
Compressed air systems (Q)
11 :45-1 :00 Lunch (On your own)
1:00-2:45 HVAC systems (0)
2:45-3:00 Coffee Break
3:00-5:00 Building envelope (R)

~.
Introduction 26
Thursday Schedule
8:00-10:00 Boilers and steam systems (P)
10:00-10:15 Coffee Break
10:15-11:45 Pump Systems (Q); CHP Systems
and Renewable Energy (T), Energy
management software (X)
11:45- 1:00 Lunch (On your own)
1:00-2:45 Green buildings, Energy Star, and
LEED (N)
2:45-3:00 Coffee Break
3:00-5:00 Basic Controls; Building automation
and control systems (V)
Introduction - 27

Friday Schedule

8:00-10:30 Thermal energy storage (S),


Maintenance (U), and Alternative financing
(W)
10:30-11:00 Coffee Break and Hotel Checkout
11:00-3:00 CEM Examination (Optional for
attendees) Picture ID required to take the
CEM test.

Introduclion - 28 acrcr

1305
The Need for Energy

Management

Three Major Problems


America has three national priorities that
dictate saving energy: "))
)'I...',"
1. Environmental Quality - Reduce
global climate change and acid rain ~
~
,)~I ~;"

2. Economic Competitiveness - Reduce


costs and create jobs ~ ~
3. Energy Security - Reduce oil < ~ ~ ~~
imports and balance of payments - ~

None of these goals can be fully attained


without an energy efficient economy
A-2
I~I
\
Interface Areas With Energy
Management
Sustainability
Green buildings
Renewable energy
Energy productivity improvement
Greenhouse gas
Carbon footprint reduction
Water conservation

A-3
I~I

Driving Factors in Major Investments .


For Business and Industry
-Environmental regulations

-Product quality improvement

-Productivity improvement

-Energy - relates to the other three

A- 4
Other Energy Activities That We Should
Work With
Lean manufacturing
Energy should be added as the 8 th
deadly waste
Get on the Lean Team

Total quality management


TQM, Quality control, Quality circles
Get energy costs out of overhead

A-5
I~I

\
Professional Interest
Energy Management Jobs
Building/facility/ plant energy manager
Building/facility/plant maintenance
manager
Utility energy auditor/energy analyst
State/federal agency energy analyst
Consulting energy auditor and analyst
ESCO energy auditor and analyst

A-6
I~I
Federal Energy Efficiency
Requirements
Energy Independence and Security Act
(EISA) 2007
- Requires federal buildings to reduce
energy use 3% per year per square
foot from 2006-15
Baseline is 2003
- 30% reduction over the 10-year
period

A-7

Related Federal Requirements


Executive Order 13423 requires water
use reduction of 2%/square foot/yr
from 2007-2015 for total reduction of
16%.
Energy managers are often involved
with water projects
How long will it be before there is a
mandated carbon footprint reduction?

A-8
Energy Management
Energy management-the use of
engineering and economic principles to
control the cost of energy to provide
needed services in buildings and industries.
Energy cost reduction results from:
Improvements in energy efficiency
Changing patterns of energy use
Shifting to other sources of energy.

A-9
1C\e"1

Energy Cost Savings

No-cost actions and maintenance 1~CJ-


5 to 15 percent savings
Low-cost or short payback actions
15 to 30 percent savings
Higher-cost or longer payback action
30 to 50 percent savings

A 10
A Model Energy Management Program
3M Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Has 35+ business units; makes over 55,000
products at over 100 locations.
Corporate objective is to use energy efficiently.
Energy productivity improved more than 80%
from 1973-2010. Energy savings from 2005-
2010 was over $100 million.
3M expects to substantially reduce emissions of
waste gases and liquids, to increase energy
recovered from wastes, and to constantly
increase the profitability of their operations.
A - 11

3M sets energy efficiency goals and then


compares the results to a set standard in
order to measure success.
For periods of five years, 3M's goal is to
achieve about a 10% - 15% energy efficiency
improvement per pound of product or square
foot of area. Their goal is 2-3% improvement
per year, over five years.
In 2007, 3M set a 5% per year energy
reduction goal for the next five years.

A - 12
3M Emission Goals and Results

Global GHG Target in 2007: 50%


reduction in absolute GHG emissions
from 1990 base year .
- Results:
69% reduction 1990-2008
77% reduction by Jan 1, 2010

Carbon Emissions ...


An Extension of Energy Management

A - 14
I~I
The average American generates 20 metric tons (mt) of CO,/yr

Japan and Germany ~ 10 metric tons/year

15

Voluntary Carbon Projects are Expanding


An opportunity for Energy Managers

I~I
16
It is easy to convert kWh into Environmental Benefits vA"'!
~--------------------------------------------------------------------~ I t~
/' p('

Carbon Footprint Calculator

IO.{iiXl MMBIu/yoar

691 MtIfk:Tcn~ntCOI
rot MetrieTont.01COl
ITOTALlEmlNIOtll(PrtII lIotWCO _II.lou) 1;2;1~ Metric: T 001 0,

Your Emissions Profile

..

['i'ou;tO!~rEiiiiiir.;ns-.;.~tiiiY;;.riiirti);-- .. _._ .... _. __ .... _._ .. _.............._...... __ ....... _-...... __ .. _- ----.--.-----..-.--.----,., . -,,-.*.,",".*.," .......... j
8iJtreIs of 01 Being 8umcd 2.810 &~por)'WIr
"Cats on the Road 239 C<P3ptJfyotlf'
Ga/lolls of GM 8eing Coo'IS<.<Il<ld 136.819 G/Illons por yo"
EnfIf9Y Used by TIlls Many ~ 129 Home",-year
ActQ' 01 p.",. T,mu & " Cui OoWli ?60 A'-(8S f '"

For More Information


~----------------I
Companies that have taken
AEE Carbon Training
Training & Certification in this new
field is possible via AEE's "Carbon
Reduction Manager" Program
Check AEE website for course
dates/times

The emissions calculator can be


downloaded free from
ProfitableGreenSolutions.com
Look under the Resourcestab

A18
IC\CN'"I
The Certified Energy Manager
Examination
Candidates must have;
4-yr engineering or architecture degree and/or PE
or RA plus 3 years experience, or
4-yr Environmental Science, Physics or Earth
Science degree plus 4 years experience, or
4-yr business or related degree plus 5 years
experience, or
2-year technical degree plus 8 years experience, or
10 or more years experience
Acceptable experience is full-time, direct energy
management work
A19
I~I

Score Requirements
APPLICATION must be successfully completed.
CEM Exam must be passed
EMIT - Energy Manager in Training
EMIT Certificate awarded if you pass the CEM
test, but do not meet the eligibility
requirements

-
I~I
A - 20
EXAM Details
4 hours, open book, 130 questions
- 120 questions are scored
- 10 questions are trial questions being
prepared for future exams
- Trial questions are
randomly located,
not identifiable as trial questions
not scored
Answer all 130 questions
A - 21

Exam Details Continued


Maximum score is 1044 points
120 scored questions are worth 8.7
points each
81 of 120 scored questions must be
answered correctly.
Minimum score required for CEM
application is 700 points
Questions come from the body of
knowledge of energy managers
A - 22
1~1
Exam Details continued
ANSI accreditation is being sought for the
CEM Certification
- Requires a standard set of questions
- All candidates answer same questions
Exam covers 17 sections
- There are no longer optional sections
- Answer each question in each section

17 sections Primary WOdsbook Chapters


Codes and Standards , Indoor Air Quality D-Codes and Standards, Indoor Air Quality
Energy Accounting and Economics F-Boilding Enef9Y Use, I-Economic Analysis
Ene rgy Auditing I Instrume ntaUon B-Energy Auditing ,e-Audit Instrumentation, All

Electrical Systems H-Rate Structures, K-Electrical Systems, M-ElectriC Motors


HVAC Systems Q-HVAC, X-EM Software
Mo tors and Drives M-Electric Motor.; and Drives, X-EM Software
Q-A1r Compressors and Pumps, O-HVAC, P-Boilers and
Industrial Syste ms Steam systems, R-Bulldlng Envelope
Building Envelope R-BIdg Envelope. F-BIc!g Energy Use, X-EM Software
Building Automation and Control Systems V-EMS&BAC, K-Electric Sys, O-HVAC, X-EM Software

CHP Systems and Renewable Energy T-CHP Systems and Renewable Energy

Lighting Systems L-Ughting


Maintenance and Commissioning All & your experience, U-Malntenance, U-Commissioning
Boiler and Steam Systems P-(ombustlon
Fuel Procurement E-Fuel Purchasing, D-Codes and Standards
Green Buildings, LEED & Energy Star N-Green Buildings, LEED and ENERGY STAR
Thermal Energy Storage Systems S-Thermal Energy Storage, O-HVAC
Alternative Financing W-A/tematiYe Financing
A - 24
Exam Suggestions
Don't read the whole exam first.
Don't be afraid to eliminate and guess.
Use study guide and review questions.
Maintaining Certification - Easv
- AEE or other professional society membership
- Energy management job
- Conference attendance
- Paper presentation
- Awards/offices

A - 25
11ae<f1

CEM EXAM FORMULAS


GEOMETRY
Area of circle = n x r2
Circumference of circle =n x0
Area of rectangle = L x W
Perimeter of rectangle = 2 x L + 2 x W
ELECTRICAL
V = I x R Ohm's Law (single phase)
P = J2 x R Ohm's law for power (single phase)
kW = (V x A x 1.73 x PF)/lOOO (3 phase)
kW = kVA x PF
kVA = 1.73 x kV x A (3 phase)
A - 26
MOTORS
Percent load = (NLRPM - RPM)/(NLRPM - FLRPM)
Synchronous speed = (frequency x 60)/(number of pole pairs)
HP x Percent load = (V x A x 1.73 x PF x Efficiency)/746 (3 phase)
PF = kW/kVA
FANS AND FAN LAWS

Cfm,,,,/Cfm o1d = (rpm",,/rpm old )


Sp""" / SPoid = (rpm"" /rpmo~)'
HP,,,,/HPoid = (rpm"" / rpmo~)'
Rpmdriven x diameterdriven = rpmdriver X diameterdriver
Percent OA = (RAT - MAT)/(RAT - OAT)

A - 27

LIGHTING
RCR = (2.5 x cavity height x perimeter)/(area) (General)
RCR = [5 x height x (L + W)l/(L x W) (Rectangular room)
Number of lamps = (FCd",,,,, x area)/(Lumens-per-Iamp x Cu x Ll x L2 )
FC = Lumens/d'
Efficacy = Lumens/watt

HEAT FLOW

q = u x A x6T Btu/ h
q = M x Cp x 6T Btu/h (sensible heat only)
q = M x 6 h Btu/h (sensible and latent heat)

0.:""""" = U x A x 24 x COD Btu/yr


Qhe.,,,,,= U x A x 24 x HOD Btufyr

A - 28
1C\e(f1
MISCELLANEOUS
q = cfm x 1.08 x liT Btu/ h (sensible heat for air)
q = gpm x 500 x liT Btu/h (sensible heat for water)
COP = EER/3.412 EER = COP x 3.412
POU energy cost = (output/efficiency)(cost per unit)
Density of dry air at standard conditions 0.075 Ib/ft3
Specific heat of dry air at standard conditions 0.24 Btu/lbOF
Density of water at standard conditions 8.34 Ib/gal
Specific heat of water at standard conditions 1 Btu/lbOF
Density of water 62.4 Ib/ ft3
Density of water 7.5 galfft3

I~I

Fundamentals Handout

Efficiency W) of device or process is defined as


its Output/Input
Always use units
Output Input - Losses in your calculations.
'1= Input = Input
What are examples
of units?
Illustration:

Power or ,-___ Losses _ __,_:_---'---__ Power or


==~

Energy n Motor, Fumace, Hot Water Heater, etc. Energy Out


(Pi or Ej) " = efficiency (Po or Eo)

Po =P1 X 11.
Pj=P o ' "
Ej=Eo/ll Eo= Ejx T\

Fuod~tals Haoooput,2010. 1a.ppt


CEM Study Guide

A - 31
STUDY GUIDE
CERTIFIED ENERGY MANAGERS EXAM
After March 1, 2013

The following is a list of the subjects for the CEM exam. Each subject covers a number of topics. Following
the list of topics are suggested references with chapter numbers. The primary references are the Handbook of
Energy Engineeri ng. by D. Paul Mehta and Albert Thumann, the Energy Management Handbook. 8 th Edition by
Steve Daly and Wayne C. Turner, and Guide to Energy Management. 7th Edition by Barney L. Capehart ,
Wayne C. Turner and William J. Kennedy. However, some other books are also referenced as appropriate.

The stud y guid e will nOllead you to answers to all ofthe questions, but it will certainl y lead yo u to a very large
number of correct answers. A person with the necessary experience who reviews the study gu ide should not
have any problem passing the exa m.

The exam wi ll: be open book, last four hours, and have 130 questions to answer. Of the 130 questions, 120 are
scored and J 0 randomly located questions are trial questions being prepared for possible use on future exams.
The 120 questions cou nting toward an exa minee's score are worth 8.7 points each. The 10 tTial questions do not
co unt toward the examinee's score. The trial questions are randomly located and are not identified. Therefore,
all 130 questions should be answered. There are 17 sections listed below from which questions mainly are
drawn.

STUDY GUIDE TOPICS & REFERENCES

I. CODES AND STANDARDS and INDOOR AIR QUALITY


CODES AND STANDARDS SUBJECT TOPICS
Federal Power Act
FERC
National Energy Act of 1978
Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978
Public Utility Regulatory Policies Act of 1978
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Orders 436,500, 636, 636A, 888, and 889
Energy Policy Act of 1992
Energy Policy Act of 2005 - Energy Efficiency Requirements and Tax Incenti ves
Executive Order 13423 of 2007
Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007
Energy Improvement and Extension Act of 2008
American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009
ASHRAEIIESNA Standard 90.1-2004 and 2007
IEC and IEEC Codes
ASHRAE Standard 90.2
ASHRAE Standard 62.1 -2004 and 2007
Model Energy Code
ASHRAE Standard 135-2008
ANSIIMSE 2000:2008

REF: Mehta and Thumann, Handbook of Energy Engineering, Chapter 1.


REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter 20.

INDOOR AIR QUALIY SUBJECT TOPICS


ASHRAE Standard 62.1 - 2004 and 2007
Accep table Air Quality
Ventilation Rate Procedure
Alternate Air Quality Procedure
Typical Air Contaminants
VOCs and 8 ioaerosols
IAQ Problem Causes
C02 Measurement and Contro l
M icrobia l Contamin ati o n

REF: AS H RAE 62. 1 2004 and 2007 Standard


REF: Doty and T urner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter 17

II. ENERGY ACCOUNTING AND ECONOMICS


SUBJECT TOPICS
Simple Paybac k Pe ri od Li fe Cycle Cost Meth od
T ime Va lue o f Money Interest Formul as and Tables
Present WOrl h Project Life
Net Prese nt Value Ann ual Cost Method
Prese nt Worth Method Eco no mic Pe rfor mance Measures
A fter Tax Cash Flow Analysis Depreciation Methods
Internal Rate of Return Impact of Fue l Escalati o n Rates
Energy Acco unting Btu Reponin g
Point of Use Costs EfTic iency Meas ures

REF: Mehta and Thumann, "Handboo k of Energy E ngineering , Chapler 2.


REF: Dal y and Turner, Energy Ma nageme nt Handbook, Chapler 4.
REF: Cape hart, Turner a nd Ken nedy, G uide to Energy Ma nage men t, Chapte r 4.

III. ENERGY AUDITS AND INSTRUMENTATION


SUBJECT TOPICS
Role of Audits Audit Eq uipme nt
Ene rgy Management Meas ures Load Factors
Combusti on Ana lysis Co mbusti o n Ana lyzers
Powe r Fac LOr Correct ion Elec tri c Meteri ng Eq uipment
Very Basic Thermodynamics Temperature Meas ure me nt
Air Velocity Measure me nt Pressure Measureme nt
Light Level Meas ure ment Humidity Meas ure me nt
In frared Eq uipment Ene rgy and Power Meas ure ment
Fuel Choices HHV and LHV
Energy Use Index Energy Cost Index

REF: Mehta and Thuma nn, Handboo k of E nergy Engineeri ng, Chapter 3.
REF: Doty a nd T urner, Energy Manageme nt Handbook, Chapter 3.
REF: Capehart. Turner a nd Kenned y, Guide to Energ y Manage me nt. Chapter 2.

2
IV. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
SUBJECT TOPICS
Demand and Energy Load Factors
Real Power Reacli vc Power
Power Factor Three Phase Systems
Power Factor Correction Peak Demand Reduction
Rate Structure and Analysis Motors and Motor Drives
Variable Speed Drives Affinity Laws (Pump and Fan Laws)
Power Quality Harmonics
Grounding IEEE PQ Standard 5 19

REF: Mehta and Thumann, Handbook of Energy Engineering, Chapter 4.


REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter I I.
REF: Capehart, Turner and Kennedy, Guide to Energy Management, Chapter 3.

V, HVAC SYSTEMS
SUBJECT TOPICS
Healing, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
Affinity Laws Performance Rating (COP, EER, kW/ton )
Psychrometric Chart HV AC Economi zers
HV AC Equipment Types Air Distribution Systems (Reheat, Multizone, V A V)
Degree Days Chillers
Heat Transfer Energy Consumption Estimates
Vapor Compression Cycle Absorption Cycle
Cooling Towers Air and Water Based Heat Flow
AS HRA E Ventilation Standard Demand Control Ventilation

REF: Mehta and Thumann, Handbook of Energy Engineering, Chapter 7,8.


REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter 10.
REF: Capehart, Turner and Kennedy, Guide to Energy Management, Chapter 6.

VI. MOTORS AND DRIVES


SUBJECT TOPICS
AC Induction Motors AC Synchronous Motors
DC Motors High Efficiency Motors
Load Factor and Slip Power Factor and Efficiency
Motor Speed Control Variable Frequency Drives
Fan and Pump Laws Variable Flow Systems
MOlor Selection Criteria New vs Rewound Motors
MOlar Management Software Power Factor Correction

REF: Mehta and Thumann, Handbook of Energy Engineering, Chapter 4.


REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter II.
REF: Capehart, Turner and Kennedy, Guide to Energy Management, Chapter 12.

3
VII. INDUSTRIAL SYSTEMS
SUBJECT TOPICS
Waste Heat Recovery Boilers and Thermal Systems
Industrial Energy Management Fuel Choices
Steam Systems Steam Tables
Heat Exchangers Compressors
Turbines Pumps and Pumping Systems
Compressed Air Systems Air Compressors
Air Compressor Controls Air Leaks

REF: Mehta and Thumann, Handbook of Energy Engi neering, Chapter 5, 6 & 15.
REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter 5, 6 & 8.
REF: Capehart, Turner and Kennedy, Guide to Energy Management, Chapter 7, 8 & 11 .

VIII. BUILDING ENVELOPE


SUBJECT TOPICS
Thennal Res istance Heat Transfer Coefficients
1nsu lation Vapor Barriers
Solar Heat Gain Solar Shading
Thermall y Light Facilities Thermally Heavy Facilities
Conduction Heat Loads Psychrometric CharL
Air Heat Transfer Water Heat Transfer

REF: Mehta and Thumann, Handbook of Energy Engi neering. Chapter 7.


REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter 9 & 15.
REF: Capehart, Turner and Kennedy, Guide to Energy Management, Chapters 6 & I I.

IX. CHP SYSTEMS and RENEWABLE ENERGY


SUBJECT TOPICS
Topping Cycles Bottoming Cycles
Combined Cycles Fuel Select ion
Prime Movers Operating Strategies
Regulations Codes and Standards
Combined Heal and Power Distributed Generation
HHV and LHV Thermal Efficiencies
Solar, Wind, Biomass, and Hydropower Wind Energy Systems
Solar Thermal and Solar Photovoltaic Systems

REF: Mehta and Thumann, Handbook of Energy Engineering, Chapter 9.


REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter 7.
REF: Capehan, Turner and Kennedy, Guide to Energy Management, Chapters 13 and 14

X. ENERGY PROCUREMENT
SUBJECT TOPICS
Energy Policy Act of 2005 Energy Policy Act of 1992
Deregulated Natural Gas Retail and Wholesale Wheeling
FERC Orders 888 and 889 Electric Deregulation
Util ity Restructuring Natural Gas Policy Act
Marketers and Brokers
LDC, ISO, PX, EWG
HHV and LHV
Distributed Generatio n

REF: Mehta and Thumann, Handbook of Energy Engineering, Chapter I .


-
REF: Doty and Turner.' Energy Management Handbook, Chapter 2 1,23, & 24.

4
XI. BUILDING AUTOMATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
SUBJECT TOPICS
Energy Management Strategies Terminology
Basic Controls PID Controls
BACnet & LON Signal Carriers
Power Line Carriers Direct Digital Control
Distributed Co ntrol Central Control
Optimization Controls Reset Controls
Building Contro l Strategies Communication Protocols
Expert Systems Arl ificial Intelligence
Self-Tunin g Cont ro l Loops Energy Information Systems
TCP/IP Internet, Intranets and WWW
BAS Systems Web Based Systems

REF: Mehta and Thumann, Handbook of Energy Engineering, Chapter 4 and 10.
REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter 12.
REF: Capehart, Turner and Kennedy, Guide to Energy Management, Chapter 9 and 15.

XII. GREEN BUILDINGS, LEED, AND ENERGY STAR


SUBJECT TOPICS
Green Buildings USGBC
Sustainable Design LEED Certi fication
ASH RAE 90. 1 Energy Cost Budget Method LEEDO&M
Certified, Silver, Go ld , and Platinum LEEDNC
LEED CI LEEDCS
Water Efficiency Energy and At mosphere
Materials and Resources Indoor E nvironmental Qua lity
ENERGY STAR Rating Portfolio Manager
Energy Star Label Green Globes
ASHRAE Standard 189 AS HRAE Green Gu ide

REF: United States Green Buildings Council, websi te with LEED presentations, www.usgbc.org
REF: ENERGY STAR presentation, ENERGY STAR webs ite, www.energvstaLgoV.
REF: Capehart, Turner and Kennedy, Guide to Energy Management, Chapter 16
REF: Daly and Turner, Energy Management Hand book, Chapter 23_

XIII. THERMAL ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS


SUBJECT TOPICS
Design Strategies Operating Strategies
Storage Media Advantages and Limitations
Chilled Water Storage Ice Storage
Sizi ng Volume Requirements
Full Storage Systems Partial Storage Systems

REF: Mehta and Thu mann, Handbook of Energy Engineering, Chapter 12.
REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter 19.

5
XIV. LIGHTING SYSTEMS
SUBJECT TOPICS
Li ght Sourccs Effic iency and Effi cacy
Lamp Life Strike and Restrike
Lumens Footcandles
Zo nal Cavity Design Meth od In verse Sq uare Law
Coeffic ie nt of Utili zati o n Room Cavity Ratios
Lamp Lumen Depreciation Li ght Loss Factors
Dimming Li ghtin g Controls
Color Temperature Color Renderin g Index
Visual Comfort Factor Reflectors
Ball asts Ba ll ast Factor
Lighting Retrofits IES Lighting Standards
EPACT 2005 Li ghti ng Efficiency LED Li ghtin g

REF: Mehta and Thuma nn , Handbook o f E nergy Engineeri ng. Chapter 4.


REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Managemen t Handbook, Chapter 13.
REF: Capehart, Turner and Ke nnedy, Gu ide to Energy Ma na geme nt , C hapter 5.

XV. BOILER AND STEAM SYSTEMS


SUBJ ECT TOPICS
Co mbusti o n Efficiency Air to Fuel Ratio
Excess A ir Boi ler Economi zers
Steam Traps Steam Leaks
Cond ensate Return Boiler Blowdow n
Waste Heat Reco very Flas h Steam
Scaling and Fouling Turbu lators
HHV and LHV Condensing Boilers

REF: Mehta and Thumann , Hand boo k of Energy Engineering , Chapter 6.


REF: Doty a nd Turner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter 5 and 6.
REF: Capehart, Turner and Ke nnedy, Gu ide to Energy Mana geme nt, Chapte r 7 and 8.

XVI. MAINTENANCE AND COMMISSIONING


MAINTENANCE SUBJ ECT TOPICS
Combusti on Contro l Compressed Air Leaks
Steam Lea ks Steam Traps
Insulati on O ut side Air Ventilation
Group Relamping Scheduled Maintena nce
Preventive Maintenance Proacti ve Maintenance
Boi ler Scale Wate r Treatme nt

REF: Me hta and Thumann, Handbook of Energy Engi neerin g, C hapter 14.
REF: Dot y and Turner, Energy Management Handbook, C hapter 14 .
REF: Capehart, Turner and Kennedy, Guide to E nergy Management, Chapter 10 and I I .

COMMISSIONING SUBJECT TOPI CS


Pu rpose of Commissio nin g Bene fit s of Commissioning
Need for Co mmissio nin g Commissioning New B uildin gs
Retro-Commiss io nin g Rea l T ime and Con tinuo us Co mmissio nin g
Measureme nt and Ve rifi cation Commission in g Age nt
Phases of Commissioning Facility Design Intent
Commiss io ning Doc umentati on Re-co mmissio nin g

REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Management Handbook, Chapter 26

6
XVII. ALTERNATIVE FINANCING
SUBJECT TOPICS
Energy Service Companies Energy Savings Performance Comracting
Utility Financing Shared Savings Contracts
Demand Side Management Contracting and Leasing
M easurement and Verifi cation ProLOcols Savings Determination
Ri sk Assessment Energy Pol icy Act of 1992, 2005
Loa ns, Stocks and Bonds Federal Faci lit y Requ irements
EISA 2007

REF: Mehta and Thumann, Handbook of Energy Engineerin g. Chapter 16.


REF: Doty and Turner, Energy Manage ment Handbook, C haptcr 25.

7
,----------------------------. J~
~yi'10

Energy Management
and Surveys

Why Do Energy Management?


Direct $$ Savings, very often with Low Risk, and ...
Many Non-Utility Benefits:
- Maintenance, Material & Labor Savings
- Improved Building Value
- Better Cost-Competitiveness
Often, the Project ROI > Company's Profit Margin "
Often, the Project ROI > Cost of Finance >f
- Improved "Green", "Sustainable" Image
Boost Sales and/or Employee Recruitment
- Reduced Pollution in OUR Environment
Ability to Meet Supplier/Govt. Requirements
see also Energy Management also Yields: capital, Operation~ Recognibon and
Environmental 8enefi~ E. Woodroof, et ai, Energy Engineering, Vol 109 (5), 2012
8 -2
Starting an Energy
Management Program
1. Develop energy strategy
2. Set goals
3. Get support from top management
4. Establish administrative and management structure
5. Benchmark and track energy cost and use
6. Conduct energy audits
7. Identify, analyze, and prioritize opportunities
8. Implement energy projects, processes, and training
9. Monitor, target, and reporting, and REPORTING (yes
we said it twice - It's That Important II!!!)
More in the Appendix!
83

Initiating An Energy
Management Program
Designate an energy manager/energy
management team.
Energy managers must have support from top
management to get cooperation from the
maintenance and operating personnel.
Management must provide support for:
1. Funding to implement the most cost-
effective improvements
2. Collecting energy use and cost data

84
The Middle Part
Most effort goes to identifying and implementing
projects
- Hierarchy of projects
Low-risk projects
Major conservation projects before major
capital improvement projects

(And, there is no end part to a good program)

8-5

Why Energy Conservation First?

One company installed base line (24 hour)


electrical generation for 180 kW which was night
base load. After conservation, that load dropped
to 60 kW.
Another institution cancelled purchase of a large
chiller after conservation reduced the demand,
even with an increase in buildings serviced
Energy Conservation is mostly behavioral
modification so CHEAP

8-6
Do Energy Conservation First
~

Courtesy Dr. Dennis BuUington, P.E.. CEM, CSE, Department of Agricultural and BiOlogical Engineering,
Pennsylvania State University 8 _7 ~

Occupied Day
Client A
Dark Line : kW of De mand Before Conservation
Light Line : kW of Demand After Conservation

Interval Analytics Dual Dai ly Consumption Profil e Viewer

..
' --~"~~~. ~-"""""" "'''''''''''' '''~ '''''"'' ~ "
~"
-- ---
~ "."",...,

6-8
Unoccupied Day
Client A
Dark Line :kW of Demand Before Conservation
Light Line: kW of Demand After Conservation

Interval Analytics Dual Daily Consumption Profile Viewer


:=. . ..! ~ 1=,.,; t!t 35
1~ ::;; I := nw. . .

. .. . ..........--..-_............. " " ...... . ..


_--_ .. _-_ .. __.__ .. _----_._--_
-.-- - - - -.-.-.~.-~.----.---.*.*-.*--.-.**.**---

-
..... ..... ........
~ '''~-'''' ...... -"..,. ~.,.. ...
~ , - --""-
'''''~'.''

B 9

University Energy Consumption


kBtu per square foot trend (Behavioral Modification Starting August 2011 )

1100 1--..__...._.. .1.93

;
90 _;- ----.----.-_ _ _ .__ .___ .___ .______ _
-._--_._._. __ ._,,-'""":E"'ne"'fJlY---'" - -- ~ ;k ~
Program
Start
j 80 ---,--,.-.-:
un Aug Oct Dec Feb Apr Jun Aug Oct Dec Feb Apr Jun Aug 0 ct Dec Feb Apr Juo

~ 2009
- - -
2010 2011 2012

Energy conservation results from behavioral ~il ~ation for a university client of Ener~tI
Education, Inc.
Additional Benefits of Energy
Conservation

Lights on less means
they last longer

Additional Benefits of E
I. Reduced Maintenance Matenal Costs
2. Reduced Maintenance Labor osts
3. Perman ntly Avo ided Capital In

HV AC on less means
less labor to replace
Ex: You save a lot of filters
energy, and don't
need that extra chiller
that was planned.

Additional Benefits of Energy


~-- Conservation

Using Chiller Ex ... You
would also avoid legal,
admin and other
Less Energy Used
procurement costs
means Less
Carbon/Sustainability
Offset Costs
)l!

4. Avoided Procurement Costs


5. Avoided Purchases of Carbon Offsets
6. Enhanced Image. Public R lations or Recognition

Free "Green
Marketing"
B -12
Additional Benefits of Energy
Conservation

Worth - up to 7% in
Avoided Taxes
Worth - up to 8%
Env.!Misc. Costs on
Utility Bill

7. Reduced Sales TaxeslEnvironmental Penalties Not S urveyed


8. Improved Building Value Not Surveyed

B - 13

Additional Benefits of Energy


Conservation

Value of Building Increases by


7. Reduced SaJcs Taxes/Envi ronmental Penalties =(CAP Rate) X (Energy
8. Improved Building Value Savings)
Example:
=(7) X (100,000)
:$700,000

B14
Survey Results ~

Additi onal Benefits of Energy Conse rvation % of FHcility Ma nagers t ha t


Experienced t his Benefi t
I. Rcduccc.l Maintenance Material Costs 92%
2. Reduced Maintenance Labor Costs 7l %
3. Pcnnanently Avoided CilpilallnvCSlmcnt 33%
4. Avoided Procurement Costs 63%
5. Avoided Purchases of Carbon Offset:> 10%
6. Enhanced Image, Public Relations or Recognition 44%
7. Reduced Sales TaxesfEnviromncntal Penalties Not Surveyed
8. Improved Building Value Not Surveyed

Benefits such as these can be


very difficult to quantify
B 15
~

Additional Benefits
Via Example Application, we calculate:
% I mprm'f'tllelll 10
Additional Benefits (most are A nnual) Energy Sa l'i"K.t

I. Reduced Maintenance Material Costs 4.8%


2. Reduced Maintenance Labor Costs 6.1%
3. Pennanently Avoided Capital Investment
4. Avoided Procurement Costs
5. Avoided Purchases of Carbon Offsets 10%
6. Enhanced Image, Public Re lations or Recogn ition
7. Reduced Sales Taxes/ Environmental Penalties J(I%
R. Improved Buildi ng Value
Total Additiona l Value from this [eM
0/0 Additional Va lu (' Impro\'cm cnf Beyond E n er gy Savings ofS7S,OOO/year 31%

B - 16 ~.
Non-auant i4: ~
Ad d.ili on al Benefit
Utility Rate Reduction
... Benl ."'.L
EXQ "'/1le.~

Byfiu:usillg on I!lIcrgy COII.w!rvatiofi find learning a/femur;I'C /YIte sc:lU:('lIle.~,
)'0111' orgalliz(J/ioll was oble to Slt.:ilcll to a lower el/crJ..'J' rll/e Sln/Clllre.
Idcntificmion and Capture of all B)'JiX:lIsillg Oil encrg;' c011.fervatil)lI, your orgoni=otioll 11'(1$ able 10 (lcquire
Utility andlor Government rehates.
Rebates
Rccovcn;d Dilling Errors By jocl/sing on energy "Col1serwlliOll. )"0111' org(lnization received billillg
crediu fro", the utility. rli.~/(II)' sholl's thai energy II/mwger.f often uncover
hilling er/"ors when schcdllle.r and bills arc rc\'iclI"Cd careju!(l"
R~-dllccd Risk 10 Environmental Sillce they hlSl fonger, there is less COSt fol' dispOSlIllrecyclillg of bllibs.
and/or l.cgnl Costs ht/I/os/s, mOIl)I',~, elc, lind less environmental ",:\'k,
Increased Training "d As yOIll' I!nergy saving program mati/res, ,f(} tloes the stag' rulllling Ih e
Pcrfonnancc of FacililY Slaff bllildings (lnil equipmf!nl, Better lI/ulerstalldillg of th e fim eliOlIS y ields
reduce,/ oper(lting COStS ill (II/cillan> Clreas.
Improvl!d Abilily to Marmge A,~ a focus ofener&:V is deployed {l/:mss Ihe orgal/izmioll. management e ml he
Energy and Assign 3ed Party morc astute ill dealing lri/lr eXlernal CO lllmClon:, as well as the pamsilic
Costs 10 the 3 rd Party cllergy consllmplion t/rev crc(J(e (luring com'/rut'lioll Q( lIew jil(:ilities.
Improved Compliance wilh As more allenlion i.v pai' l 10 com/orl ami I'ell/ilm/o" reqiliremellls. there is
Build i n ~ Siandards heller comp/i'mcc It"irh IISflRAE 62. 55. ({lid olllel' .fflmdortlr
Ulility Savings Applied 10 Staff Utility sa l'il1g.( call be uud lojillld 111.'11" positioll,( or (/I'oid slo,[flayojls
Positions
Improved Staff Comfort and Through ol'limizlllioll. prodUl..:li\'il)' Cf.1Il impr(w c (comJill'l, fJlI"~if.I(! tlir.
Productivity )t'rSOIIIIC{ etc)
Water and Sewer Savin 's
Throllgh )timi::atioll. water COIISIIIII )lioll alld sewerage costs (Ire redllced.
B - 17
'-1ICt~

Dealing With Energy Costs


in Overhead
A difficult problem for an energy manager:
Trying to reduce energ y costs for a lacility when these costs are
accounted for as part of general overh ead.

Best solution to this problem:


Top management should allocate energy costs down to "cost centers"
in the company or the facility.

Managers then have a direct incentive to control energy costs to


improve the overall cost-effectiveness of the production center.

- 5 vlf "J!.r7
B-t8
Allocation of Energy Costs for
Multi-Tenant Buildings
Large buildings are often "master metered" to reduce utility
fixed charges and reduce rates.

Each tenant should receive a bill and pay for its own energy
consumption.

"Master metering" plus submetering can be an attractive


approach.

Utility grade submeters are readily available and cost effective.

8-19

What is ISO 50001?


(ISO - International Standards Organization)
Globally applicable energy management
standard that integrates with ISO 9001 and ISO
14001
Adopted June 15, 2011
ISO 50001 designed to
- help companies better use their energy-
consuming assets,
- evaluate and prioritize the implementation of
energy-efficient technology
- promote efficiency throughout the supply
chain.
8-20
ISO 50001
Foundational tool applicable to all types
and sizes of organizations
Stresses involvement of executive
leadership, saying that top management
must establish , implement and maintain an
energy policy
Based on technical/managerial interaction
via a Plan-Do-Check-Act loop

B 21

- PLAN
-Baseline
-Track
00

CHECK
. M& V -Intemal Audits

-ACT ACT
-Procedures' "Management Rel/iew
Process Control Col'fective/Prsventlve

822
Superior Energy Performance
Superior Energy Performance (SEP) is an
ANSIIANAB-accredited certification program
. - Builds on ISO 50001
- Provides industrial and commercial facilities
with a pathway to continuously improve
energy efficiency - while boosting
competitiveness.
SEP is facility-level conformance to ISO 50001
with validated energy performance
improvement.
8 - 23

DOE and EPA Resources Available


DOE and EPA resources are available today to
help your facility.
"Guidelines for Energy Management" discusses
how to form an energy management team and
set corporate energy policy.
The ePEP tool helps identify major energy
consuming systems, baselines current energy
use, and helps prioritize energy savings
projects.

B - 24
For More Information
ISO 50001
www.eere.energy.gov/energymanagement

Superior Energy Performance


www.superiorenergyperformance .neti

Energy Management Demonstrations


www.eere.energy.gov/industry/energymanage
mentdemonstrationsl
B - 25

Energy Audits
Also called Energy Assessments
Vary from relatively simple, preliminary reviews
and analyses of utility data to detailed
calculations of energy and cost savings , and
detailed cost analyses of projects to implement.
ASH RAE published some of the early definitions
of audits, beginning with Level I, II , and III.
- Complete ASH RAE definitions can be found
in the Appendix

B 26
ASH RAE Level I Energy Audit
Walk-Through/Preliminary Analysis
Analysis of energy bills and brief survey of building.
- Bldg operator should accompany auditor
Identifies low cost/no cost measures

Identifies capital improvements that merit further


consideration
Results in initial estimate of costs and savings.
Establishes savings potential
Often precedes Level II or III audit.
Required to begin the LEED EB/O&M certification
process.
B -27

)o r yr ASHRAE Level II Energy Audit


Energy Survey and Analysis
More detailed building survey and energy
analysis, including
- Breakdown of energy use in the building,
- Detailed savings and cost analysis of projects
- Effect on O&M procedures
- Lists potential capital intensive improvements
requiring further analysis and estimates
potential costs and savings.
Adequate for most buildings.
Can yield 2 points for LEED-EB/O&M
B - 28
ASH RAE Level III Energy Audit
Detailed Analysis of Capital
Intensive Modifications
Focuses on potential capital intensive projects
Requires detailed field data gathering and
engineering analysis
Provides detailed project cost and savings
information with a level of confidence high
enough for major capital investment decisions.
Computer simulation is commonly used
A thorough systems approach produces the best
results
B -29

Other Definitions
Some AEE members use Type I, II, III
- Type I-Walk-through inspection to identify
maintenance, operational, or deficient equipment
issues and to also identify areas which need
further evaluation.
- Type II-Includes economic calculations and ~
may include monitoring/metering/testing to
identify actual energy consumption and losses.
- Type III-A Type II audit, plus computer
modeling of year-round energy consumption.
B - 30
Benchmarking Audit (AEE)
This audit includes performing an analysis of energy use
and accounting.

Very cost effective when dealing with many facilities


(i.e. - where are the major opportunities for savings, Kt.L
depending on EUI or Eel compared to other facilities). \ l<~
~./ V
. \~
The EPA/DOE Energy Star Portfolio Manager is one of /"fIV'
the best and easiest to use - and it is free. See Section
N on Green Buildings .

Similar to ASHRAE Walk-Through/Preliminary Audit


B31 ~

Investment Grade Audit (AEE)

This audit includes weighing financial risk into


the economic calculations of a type II or III
energy audit.
It will often include computer simulation and
enhanced financial analysis tools such as life
cycle costing. Additional requirements may be
specified by individual clients.
This audit can be utilized to obtain funding for
the projects identified.

832
The Master Audit
This is a Type III energy audit which also
contains information such as code compliance,
maintenance schedule development, equipment
inventories, etc

8 -33

Goals of the Energy Audit


Clearly identify types and costs of energy use
Understand how energy is being used--and possibly
wasted
Identify and analyze more cost-effective ways of using
energy
- improved operational techniques
- new equipment, new processes or new
technology
Perform an economic analysis on those altematives and
determine which are cost-effective for your business or
industry.

634
Determining which Audit
to choose
Depends on the funding available for the audit,
the cost and potential of the Energy
Conservation Opportunity, and the required
accuracy for the audit information .

Depends on the type of facility, function of the


facility, and processes within a facility.

B- 35


Analysis of Bills D
The audit must begin with a detailed analysis of
the energy bills for the previous 12 to 36 months.
This is important because :
,/ The bills show the proportionate use of each
different energy source when compared to the
total energy bill.
An examination of where energy is used can point
out previously unknown energy wastes.
The total amount spent on energy puts an upper
limit on the amount of money that can be saved .

8-36
Example of Monthly Electric
Consumption - kWh
Monthly kWh

250,000 ................ '---0"

.,...

B37

Monthly Electric
Peak Demand - kW
Monthly kW - Demand
400 ._.. ....- ---------.....- ........ _._-_ .. _._-_._ ..-

350 r
300 r
:: r'
150 j
100 j
50 J

9-38
Q(N'"
Monthly Indicated
Facility Load Factor (FLF or LF)
Indicated Facility LF
100.0%

95.0"/0
90.0%

85.0%

80.0%
- Indicated LF
75.0%

70.0%
65.0%

B - 39

12 Month Rolling kWh Summary


12 Month Rolling Summary
kWh annual average
210.000 c .. ...... .. ... . . . .... ...................... ........................... ......................... . .............................................. . ...............................

200.000

8, 190,000 i. . .. . . .. . . . 7~:=:
=
. . .
.......... = ~
c - : : ......... .

j
~ 180,000 ,....... ...""",/
_.....................

"~ ir .~ . . . . ./. . . . . . . . .. . . './/'


170.000
160.000 .....

B40
Additional Energy Bill Analysis
A complete analysis of a facility's energy bills
requires a detailed knowledge of the rate structures in
effect for the facility.
To determine accurate costs of operating individual
pieces of equipment, separate energy bills into their
components.
- e.g. demand charge and energy charges for
the electric bill.
This breakdown also allows more accurate savings
calculations for Energy Management Opportunities
(EMOs) such as high-efficiency equipment,
rescheduling of some on-peak electrical uses, etc.

841

Steps in the On-site Energy Audit .


1. Identify layout and operating schedule for facility.

2. Compile an equipment inventory.

3. Determine the pattern of building use to show


annual needs for heating, cooling and lighting

4. Conduct a room-by-roorn lighting inventory


- light fixtures
- lamp types, sizes and numbers
- levels of illumination
- uses of task lighting
B-42
Equipment List

Get equipment list for facility and review it before


conducting audit.
Identify all large pieces of energy-consuming
equipment such as: heaters, NC units, water heaters,
and specific process-related equipment.
List all major energy consuming equipment, with
annual hours of use and energy ratings or
efficiencies.
The equipment list and data on operational uses of
equipment provide an understanding of major energy-
consuming tasks or equipment at facility.

B- 43

Ten Major Systems To Consider

1. Building Envelope
2. HVAC System - people comfort
3. Electrical Supply System
4. Lighting
5. Boiler and Steam System
6. Hot Water System - domestic
7. Compressed Air System
8. Motors - that I can see
9. Special Purpose Process Equipment
10. Water and sewer system

B 44
Preliminary Identification of Energy ::Yf
Management Opportunities

Identifying EMOs requires a good knowledge of energy


efficiency technologies available to do the same job with
less energy and cost.

During the on-site audit, take notes on potential EMOs that


are evident.

General rule : Devote the greatest effort to analyzing and


implementing the EMOs that show the greatest savings,
and the least effort to those with the smallest savings
potential.
s- 45

The Energy Audit Report


The energy audit report details the final results of the
energy analyses and provides energy cost saving
recommendations.
The length and detail of this report will vary depending on
the type of facility audited.
A residential audit may result in a computer printout from
the utility.
An industrial audit should have a detailed explanation of
the EMOs and benefit-cost analyses.
More in the appendix I!!

8 - 46
Sample - Emission Reductions from Energy
Savings Data from FEMP BLCC Program
Electricity Light Oil Natural
Ib/kWh Ib/gal Gas
Ib/therm

CO 2 1.2806 22.3887 11.6426

SO. 0.0108 0.0309 0.0001

NO. 0.0055 0.0185 0.0088


Check for yo ur region and individual sUb-region emissions data for
accurate reduction numbers

B - 47
Energy Survey
Instrumentation

c-1

Tools for the Audit


To obtain the best information for a successful
energy cost control program, the auditor must
make some measurements during the type of
energy-consuming equipment audit visit.
The equipment needed depends upon the type of
energy-consuming equipment used at the facility,
and on the potential EMOs.
For example, for a waste heat recovery EMO, the
auditor must take substantial temperature
measurement data from potential heat sources.

C- 2
Energy Audit Instrumentation
1. Electrical System Performance

Multimeter-Voltage, Amperage

Insulated Gloves

Power Meter - Watts, Vars, VA, PF

Light meter- light levels

C3

Energy Audit Instrumentation (cont.)


2. Temperature Measurements

Thermometer

Portable Electronic Thermometer

Thermocouple Probe

C4
aect'
Energy Audit Instrumentation (cont.)
3. Combustion Measurements

Handheld, microcomputer
Combustion Analyzers
to measure-
021 CO, C0 21 stack
temperature rise and,
combustion efficiency

Sometimes SOx and NO x

No particulates
c-s

Energy Audit Instrumentation (cont.)

4. Air Velocity
Anemometer - Deflecting Vane
Anemometer - Rotating Vane
PitotTube
Heated Thermocouple
Hot Wire Anemometer

C-6
Energy Audit Instrumentation (cont.)

5. Pressure Measurement

Manometer

Bourdon Gauge

(-7

Energy Audit Instrumentation (cont.)


6. Relative Humidity
Measurement

Psychrometer
Electrical Conductivity
Hand-held units

(- 8
Energy Audit Instrumentation (cont.)
7. Infrared Measuring Equipment
The real temperature of an object can be
found by measuring its emitted radiation.

Infrared Camera System

Hand-held temperature
guns
C- 9

Energy Audit Instrumentation (cont.) .


8. Compressed Air Leaks ' r.,..~ I.#- .,(j. ~ {bit pr-y ~ f
Ultrasonic Leak Detectors
-Basic receivers
-Tunable ultrasonic receivers
9. Steam Leak Detectors
Ultrasonic leak detectors
- Use for steam-traps
- Or can use infrared
detectors
Energy Audit Instrumentation (cant.)

Mini Data Loggers


- Light on-off
- Motor on-off
- Temperature
- Relative Humidity
- General channel
Any 0 to 2.5 volt input

c - 11

Mini Data Loggers

. Light on/off
Ught $IlfJ$or
Statu open/closed
COfJtactclosl,Jres
C -12
Standalone Data Loggers
....
j '"

1 "'.
." .
..
. "

.i 1~
....
.
o
TempI RH/Light/Ext.
4-.
MII"::;1I1H.W!"
... "_.,- ' I. . ! ....
~

Light On/Off 111 Mr~~ I

-Motor On/Off
~i
-State Open/Closed
-Contact Closures

C - 13

Wireless Data Loggers

:- :::
:.- :'.< ;;:;;::;
Web-Based Data Loggers
-Indoor Environments

c - 15

More Mini Data Loggers

C - 16 ~.
Safety Considerations

Safety-a critical part


of any energy audit

All auditors should


have a basic
knowledge of safety
equipment and
procedures

C 17

Sample CEM Test Questions


1. Both a Bourdon gauge and a Pitot Tube can be used to
measure air velocity.
A. True B. False
2. The position of a thermocouple probe makes a big difference
in the temperature readings that can be obtained.

A. True B. False
3. A very good estimate of the real temperature of an object can
be found from its emitted radiation.

A. True B. False

c - 18
4. Which instrument is used to measure relative humidity?
A. Psychrometer B. Pyrometer
C. Thermometer D. Anemometer

5. What instrument would you commonly use to measure the


current in an AC circuit?
A. Ohmmeter B. Ampmeter or ammeter
C. Wattmeter D. None of the above

C - 19

Energy Audit Tools

See list of tools and approximate cost on next page

c - 20
ENERGY AUDIT TOOLS
Categorv/ltem Typical Cost Range Levell Level 2 Lenl3
General
Measuring Tape 5530 E E E
Measuring Wheel $50200 U R R
Ulrrasoni c Measuring Device ,40200 U R R
Flash light ,5-30 R E E
Inspection Mirror $5-20 R E E
Mechanical Counter $8-20 U R R
SlOP Watch $1050 U R R

Temperature/Humidity
Sling Psychrometer S50-75 R R R
Digital Thermometer ,75-300 R R R
Digital Humidity Meter $75300 R R R
Infrared Temperarure Gun >200-2,400 U U
Infrared Recording Camera $10,000-50,000 U U

Electric
Digital Voltmeter $60-250 R
Clamp-On Ammeter $75-300 R
Warrmetcr. Single Phase $2001,000 U
Wattmeter, Multi Phase $8002,000 U
PowerlDemand Analyzer S2,500 I 0,000 U R
Power Quality Meter S5,00015,000 U

Lighting
Digital Illuminance Meter $100600 R E E
Operating Hour Monitor SI00-200 R E
Occupancy Monitor S150500 R E

Air Flow
Anemometer SI00500 U U
Ve lometer $300-800 U U
Flow Hood $8002,000 U

Other
Blower Door $1,0002,000 U U
Orsat Combustion Analyzer $300500 U
Electronic Combustion Analyzer $7003,500 R E
Optical Tachometer S300800 R R
Slethoscope S50200 U
Eieclronic Steam Trap Tester $8001,500 U

Energy Analys is Software


Electronic Calculator SIOIOO R
Spreadskeet S50-500 R R R
Ligkting Analysis SO-2,000 R E
Motor Database! Analysis S.0150 R E
Life Cycle Cost Analysis SO500 U R E
Building Simulation Bin Method SO1,500 R R
Building Simulation Typical Day 55002,000 U R
Building Simulation Hourl y S500-3,OOO R
Solarrrhermal Simulation S2001,000 R

E =essential R = recommended: U = useful


Source: John Feners, Energy Management Consultant Columbus Ohio
Energy Codes and
Standards
Including Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)

I~I

Session Objectives

Understand building energy standards and


related model codes, Federal and state
energy codes
Discuss ASHRAE Standard 62 with regard to
IAQ and related energy impact
Summarize energy-related tax provisions in
recent legislation

0 -2 I~I
Energy Codes and Standards
Energy codes - specify how buildings mustbe --it-
constructed or perform, and are written in mandatory,
enforceable language
- States or local governments adopt and enforce
energy codes for their jurisdictions
- Model codes are produced by the International Code
Council (ICC) to facilitate easy adoption of codes by
government jurisdictions
- Technical basis of model energy codes may be
existing energy standards

D- 3

Energy Codes and Standards

Energy standards - describe how buildings shouldbe_,1)


constructed to save energy cost-effectively 'WI
- published by national technical organizations such as
the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and
Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASH RAE)
- not mandatory, but serve as national
recommendations, with some variation for regional
climate differences

D-' I~I
Energy Codes and Standards
Organizations
Building Energy Codes Program
U.s. Department of Energy
.www.energycodes.gov
International Code Council (ICC)
www.iccsafe.org
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASH RAE) . It
www.ashrae.org / ,I ~iff I !.~
Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) / t' f' .
www.les.org
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
www.ansi.org

0-5 I~I

International Code Council (ICC)

ICC was formed in 1994 by three existing model


codes organizations:
- Building Officials and Code Administrators
International (BOCA)
- International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO)
- Southern Building Code Congress International
(SBCCI)
In lanuary 2003, ICC began consolidated
operations as one combined member service
organization

0-6
{)Jf
71
(

Energy Codes an~StanfardS


,~ . ANSI! ASHRAE!IES Standard 90.1 iJ,~I ..... , ____.._
, ~ - 1989 " Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings I'kt@ A~E ;;:N~-;'
Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings" 7. E S d
nergy tan ar
d ror
- 1999, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010 "Energy Standard ; Bulldln", Except
for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Low.'" . ",ldontl.1
Buildings" . ~I:'
ASHRAE Standard 90.2 lrll ~~ I; ::::>==-:" __ _
Buildings

- ~~f~e~n~Si~~O~f tg~~R~~o~e~g~~t;~n~~R~ingS ~; I i:~~~~~~


ICC International Energy Conservation Code .- - - - - - - .
- a-,
(IEC C) lit.. ~.!'~ ~
- 1998, 2000, 2003, 2006, 2009, (2012 slated) 1;1 -.:::::::;;:.,-;;;:~
- Previously known as the Council of American Ll
Building Officials (CABO) Model Energy Code
1992, 1993, 1995
10 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 433-435

D 7 I~I

ANSII ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2010

What does compliance entail?


Standard 90.1 addresses building components and ~ (/
systems that affect energy usage
The technical sections of the standards specifically
address components of the building envelope, HVAC
systems and equipment, service water heating, power,
lighting, and motors
Each technical section contains general requirements
and mandatory provisions; some sections also include
prescriptive and performance requirements options
Requires minimum performance measures for energy
efficiency of equipment

D. I~I
ANSI! ASHRAE!IESNA Standard 90.1-2010
Prescriptive thermal requirements
Co-sponsor of 90.1 is the Illuminating Engineering
Society of North America (IESNA)
- Requires automatic shut-off of lighting systems
- Specifies maximum allowable W/ft2 for lighting by
building or space type using either the Whole BUilding
(prescriptive) or the Space-by-Space (performance)
method (see Lighting appendix for example values)
Offers a Simplified Approach Option for HVAC systems
for small buildings (under 25,000 ft2, and two stories or
less)
Energy Cost Budget method (ECB) provides a trade-off
approach option to prescriptive or performance options
by technical section using energy simulation modeling

0 9

Energy Cost Budget Method


The ECB method permits tradeoffs between building
systems (lighting and fenestration (building envelope)
for example) if the annual energy cost estimated for the
proposed design does not exceed the annual energy cost
of a base design that fulfills the prescriptive
requirements.
- Using the ECB approach requires simulation software
that can analyze energy consumption in buildings and
model the energy features in the proposed design.
Standard 90.1 sets minimum requirements for the
simulation software; suitable programs include DOE's
EnergyPlus, DOE-2 (many variants such as PowerDOE
and EQuest), BLAST, Trane Trace and Carrier HAP.

D - 10
ASH RAE 90.1 Compliance
Courtesy Trane Engineers Newsletter

prescriptive
end performance
# requirements
General . ........
and ""'"
J If . . . . ..-nlandatory '. ,;" ....
p ro visio ns ., Energy Cost ' 90.l-compliant
Budget (EeU) building
method

0 11 I~I

How Are ASH RAE Standards


Developed and Revised?
Standards 90.1 and 90.2 (as well as 55, 62.1, 62.2,135
and others) are developed and revised through voluntary
consensus and public hearing processes that are critical
to widespread support for their adoption.
Standards 90.1 and 90.2 (and others) are on
"continuous maintenance" and are maintained by
separate Standing Standards Project Committees
(SSPCs). Committee membership varies from 10 to 60
voting members.
Committee membership includes representatives from
many groups to ensure balance among all interest
categories.
After the cognizant SSPC proposes revisions to
the standard, it undergoes public review and
comment.
When a majority of the parties substantially
agree (this is known as consensus), the revised
standard is submitted for approval to the
ASHRAE Board of Directors.
Standards including 90.1, 90.2, 62.1, 62.2 are
currently re-published every three years based
on all approved interim addenda
Approved interim addenda (revisions) are posted
on the ASHRAE website and are included in the
next published version - see www.ashrae.orq

0 - 13 I~I

The International Energy


Conservation Code (IECC)
The International Code Council (ICC) publishes and
maintains the International Energy Conservation Code
(IECC), which is a model energy code that makes
allowances for different climate zones.
Because it is written in mandatory, enforceable
language, state and local jurisdictions can easily adopt
the model as their energy code.
Before adopting the IECC, state and local effiiil'"
governments often make changes to reflect ~
regional building practices. ~

~~~

D -14
I~I
Federal Building Energy Codes 4
The requirement for the Federal sector to meet or
exceed ASHRAE 90.1 and 90.2/ICC IECC as
mandatory standards for all new Federal buildings
is specified in 10 CFR parts 433-435 .
433 - Ener9Y Efficiency Standards for the Design and
;::;----
Construction of New Federal Commercial and Multi-Family
High-Rise Residential Buildings (design for construction
beginning on or after January 3, 2007) - based on 30% better than
10 ASHRAElIESNA 90.1-2004 where life-cycle cost (Lee) effective
:::!::'.~:-
434 - Energy Code for New Federal Commercial and Multi-
Family High-Rise Residential Buildings (design for construction/
beginning before January 3,2007) - based on ASH RAElIESNA
90.1-1989
{iii,,\. ,.>' ~ 435 - Energy Efficiency Standards for New Federal Low-Rise ./
X.>' Residential Bui/dings - based on 30% better than ICC lEGe 2004
where Lee effectiV: _ 15 I~I

State Building Codes


Energy Component
In accordance with the Energy Conservation and
Production Act (ECPA) as amended by EPAct 1992 and
2005, most states use the ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Standard as
the basis for the energy component of their commercial
building codes
Most states use the International Code Council (ICC)
International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) as the
basis for the energy component of their residential
building energy codes
See www.energycodes.gov for latest determination
status

0 16 I~I
Status of Code Adoption: Commercial
Overview of the currently adopted commercial energy code in each state
as or JanlRlry 5. 201\

Source:
www.energycodes.govF:="''''='''''':='''':i

D - 17 I~]

Status of Code Adoption: Residential


Overview of the currently adopted residential energy code in each state
tiS of January 5, 20 11

! G ff.~~~"_"""'" O O'~~ ISource'


I Cl lt.;;\; l':I. _"'I!" ~ C! 1ioo_cm i .
'''-'''''tIf_~ _ _ ..~~ 'www.energycodes.gov

D - 18
Building Energy Design
Doing Better than Required
ASHRAE Standards are based on minimum standards that
should routinely be life-cycle cost (LCC) effective; in most
cases, buildings can be designed much better and still be
LCC effective.
ASHRAE publishes Advanced Energy Design Guides (AEDG)
to provide specific recommendations for achieving 30%
energy savings over the minimum.
Use of the guides provides a prescriptive path to achieving
LEED v2.2 Energy and Atmosphere credits for New
Construction and Major Renovation projects.
AEDGs are available as free downloads at
www .ashrae.orq 'TeChnOI~q;," and 'ilWWI}!jjWr:L.,elOn~eIlrq;nY{s'Q~iet~itflr~~59
1

Recent Developments
The stated goal of the ASHRAEjIE5 55 PC 90.1 for the 2010
standard was to reduce energy cost by 30% compared to the
2004 version; initial estimates project 23.4 energy cost
savings and 24.8% energy savings
- expanded scope to include receptacle and process loads (e.g., data
centers) and increased stringency of building envelope, lighting power
densities lowered and most equipment efficiencies higher

The 2012 IECC will include changes approved in Charlotte,


NC in October 2010 that are projected to achieve 30%
energy savings compared to the 2006 version
High-Performance Green Building Standards and Codes are
emerging that include energy efficiency requirements, but
with expanded requirements to include site sustainability,
water use efficiency and in:o~or environmental qUalitl
~ Ef-I~r.;t1
Green Energy Codes and Stan~ ~Y r:t
~ ANSI/ ASHRAE/USGBC/IES Standard o -=z
189.1 "...... ,~
IIHI OHl!Jtltl!
Hlgh,~~"".
- 2009 "Standard for the Design of High- p,..."s..;l<IIng.;
~~
Performance Green Buildings Except ~m AA.-~

Low-Rise Residential Buildings"


ICC IGCC
- 2010 "International Green Construction
Code" Public Version 2.0 (Nov 2010)
1...,,_ --- American Institute of Architects
~!''''' (AlA) is a cooperating sponsor
http://www .iccsafe.org/cs/IGCC/

021 il~1

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) ~


:/d?-
ASHRAE Standar~2.!-1 _ J~ 6
_ _ _ _ "' _ 0
-----_ ....... _,
_ _ _ ......... u., ... ..

ASHRAf: STANDARD
Ventilation
17 elf'\. f/fl/f
b

for Acceptable
Indoor Air Quality

_..-._
,--- ..... ...
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Af
What are the issues?

Occupant Health, Comfort and Productivity


Corporate Liability & Risk Management
Compliance with Codes
Impacts on Energy Consumption & Operating
Costs
Property & Asset Value Management
Ability to Deal with Occupant Complaints &
Concerns

0 - 23 I~I

IAQ Concerns
Human occupants produce CO 2, water vapor, and
contaminants including particulate matter (PM), and
biological aerosols (mold, mildew, viruses)
Using CO 2 as an indicator does not eliminate the need
for consideration of other contaminants.
Among these others are formaldehyde, combustion
byproducts, cleaning and maintenance compounds
(VOCs), ETS (Environmental Tobacco Smoke), aerosols,
emanations from food preparation and others.
Alone or in combinations, these compounds may give
rise to conditions and/or odors that irritates the eyes,
nose or throat, creating complaints that may be
su bJ'ective in natu re. IF="",=",",=",:II

D 24
1Q(!(i"1
IEQ in LEED

Be alert to the LEED Green Buildings'term,


Indoor Environmental Quality, IEQ. Although
IAQ is a fundamental part of IEQ, it includes
other factors such as lighting levels, noise, and
controllability of systems. IEQ is much broader
in scope than IAQ.

D - 25

ASHRAE Standards Related to IAQ t/A


Accepted "Standard of Care" for Buildings

Standard 55-2010 'Thermal Environmental


Conditions for Human Occupancy"
Standard 62.1-2010 "Ventilation for Acceptable
Air Quality"
Standard 62.2-2010 "Ventilation and Acceptable
Indoor Air Quality in Low-Rise Residential
Buildings"

D- 26 1Cte<f1
ASHRAE Standard 55-2010 ~
Thermal Environmental Conditions for
Human Occupancy
This covers several environmental parameters
including: temperature, radiation, humidity, and
air movement. The Standard specifies
conditions in which 80% of the occupants will
find the environment thermally acceptable. This
applies to healthy people in normal indoor
environments for winter and summer conditions.
Adjustment factors are described for various
activity levels and clothing levels.

D - 27 I~I

ASHRAE Standard 62.1 -2010


Purpose
To specify minimum ventilation rates and indoor air quality
that will be acceptable to human occupants and are
intended to minimize the potential for health effects.

Definition of "Acceptable Indoor Air Quality"


Air in which there are no known contaminants at harmful
concentrations as determined by cognizant authorities and
with which a substantial majority, 80% or more, of those
exposed do not express dissatisfaction. .

D 28 I~I
Scope of ASHRAE 62.1 - 2010
Applies to all indoor or enclosed spaces that people may
occupy, except those within single family house, multi-
family structures of three stories or fewer above grade,
vehicles and aircraft
Other applicable standards and requirements may
dictate larger amounts of ventilation than this standard.
Considers chemical, physical, and biological
contaminants that can affect air quality.
Thermal comfort requirements are covered in ASHRAE
Standard 55-2010

0- 29 I~I

Scope of ASH RAE 62.1-2010 (continued)

Acceptable indoor quality may not be achieved in all


buildings meeting the minimum requirements of this
standard for one or more of the following:
- Because of diversity of sources and contaminants in
indoor air
- Because of many other factors that may affect
perception and acceptance including temperature,
humidity, noise, lighting, and psychological stress
- Because of the range of susceptibility in the
population

D - 30 I~I
ASHRAE 62.1-2010
Outdoor Air Quality

Quality of Outdoor Air should be investigated prior to


completion of ventilation system design
1. Regional Air Quality - status of compliance with
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
2. Local Air Quality - observational survey only
3. Documentation of above with conclusions
If the outdoor air contaminant levels exceed identified
values, the air should be treated to control the
offending contaminants

0 31 I~I

ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2010


Three Alternative Procedures

Ventilation Rate Procedure


- Prescriptive procedure in which outdoor air intake
rates are determined based on space
type/application, occupancy, and floor area
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Procedure
- Performance based design approach in which the
building and its ventilation system are designed to
maintain the concentrations of specific contaminants
at or below certain limits
Natural Ventilation Procedure
- Specifies requirements for buildings using natural
ventilation, including requirement of bacKup
mechanical ventilation if natural ventilation could be
closed during occupan; 32 I~I
Ventilation Rate Procedure
Human occupants produce bioeffluents including CO 2,
water vapor, particulates, biological aerosols and VOCs
(Volatile Organic Compounds). Comfort (odor) criteria
with respect to human bioeffluents are likely to be
satisfied if the ventilation results in indoor CO 2
concentrations less than 700 ppm above the outdoor air
concentration.
Energy Implications:
Use of Outdoor Air to satisfy ventilation requirements can
significantly increase energy costs during periods of cold
or warm, humid weather. One way to reduce the cost
associated with the use of outdoor air is to employ heat
recovery devices which precondition the outdoor make
up air with the exhaust ai:., 3) I~I

Ventilation Rate Procedure


Breathing Zone Rates
Prescriptive procedure in which outdoor air intake
rates are determined based on space
type/application, occupancy, and floor area
(see Table 6.1)

Vbz = Rp X Pz + Ra X Az
where Vb,= breathing zone outdoor airflow (cfm)
Rp = people outdoor air rate (cfm/person)
P, = zone population (persons)
R. = area outdoor air rate (cfm/ft2)
A, = zone floor area (ft2)

0 - 34 I~I
Example "Minimum Ventilation Rates in Breathing Zone" ~
Source: ASH RAE 62.1-2007 and 62.1-2010, Table 6-1 ~
{5eeStand .. r~ - fG;--co:np!et:!- dct;:;! vo::nd r.;2cc:;sa-i:; .. pportinq-r.ote:;~fol"<..pp!:roticnr
, I
, I ~~ult
People Area Default Combined i
i Outdoor Air Outdoor Air Occupant ! Outdoor Air

L ()cc~p~nCYCate90r ........ ..... (Cf~~~~::;'~)~~;/~) (.~:o~~~) !(Cfm~:;~50n)


\Educational Facilities '.'~ .:~.,__...~...~.~:_~'.~__:..l
.... '.. '....... '..... .... ........;....:, ..
i "ciass- rooms (age' 5~8i--~~ ~-... . . -."1,.. 00. . . ~~:-i~:~--.oo-.T2- ______ __ _.:I
fCiass"rooms--(age9piusf---- -i
:Science laboratories
:lecture c lass room
10'-
7.5
I 0.18 25
0.06 .................. 65.
1 7
8
~~.~~~er lab _._._ .. _v_"_~~~ _~_
.. _ _ _ _ 10 O. 1.~ ......... ... .........?? .......... _,. . . _. . _.~~ . . ~ . ~.
.. .... .. ................ f
!

Office space 5 0.06 5 17

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Procedure


This provides an alternative to the Ventilation
Rate Procedure for achieving acceptable air
quality while minimizing energy costs.
The IAQ Procedure provides a direct solution by
restricting the concentration of all known
contaminants of concern to some specified
acceptable levels.
However, in a sense, the IAQ Procedure puts a
"burden of proof" requirement onto the design
team that many are reluctant to accept.

0 -36
Tax Deductions for
Commercial Buildings
This provision offers business taxpayers a deduction of
$1.80 per square foot for commercial buildings that
achieve a 50% reduction in annual energy cost to the
user, compared to a base building defined by the
industry standard ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2001.
Energy costs refer only to (1) lighting, (2) heating,
cooling, ventilation and hot water, and (3) building
envelope, since only these uses are within the scope of
the ASHRAE/IESNA standard and within the control of
the building designer.
Each of the three energy-using systems of the building is
eligible for one third ($0.60 per square foot) of the
incentive if it meets its share of the whole-buildi[ g m
savings goal. ~
0 ,'11

Sample CEM Test Questions


1. The ASHRAE Energy Standard for commercial buildings
is:
A.55 B.62.1 C. 90.1 D. 90.2

2. New Federal commercial buildings designed today must


meet the requirements of:
A. 10 CFR 433 B. 10 CFR 434 C. 10 CFR 435

3. What is the default prescriptive combined outdoor air


ventilation rate per person in office space in an office
building according to ASHRAE 62.1-20077
A. 15 cfm B. 17 cfm oC:,20 cfm D. varies I~I
4. As of 2007, Federal agencies are expected to reduce
energy intensity in buildings by what percent annually
relative to their 2003 baseline?
A.2% B. 3% C. 20% D.30%

5. During this tax year, you invest $10,000 in a qualified


geothermal heat pump system. What is your allowable
tax credit?
A. $1,500 B. $2,000 C. $2,500 D. $3,000

0-43 I~I
Energy Purchasing

Section E

Energy Purchasing
Energy managers may be involved in procuring
energy:
- Mainly electricity and natural gas
- Possibly fuel oil, coal, steam, chilled water, renewables
etc.
Additional discussion pOints
- Helpers-marketers, brokers, consultants, aggregators
- Demand response
- Strategic energy plan
- Point of use costs

2
Energy Procurement

Many factors at play:


- The market and the players
- Contracts and pricing (including regulated tariffs)
- Availability (seasonal issues and curtailments)
- Regulatory issues
- Environmental issues
- Contingency planning
- Knowing the level of risk that is tolerable within your
organization

Natural Gas Pricing


~
Priced by energy in
large quantities:
- $/MMBtu ($/million Btu)
Influences on price
- Weather
- Storage
- Economy
- Oil prices
- Drilling activity
- World events

4
Henry Hub ~
Commodity pricing pOint for NG contracts traded
on New York Mercantile Exchange (NYMEX).
Located at Erath, Louisiana.
Interconnects more than a dozen major NG
pipelines.
Near $2/MMBtu in 2000; up to $14/MMBtu in
2006; to about $3/MMBtu in Summer, 2012.
Must add transportation cost from Henry Hub to
other areas (several $/MMBtu in the Northwest)

6
Henry Hub Prices*
16

o 2010
2000 2002 2004 2006 2008
Year
'Wikimedia, hUp://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Henry hub NG prices.svg,
7/31/12
Basic Natural Gas System US

7
laftl

Purchase Opportunities 1<'


Buy Natural Gas Commodity from:
- Local distribution company (LDC) at Firm Rate J-
- LDC at Interruptible Rate - 1-0 ~ J,5(,J/ f\VtM hifl if",--w~>~
- Interstate pipeline company
- Gas marketer
You pay transportation charges

State regulations may control or prevent some


of these choices

8
General Energy Pricing
Future price-agree on a price today, take
delivery at some time in future.
Day-ahead price-set one day ahead (or 2-3
days for weekends, holidays) based on forecast
of demand, weather, etc. for local area.
Index price-average of daily prices at a location
typically for a monthly period.
Settlement price-closing daily price of a futures
contract

Price Discovery
Futures and other contracts on NYMEX provide
- Price discovery
- Risk limitation via discovery and hedging
Example pricing structures follow
Customer typically pays additional transportation
and marketing charges-for example sales fees

10
Example Pricing - Index
Index usually the NYMEX Monthly Settlement Price

SIO.O

$9.0
Customer
$8.0 Pays Index

$ 7.0

$ 3.0

$4.0

$3.0

11

Example Pricing - Fixed


$ 10.0 Gas marketers purchase futures contracts to provide customers .
with fixed long term prices
$9.0 ....
$8.0
Index / '
$7.0
Customer
$6.0
.. ... .. Pays $4.20IMMBtn .... .

$5.0 '

,
FIXED PRICE

.. . ... ..L..
.
.
$4.0
'

$3.0

$2.0 +-~~~-~~~~-~--,_~_~--,_~---,

..,-t
12
Example Pricing - Index with a Cap and a Floor Amount
- Also Known as a Collar
$10.0
,.
$9.0

$8.0
.. Index
Cap

$7.0 \/ ...
$6.0
I
Customer Pays MIN IM UM of
$5.0 Custome/, $3.50fMMBtu, Index, or
Pays
MAXIM UM of $6.00IMMBtu
$4.0

$3.0
Floor / '.
JA N ..-rn !\ IAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUC SEP oc r NOV DEC
13

Electrical Energy Purchasing

14
Re-regulated Environment or also known as
Deregulation

"Regional" "LOC"

Ge neration Transmission Distribution


End User

Competitive in
deregulated Generally non-
states competitive and
fully regulated
Peak Load
- $$$$
15

Electric Deregulation '#


EPACT (1992) - removed the Federal prohibition
against retail deregulation.
- did not require states to deregulate retail
sales
- allowed states to do it if they wanted to.
About half the states have some form of
deregulation.
About half the states remain fully regulated by
public utility commissions (PUC)

16
Electric Deregulation
Only generators are deregulated
- Generators deal through suppliers
REP's, marketers, brokers, aggregators
Supplier-customer contracts may be
confidential
Some transmission and all distribution (T&D)
remain regulated by state PUC's
T&D tariffs generally are public knowledge and
on internet

17

Purchase Opportunities
Everyone presently can buy firm power from LDC
- Different tariffs (rates) may be available
- Account representative valuable help with tariff
questions
- This may change in future-LDC may not offer all
customers power

18
Purchase Opportunities
Some in deregulated states
- Buy from Retail Electric Provider (REP)
- REP is marketer (marketer holds title to
power)
- Be directed to a power marketer by a broker
or consultant
- Must pay all transmission charges
- State regulations give other specific charges

19

Brokers and Consultants


Consultants should be
- Paid by customer
- Paid based on effort, not energy quantity 'YJv>jIY
Brokers (most) typically are _ C1 .? 'pJ~{
- Paid by marketer {"
- Based on quantity of energy sold
Broker may
- Promote long-term contracts to increase quantity
./
- Deal only with marketers who pay them best.

20 10ft><!
Aggregators
Combine customers with complementary loads.
For example
- Night-time load that is off in daytime, and
- Daytime load that is off at night
Combined, the two loads provide a more nearly
constant load for the electric supplier.
Aggregators consider load profiles and load
factors (more on load factors later)

21

Example. Oail v Electrical ' t- ... .


I",,,;;;
'~l ' .......... F .... ........ ............. ....... ....... -~ ..-~.~
. ~
~~

........... .............. ,
. _ . . i !~ ..
..
" .

-
45,tW

-
()6'lilflm
~Y~"'t.
.... '-.J~.~""'* _
I! ..-
~.M
""'" ~_P>h ... f'.~ 1'l')Q,, _
"----
/ /....... .. " ........... ..... ... ...............
I ~ JQM ........-;-:-:
, . . .... .... .............. .' -

2$,001)
1
-----~
----
"'.M

I~.OOO

' ' ,:.::::::.::.:...:' : : : : :hP.~i'i-- i2'i - M~rchui 9: .


YcarlyA\"Crng<: 24.1]6 kW ~_;lSon AWml' . 18.737 : kW . '""!
Yearl)' I'-h x 42.764 kW (o n 6124/98 at 12:30 p!") : AwmgcMa.'. 21. 163 ; KW )
. "I't:,arlY_UJid/;!CWL.. ~.~4'.L,_()f)'~!YM'l'.'*'.lU '-ll,.I !1ac.1 .j.. -"1'' ~:l'iona) I,~ad Factor' _~8 , 5'%J.,o r Dai!YuMaximult1 J,.oaRliiJ

22 .
Demand Response
Shedding or shifting demand load
- Load shedding-turn off to lower demand on
system for energy
Necessary loads will be reinstated on ad
hoc basis, when need for reduction is past
May be tied to supplier or T&D needs
Unnecessary loads never reinstated
- Load shifting-regular turn off with firm plan
to reinstate when other loads are lower
Customer should be rewarded
23

Why Do We Need Demand Response?

Reliability Benefits
Demand Response is a resource to solve short-run
planning and reliability problems.
1 MW of Demand Response = 1 MW of Generation
Regional Economic Benefits
Short-Term: Reduces spot market price spikes
Long-Term: Reduces price volatility, risk and lowers
prices
Limits Supplier Market Power
Gives Customers Control
Environmental Benefits

24
Terms of the Contract - Can be
More Important than Price!
Settle terms early so final negotiation is only about price
Electric or Gas usage upper & lower limits - Bandwidth
Early termination and results, +/-
What are you actually buying? - Defined - Apples to
Apples
Are there any Pass Thru Charges
Force Majeure
What does the term "Firm, All Requirements" mean?
Selling or buying a facility
What does "Reciprocal" mean? - Indemnification,
liquidations
Exact term of the contract
Evergreen clauses
25 Credit requirements I I~]

Strategic Energy Commodity


Purchasing Plan
>'- Assess Risks
>- Determine Risk To l erances
,.. Delineate Program Objectives
,. Create Budget Setting Methodology
):- Establish Procedures
>- Design lnternal Controls
):- Determine Qua ntifiable Hedge Strategy
.,. Draft Policy 8: Procedure Document
r Present Prog r am Senior Management Approval

26
Point of Use
Costs

27

Table E-l: Energy Conversion Units r-- f)

1 kWh .................................. 3412 Btu


(;\1
1/
fJ'~ \~
0 0
1 ftl natural gas .................... 1000 Btu ,Nf\lJ \./1
1 Ccf natural gas .... 100 ftl natural gas tY'C 00
1 Mcf natural gas .. 1000 ftl natural gas 't;;\ ' l
1 therm natural gas .... ..... 100,000 Btu
1 barrel crude oil ........... 5,100,000 Btu
1 ton coal ........ ............ 25,000,000 Btu
1 gallon gasoline .... ...... .... 125,000 Btu
1 gallon #2 fuel oil ........... 140,000 Btu
1 gallon LP gas .................. 95,000 Btu

28
Table E-1: Energy Conversion Units
(cont.)

1 HP .. ... . .... ........... ... ... ... 746 watts


1 cord of wood .. .. ........ 30,000,000 Btu
1 MBtu* .... .. ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... . 1000 Btu
1 MMBtu* ............ .. .. .. ........ .. .... 106 Btu
1 therm .. .............. .. .... ............. .. 105 Btu
1 Quad ....... .... ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 10 15 Btu
1 MW** ...... ...... .... .. .......... .. 106 Watts
1 Boiler HP .. ...... ... .... .. ... 33,475 Btu/hr
Note:
* In English units, M = 1,000
** In SI units, M = 1,000,000

29

Point of Use Cost

"Point of use" (POU) cost depends on energy


purchase price and efficiency of use
Energy sources can be compared using POU
costs converted to some common basis (therm,
million Btu, kWh, etc.).
Million Btu (MMBtu) is common basis unit.

Purchase price per common energy unit


POU = ----'---:::-::c'-c----:------=.'---
Efficiency of use

30
Point of Use Cost Example

The steam boiler for a facility can operate on


natural gas or oil. Using natural gas at $0.95
per therm, the boiler is 75% efficient. Using
oil at $2.50 per gallon and 140,000 Btu per
gallon, the boiler is 78% efficient.
Which fuel source provides the lowest
operating cost?

31

Solution:

Select 1 MMBtu as the common unit of


steam output.
POU $ $0.95 1 therm 1,000,000 Btu 1
gas MMBtu therm 100,000 Btu MMBtu 0.75
= $12.67/MMBtu

POU _ $ _ _ $2.501 1 gal 11,000,000 Btui 1


011 MMBtu - gal 1140,000 Btul MMBtu 10.78
= $22.90/MMBtu

Select Natural Gas

32
Sample CEM POU Examples
to work for practice

For a large boiler, you have the choice of the


following energy sources. Calculate the POU
cost per million Btu for each.
- Natural gas at $6.00 per MCF, Eff = 80%

- #2 Fuel oil at $1.50/gallon, Eff = 78%

- Electricity at $.075/kWh, Eff = 99%

33

Point of Use Costs


-Answers-
Gas
- $7.50/MMBtu

-Oil
- $13.74/MMBtu

- Electricity
- $22.20/MMBtu

34 IOH'I
Energy Accounting
and
Benchmarking

F- 1

Basic Energy Accounting


Basic energy accounting deals with the following
ideas:
Recognizing different energy and fuel types
- Electricity, gas, light oil, steam, chilled water
Understanding energy related units
- kW, kWh, Btu, MMBtu, MCF, CCF, therm, HP
Performing conversions to different energy related
units
- For example, 1 kWh = 3412 Btu
F -2
Table F-l: Energy Conversion Units
1 kWh ... .. ........... .... ... ........ .. 3412 Btu
1 ~ (CF or SCF) natural gas. 1000 Btu
1 CCF natural gas ... 100 ft3 natural gas
1 MCF natural gas .1000 ft3 natural gas
1 therm natural gas .......... 100,000 Btu
1 barrel crude oil ........... 5,100,000 Btu
1 ton coal ........ ........... 25,000,000 Btu
1 gallon gasoline .. ............ 125,000 Btu
1 gallon #2 fuel oil .... ....... 140,000 Btu
1 gallon LP gas .................. 95,000 Btu

F- 3

Table F-l: Energy Conversion Units


(cont.)
1 HP ............ ....................... 746 Watts
1 cord of wood ............ 30,000,000 Btu
1 MBtu* ............................... 1000 Btu
1 MMBtu* ...................... .... ..... 106 Btu
1 MCF .. .. ............................... 1 MMBtu
1 therm ..................................... 105 Btu
1 Quad .... .... .. ........................ 1015 Btu
1 MW** .............................. 106 Watts
1 Boiler HP ................... 33,475 Btu/hr
Note:
* In English units, M = 1,000
** In 51 units, M = 1,000,000
F-4
Typical Unit Conversion Problem
How many Btu are in 1000 kWh?
Solution

X Btu = 1000 kWh 13412 Btu


kWh

= 3,412,000 Btu

In this example, the two kWh units


cancel out, leaving the remaining unit
on the right side as Btu.

F5

Energy Use Index (EUI)


Basic measure of a facility's energy performance
A statement of the number of Btu of energy used
annually per square foot of conditioned space
To compute the EUI
- Identify all the forms of energy used in the
facility
- Tabulate the total energy in Btu used in the
facility
- Determine the total number of square feet of
conditioned space

F 6
The Energy Use Index is the ratio of the total Btu
used per year to the total number of square feet of
conditioned space.
A typical office building in the US has an EUI of
about 92,900 Btu/square foot/year.
Food service facilities in the US have the highest
average EUl's of over 258,000 Btu/square
foot/year.
Inpatient health care facilities are just under
250,000 Btu/square foot/year.

F -7

Energy Use Index for Commercial Buildings


1000 Btu/sq ft/yr (2003 CBECS data) .
300

250

200

150 -
100 -
50
IDR -
n

F-8
EUI Computation Example
/TrY;?
An office building has 100,000 square feet of
conditioned floor space and uses 1.76 million kWh
and 6,500,000 cubic feet of natural gas in one year.

Convert the electric and gas use into Btu by finding


the appropriate conversion factor in the table on
pages F-3 and F-4.

F 9

One kWh electric energy is equal to ] Lf I 'L Btu.


Thus, 1.76 million kWh is equal to 00o~ f{/~~b~

One CF of natural gas is 1000 Btu, so 6,500,000 CF


of gas is equal to b r, bO MM.'b~

The EUI is then I L~ (J S I\I\fV'Btu divided


by square feet, and is equal to
IV I 00; Btu/square foot/year.
F - 10
This va lue of I ~ I<\' Q Btu/square foot/year is
larger than the EUI for an average building of
91,000 Btu/square foot/year, and also larger than
the average EUI for an office building of 92,900
Btu/square foot/year.
The EUI has some fairly obvious limitations.
Problem with mix of fuel and electricity
Looks only at site energy - not source

National average information on the Energy Use


Index for different types of commercia l buildings is
shown on the next slide.
F - 11

2003 CBECS EUI Data


1000 Btu/Square foot/yr
(Latest data as of 6 - 1- 2011. No 2007 data will be coming)

All Bldgs 91.0


Education 83.1 Vacant 20.9
Food Sales 199.7 Food Service 241.2
Health Care 187.7
Inpatient 249.2
Outpatient 94.6
Lodging 100.0
Retail Non mall 73.9 Retail- mall 102.2
Office 92.9
Public Assembly 93.9 Safety 115.8
Churches 43.5 Service 77.0
Warehouse 45 .2 Other 164.4

F - 12
Q(K>"
Energy Cost Index
The Energy Cost Index is sometimes used as a simpler
and more meaningful measure of energy efficiency.
The Energy Use Index is somewhat misleading
since all Btu are not really equal.
Electric energy is much higher quality energy than
oil or gas, and it costs about three times as much
per end use Btu.

The Energy Cost Index adds up all costs of energy


and divides result by total square feet of
conditioned space.

F - 13

ECI Example
For the 100,000 square foot office building looked
at earlier, the cost of electricity is $123,200 per
year, and the cost of gas is $62,500 per year.
The ECI is then $ divided by
100,000 square feet, for an ECI of
$ jsquare footjyear.

The ECI is easy to calculate, and is very useful.

It is another simple benchmark that can be used.

F - 14
Benchmarking

A benchmark is a value you compare


something against.

F - 15

Energy Benchmarking for Buildings -


Building energy benchmarking is the comparison of
whole-building energy use relative to a set of
similar buildings.
It provides a useful starting point for individual
energy audits and for targeting buildings for
energy-saving measures in multiple-site audits.
Benchmarking is of interest and practical use to a
number of groups.
- Energy service companies and performance
contractors communicate energy savings
potential with "typical" and "best-practice"
benchmarks.
Control companies and utilities can provide direct
tracking of energy use and combine data from
multiple buildings for benchmarking.
Benchmarking is also useful in the design stage of a
new building or retrofit to determine if a design is
relatively efficient.
Energy managers and building owners have an
ongoing interest in comparing energy performance
to others.
Large corporations, schools, and government
agencies with numerous facilities also use
benchmarking methods to compare their buildings
to each other.

F - 17

Benchmarking Audit
Benchmarking Audits are associated rO\
with the idea that after the energy bill data
is collected and processed, some facility -~""""'"'
information will be collected on a walk-
through, and the data will be run through -"t:~:::'.:::!
some benchmark to determine if there is a 111
potential for significant improvement in energy
efficiency and reduction in energy operating cost.
Examples of existing benchmarking programs are
EPA's Portfolio Manager, LEED-EB, California Energy
Benchmarking, Chevron BM, ARCH, etc.
EPA/DOE Energy Star Portfolio
Manager Benchmarking Program
Free from the Energy Star website.
For many facilities, you can rate their energy performance on a scale
of 1- 100 relative to similar buildings nationwide.
Your building's peer group of comparison is those buildings in the
CBECS survey that have similar building and operating characteristics.
A rating of 50 indicates that the building, from an energy consumption
standpoint, performs better than 50% of all similar buildings
nationwide, while a rating of 75 indicates that the building performs
better than 75% of all similar buildings nationwide.
EPA's energy performance rating system accounts for the impact of
weather variations as well as changes in key physical and operating
characteristics of each building.

Benchmarking Criteria
Energy Cost Index - $/sqftJyear
- Total, Electric, Gas, Oil
Productivity Index
- Btu/lb, Btu/person, Btu/student, Btu/ton,
Btu/item
- kWh/lb, kWh/person/ kWh/ton, kWh/item
- Gal H20/lb, or /student, or litem (also sewer)
System performances
- kW/ton cooling, CFM/HP air, kWh/gal pumping
Energy Use Index - Btu/sqftJyear
- Total, Electric, Gas, Oil

F - 20
Benchmarking Comparison of
Energy Efficiency and Water Use
Section G

Section G is not used in th is


edition of the CEM Workbook
Electric Rates
&
Tariff (Rate) Structures

Understanding Energy Rates


Why Bother?
Rates directly impact
- Cost savings due to energy management
activities
- Cost of energy
Rates are often
- Not well understood
- Not well explained by suppliers
- Complicated

H-2
Electricity Rate Structures
Electricity generally most complex energy rate
due to DEflfAJVD
- Measured in kW or MW (or kVA)
- Charged monthly: $/kW/mo or $/kVA/mo
Also written $/kWmo or $/kVA"mo
- How fast electricity flows into a facility
Faster the flow, the bigger the wires,
transformers, generators etc.
Natural gas and water rarely charge demand;
chilled water and steam may
H-3

Electricity Rate Structures


Demand
- Other terms: load, power
- Billing demand
Measured at customer's meter
15 minute demand window or interval is
typical
-Other demand intervals include
30 minute and 1 hour.
Not instantaneous

H-4
Electric Utility
Load Swings
Electric utilities experience widely
varying seasonal loads
- Either summer peak (HVAC Load) or winter peak
(Heating Load)
Electric utilities experience widely varying daily
loads
- Morning peak: 6:00-10:00 am
- Evening peak: 5:00-9:00 pm
- Loads drop: After 9:00-10:00 pm
- Loads lowest Midnight to 6:00-7:00 am

H-5

Load curves lor 'TYPical electricity grid

....

Source: bing.com/images 8/1/2012 H-6


Regulated Rate Structures
For traditional, vertically-integrated utilities
- generation (supply), transmission (T) and
distribution (D) are combined
3 charges are common for large customers
- customer charge (typically flat charge for each class)
- energy charge ($/kWh-or cents/kWh or mills/kWh)
- demand charge ($/kW/mo or $/kVA/mo)
Others
- Demand ratchet, power factor, voltage levels,
interruptible rates, taxes
- Seasonal or time-of-day rates
H-7

Regulated Rate Structures


For traditional utilities and for T&D utilities in the
deregulated environment
Seasonal utility system demand peaks
- Some utilities respond with differing summer and
winter prices for energy and demand
Daily utility system demand peaks
- Peak period (e.g. 10 a.m. to 8 p.m.) has higher
rates
- Off-peak for rest of day has lower or no charge
- Shoulder period charges sometimes are found
H-8 CWtr
Regulated Rate Structures
Peak and Off-peak rates and others are time-of-
day or time-of-use rates.
Real-time priCing is a recent innovation-see
appendix
Shoulder Period
Moderately

expensive \

I
Midnight
Least expensive

-I
Noon
! l~o~e:::Si~1
2:00 8:00
1'1
10:00
Least
expensive

Midnight

H-9

Basic Deregulation Complications


Two billing sources (T&D and generation separate)
-Local utility
Still regulated, bills resemble traditional bills
Bills for distribution, it's own local
transmission, and other transmission
- Supplier-generally bills in kWh
May get two bills or combined bill from utility
- Billing periods may differ
See appendix for more deregulation information
and billing components
H 10
Another Deregulation Consideration
Independent System Operators (ISO)
- Control rv 60% of high-voltage transmission
lines within regions defined by Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission (FERC)
Others operated by Power Pools (PP)
May add capacity charge to bill from local T&D
utility

H -11

Regulated Rate Structures


Future may see other demand charges
- Coincident peak (CP) charge for what facility
is demanding at time of independent system
operator (ISO) peak.
- Non-coincident peak (NCP) charge for facility
maximum demand
Past demand charges have generally been
for facility peaks
Future will see more use of real-time pricing
(appendix)

H - 12
Cost Analysis for Any Situation
Key issue-is the cost component priced in kWh
or kW??
Find out on the bill

H -13

Demand Ratchet
Penalty for unusually high spike in demand
- Billed demand will never be less than X% of
the highest measured demand in the past N
months .
X varies from 50% to 100%
N can vary; 11 months is common
Example: Billed demand will be the maximum
of the current month's demand, or 75% of
the largest demand in the previous 11
months.
Power Factor (PF) Charge
Penalty levied in two ways.
. Floor level PF
1. . BIlled demand = Actual demand x FaClTlty PF

- Floor level is set in tariff


0.85 is common
Penalty is for facility PF < than floor level
2. Billing directly for kVA.

Method 1 is most common

H -15

Sample Electric Rate Structure #1


(Charges per month)

Rate structure:
- Customer charge $50.00 per month
- Energy charge $0.09 per kWh
- Demand charge $8.50 per kW per month
- Fuel adjustment $0.025 per kWh
- Taxes Total of 8% on entire bill

H -16
Bill Calculation Example One

A large office building receives service from its electric


utility at the above general service demand rate
structure. The electric energy use and demand for this
company for one month are:

Energy Consumption 150,000 kWh


Metered Demand 525 kW

Find the cost of the electric bill for the month.

H - 17

H - 18
Blended Rates
Blended rates are the ratio of total cost to total
kWh consumption.
- For example the facility above has a blended energy
cost of ($23,503.50)/(150,000 kWh) = $0.1567/kWh.
Electrical energy saved during off-peak hours
- Use is not reduced when peak demand charges occur,
thus savings are energy-related and only
$0. 1242/kWh
An EMO that reduces peak demand would save
the company $9.18 per kW per month.
- Pure demand savings not captured by blended rates
H-19 ~0.

Sample Electric Rate Structure #2


Secondary service (service level 5)

Customer charge $151.00/bill/month


Demand charge applicable to all kW/month of
billing demand:
- On-peak season $13.27/kW
- Off-peak season $4.82/kW
Definition of season:
- On-peak season: Revenue months of June-October of
any year.
- Off-peak season: Revenue months of November of
any year through May of the succeeding year.

H -20
Energy charge:
- First two million kWh 5.528 /kWh
- All kWh over two million 5.113 /kWh
Power factor clause:
- When the customer's average power factor is less than
80%, the Billing Demand shall be determined by
multiplying the metered demand by 0.80 and dividing by
the actual average power factor expressed in per cent
Fuel adjustment:
- A variable amount set by the utility to allow them to
recover all their fuel costs
Ratchet Clause
- 65% demand ratchet for preceding 11 mos
H - 21

Bill Calculation Example Two


Using the rate schedule above (Service level:
Secondary-service levelS), calculate the
September bill for this company:
Month: September
- Actual demand 250 kW
- Consumption 54,000 kWh
- Previous high billed demand (July) 500 kW
- Power factor 75%
-Tax 6.0%
Fuel adjustment: 1.15 /kWh (Calculated by
the utility according to the formula in the rate
schedule.) H.22 c.ct~
As a first step, calculate the demand
1. Actual demand adjusted for PF correction
2. Minimum demand by ratchet clause
Power factor correction
- PF corrected demand = actual demand x (0.80/PF)
=
250 kWx(0.80/0.75) 266.7 kW =
Minimum demand charge (ratchet clause)
= 500 kWxO.65 = 325 kW
Final billed demand is higher value
= (266.7 kW or 325 kW)
-+ 325 kW
(Note - if there was no PF correction you would compare actual demand with the
minimum demand charge adjusted from ratchet clause)
H-B

Calculate demand charge (on-peak season)


= 325 kW x $13.27/kW = $4312.75
Calculate energy charge
= 54,000 kWh x $0.05528/kWh = $2,985.12
Calculate fuel adjustment
= 54,000 kWh x $0.0115/kWh = $621.00
Total energy and fuel adjustment charges = $3.606.12

Customer charge = $151.00

H - 24
Total charge before sales tax
= $4,312.75 + $3,606.12 + $151.00 = $8.069.87

Sales tax
= $8,069.87 xO.06 = $484.19

Total
= $8,069.87 + $484.19 = $8,554.06

H - 25

Cost Management Opportunities


Consider third party suppliers if deregulated
Check bills for errors periodically
Check for best tariff from utility periodically
Pay only applicable taxes and fees
Avoid monthly late fees.
- APR> 12 times the monthly rate
Use the account representatives
- Can help with mistakes, misunderstandings,
can run various scenarios
Economic Analysis and
Life Cycle Costing

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing - 1

Why Bother?

The value of money changes with time


due to interest, discounting, etc.
Useful material for our professional and
personal lives.
Two hours only, thus brief coverage and
simplifying assumptions.
Money today is worth more than that
same amount at a future date.

1: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Cosling - 2
What is Economic Analysis?
Economic analysis involves formulating, estimating and
evaluating the economic outcomes when choices of
equipment or systems are available to accomplish a specific end or
goal. The decision to select one of these choices must be made
based on data, analysis and comparison of the costs and benefits of
each choice. We call this selection process "Economic Analysis".

Economic analysis forms the core methodology of making decisions


about whether or not a project is cost-effective, or which one of
several similar projects is most cost-effective. These decisions
require the knowledge of project costs and project benefits (often
called "cash flows") as well as a knowledge of interest rates and the
time value of money.

Version: 5/15/2013 3

Making Project Decisions


Making these project decisions is often difficult. The methods and
approaches of economic analysis help energy managers and facility
managers make appropriate decisions about buying new equipment,
replacing old equipment, and operating existing equipment and
systems most efficiently.

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing' 4
Time Value of Money
- A dollar today is worth more than a dollar in the future because
money has earning power. In other words, if today you put a dollar
in a bank where it earns interest, it is worth more than a dollar
tomorrow. This change in value over time is called the time value
of money.

- As an example, think of the price of a car. In 1980, a nice car would


have cost about $20,000. Today, a nice car is about $30,000. So in
about 30 years, your initial $20k would only pay 2/3 of the current
cost of a nice car. Thus, the value of a dollar falls as time moves on.

- This change in the value of money over a given time period is called
the time value of money. Some have called this the most important
concept in economic analysis.

t: Economic Analysis and life Cycle


Costing- 5

Financial Terms:
1. Annual value (A or AVl - a series of equal cash flows, most
often savings in our applications, that occur evenly spaced over
time. For this course we use end of year accounting, meaning that
cash flows occur only at end of year. A is also known as the
Annuity Amount. Also called annual worth (AW).

2. Present Value (P or PV) - the value of a future amount in today's


dollars (now). For cost, it is the cost now in most cases. Also
called present worth.

3. Future Value (F or FV) the value of a single deposited amount or


a series of payments at some point in the future. Also called future
worth.

1: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing - 6
4. Interest Rate - The interest rate is generally conSidered to be the rate
you are charged to borrow money and is usually represented by the
letter "I" or "i". (In time value of money calculations, the variable i can
denote either the interest rate or the discount rate depending on the
type of problem being solved.) For our purposes, the interest rate is
defined as the rate at which money gains value over time. We will use
the term discount rate to define the rate at which money loses value
over time. We will be using an annual interest rate which is the percent
by which a given amount of money increases (or decreases) over one
year.

5. Minimum acceptable rate of return CMARR) - The rate determined to be


the minimum allowed for investments/ projects approved by a
Company. (desired interest rate, hurdle rate, discount rate). Set by the
company or organization.

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing. 7

6. Net Present Value CNPV) - The difference between the present


value of an investment's future net cash flows and the initial
investment (if NPV is zero, the project would equate to investing
the same amount of dollars at the desired rate). Also called net
present worth.

7. Internal Rate of Return (jRR) - The discount rate at which the


present value of a project costs equals the present value of the
project savings.

8. Depreciation - Amount of economic value that is used up during


the accounting period. Depreciation is not a cash flow. It is for
accounting purposes only.
- I!vdt-VO-uc iPs

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing - 8
9. Simple Payback (SPB) - amount of time for a project to
pay for itself while excluding the time value of money.
Investment
SP B = -:-:----:-----::-::---
Net Annual Savings

Example: A project has an investment of $100,000.


Savings per year are $22,000 but added maintenance
because of the project is $2000. What is the SPB?

Note: SPB does not consider interest and ignores the


time value of money. Thus, SPB is not an accurate
decision criterion; but everyone understands it (or think
they do) and will likely always have it around. Used in
proper fashion, SPB is not a bad "first cut" tool.
I: Economic Analysis and life Cycle
Costing - 9 ~

10. Salvage Value - the value of the eqUipment at the end of the
project life. Sometimes salvage value is positive (sell it) and
sometimes it is negative (pay to remove or dispose it). Salvage
value is usually ignored in this section, but if it does occur in a
problem, treat it as a future value.

11. Life of the project CN) - the number of years that we will receive
annual savings. This is what we use in our economic analysis.

Follow up note - some financial texts and universities use the term
worth instead of value. Recognize - the terms have the same meaning:
Present Worth (PW) = Present Value
Future Worth (FW) = Future Value
Net Present Worth (NPW) = Net Present Value
Annual Worth (AW) = Annual Value

I: Eoonomic Analysis and life Cycle


Costing - 10
Visual PV
What is the PV of $10,000 to be received 5 years in the
future?
$12.000 ~---------.--.----.---------. _. _ _ .

$10.000 r----'Jiijllllilllilllillllll~_~~=_==.~:;:::.:_::_c:;:-O_OO_--
$8.000 , ". .....;:;;c=-.-.~~.
............................. $9.091
._ ' ' $8.264
-+ - $7,513
$6,000 J~.-:::::-. :-::::-::::: .. ..$6;830 ..
$6.209
$4.000
:
$2.000 ., .......................................................................................................................

$0: ........................................................................................................................
o 2 3 4 5 6
PV at End of Year -Assuming 10% Discount Rate

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing- 11

Visual NPV
NPV=Zero
$12,000 -,

$10.000 ' - - .-.................................. $8;264 $9,091 _ --:=.JII $10.{)OO


$7,513 ________ * ___ _=__~-

$8,000 t .................... - ........$.~~~Q...............--... ----------------


.. __=:,;".-::::'::t:....- ...-.--............... ::::ii"~

$6000 ~~~~~~~~~=~~~=:=~~~~:;~ $7.602 '

___ .~ $1.638
,.,.,~_~-:---~
: : : : -.;........ ____.__ .... ___ ._ ... __ ......... $3,440

$0 ..~.............. --------~ ................................ ,... _--..-................................................................................................... .


o 1 2 3 4 5 6
NPV at End of Year 5 - Compare investment to accumulated savings

Invest $6,209 in the bank at 10% interest rate


Or Invest $6,209 in a project that saves $1,638 annually
At the end of 5 Years, investment and accumulated savings are eqUivalent

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing-12
NPV not equal to Zero
NPV:f:Zero
$16.000 "".
$14.000 .'

5 6
NPV at End of Year 5 - Compare Investment to accumulated savings

Invest $6,209 in the bank at 10% interest rate


Savings of $1,200 annually has a NPV of NEGATIVE $2,674 (Poor Project)

Savings of $2,400 annually has a NPV of POSITIVE $4,652 (Good Project)


I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle
Cosling.13

Factors Given in Interest Tables


Find Given Factor Other Title for
Factor
F P F/P, I, N SPCA F
Single Payment Compound Amt. p

P F P/F, I, N SPPW
t ,, t
o 1 2
Single Payment Present Worth "
F A F/A,I,N USCA F
Uniform Series Compound Amt
A F A/F, I, N SFP ,il
012
Al
t
Sinking Fund Payment
"
A P AlP, I, N CR
Capital Recovery P A
P A PIA, I, N USPW tII
o12
J
Uniform Series Present Worth "

Explanations of Discount _ interest FactolS.2 I: economic Analysis & LilI> Cyclll Costing. Handout

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing. 14
In almost all engineering economy problems, all of the following are known
except for one. Solving for it completes the problem.

P,A,I,N Where I is known as the interest rate, discount factor, minimum


acceptable rate of return, or (in some cases) internal rate of return.

Factors are tabulated in all Economy texts


What I want to know Given What I do know

"".-1- ,I, /
( )
PIA, I, N
( )
"Find P given that A, I, and N are known"

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing 15

Example

You win the lottery (congratulations).

You are offered $100,000 today or $X at the


end of every year for the next 10 years.
Ignoring taxes, how much would X have to
be for you to choose that option? Your
investment portfolio is averaging 15%
return per year.
I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle
Costing - 16
Solution

Find A given that P, I, and N are given

A = $P (A/P,I,N)
A = $100,000 (AjP,15%,10)
A = $100,000 (0.1993)

= $19,930 or approximately $20,000

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing 17

Economic Analysis and


Life Cycle Costing
On the CEM test, one might expect questions on:
1. Basic economics.
2. Simple energy management economics.
3. More complex energy management economics (internal
rate of return, present worth, after tax cash flows, etc.).

Simplifying assumptions
1. Most problems involve an investment now (T =0) with
annual savings (cost) each and every year for the life of
the project.
2. The life of the project and the equipment life will be given
and they will usually be equal.
3. The cash flow frequency and the compounding periods
will match and will usually be annual.
I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle
Costing-18
Cash Flow Diagrams (CFD). The CFD is a drawing
depicting the cash flows for the life of the project. This
can be helpful for people that are new to this material
to draw the CFD.
1) Cash flow diagrams

end of year 1 1
IIIIIIII
01234etc.
Cash flow in
(+)
Cash flow out
(-)

2)

rI I I I
"P" represents a Eresent cash flow. May be (+) or (-)

o 1 2 3 4 N

t: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing-19

II-+-
o
f +-+-f
1
f -+--f-
2 3 4
rN
"A" represents an Annual cash flow.
May be (+) or (-). Starts at end of year 1 and
Continues through life of project (simplifying
assumption).

11111F~f
01234 N
"F" represents a ,Euture cash flow. May be (+)
or (-). Occurs at end of some future year
(usually end of project).

I: Economic Analysis and life Cycle


Cosling - 20
Finding Savings Required and Cost examples
a) A bOiler economizer will cost $20,000 installed. How much
will it have to save each year (life = 5 years) to return 12%?
Here, P = $20,000, I = 12%, N = 5, A = ?
i=12%

p=
20.000 1 1 11A =1? P (AlP, 12%, 5)
A =$20.000 (0.27741) =$5,548 per year

1 2 3 4 N

b) A new lighting system will save $5000 per year. How much can I pay
and still get a 15% rate of return? Life = 6 years.
A =$5000/yr. I =15%. N =6, P =?

Pc? 11 1
1 2
TTT T5%
3 4 5 N
A (PIA, 15%, 6)
P = $5,000 (3.7845) = $18,922

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing - 21

c) Net Present Value Analysis


Two insulation thicknesses are proposed for a project. The cost and
savings vary as shown below. Which is better if a return of 15% is
required?
Thickness Cost Yearly Savings Life
l'r $10,000 $3,000 5 years
2" $15,000 $4,500 5 years

Cash Flow p A
Diagrams $10,000 $3,000/year
1 t ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i=15%

0 2 3 4 5
P A
$15,000 $4,500/year
2
t ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i=15%

0 2 3 4 5
I: Economic Analysis and life Cycle
Cosling - 22 ~
Calculate the NPV for each:
NPV - PVsavingS - PVcost
NPV - annual savings x(PjA,I%,N) - Cost
NPV(O) =0 (The do nothing project)

A (PIA, 15%, 5) Cost

NPV(I) = 3,000 (3.352) -10,000 = $56

A (PIA, 15%, 5) Cost

NPV(2) = 4,500 (3.352) - 15,000 = $84

NPV(2) > NPV(I), so project two with 2 inches of insulation is


more attractive.
I: Economic Analysis and Ufe Cycle
Costing - 23

d) Annual Value
What if Alternative two lasted 8 years and Alternative one lasted 5 years?

1 P =$10,000 =
A $3,000/yo.r
1=15%
t11111
o 2 3 4 5
P = $15,000 A = $4,500/yo.r

2 tL--->-l-,-1---->-1-,-1-,--1----<-1---,1----J1 i=15%
02345678

Since the project life spans are different, we calculate the Annual Value of Each
Project using the formula below, and then compare the two AV's:

AV = A - P (AlP, I, N)
Projoct 1 AV =3000 -to,OOO(AlP, 15%, 5) = 3000 -10,000 (0.2983) = $1711'
Projoct 2 AV =4500 -15,000 (AlP, 15%, 8) = 4500 -15,000 (0.2229) = $1,156.5011'
Since Project 2'5 AV is > than Project l's, select project 2

I: Economic AnalysiS and Life Cycle


Cosling,24
Benefits and Limitations with NPV
+ Takes into consideration the time value of money
+ Describes the project in terms of dollars
+ Shows amount of value added to the business
+ Uses dollars as measurement
- NPV can be a vague or a misunderstood value
- Doesn't accurately evaluate/ compare mutually excluSive
projects with different life spans. To evaluate projects with
different lifetimes utilize - Annual Value - which we used here

Or could use Equivalent Annual Annuity Method or


Replacement Chain Approach - beyond what we cover - See
appendix for equivalent annuity method

I: Economic AnalysiS and Life Cycle


Costing - 25

e) Internal Rate of Return


At some interest rate the present value of the investment is exactly equal
to the present value of the annual savings. At this point NPV = ZERO,
which means the return exactly equals the discount rate used. It can
also be called the internal rate of return or true rate of return.

Example-What is the internal rate of return for installing a waste


heat recovery system, given:
= =
First Cost $100,000, Life 20 years, Annual Savings $30,000 =
P = 100,000 IUnknown
P A ~
$100,000 = $30,000x (PIA, 1%, 20)
Thus (PIA, 1%, 20) = 3.333

1 2 3 4 5 19 N$100,000 = $30,000(X)
X =3.333
Now, search the different interest tables until
you find the I where (PIA, I, N) = 3.333:
I = IRR = 30% (almost)
I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle
Costing. 26
Hint: For IRR a good start is try I = A/P.

In our example, I = $30,000/$100,000 =


30% which is an upper limit for IRR.

For long periods oftime en = 20 or more)and


high I this will be very close. For shorter n
and smaller I, it is only a start and IRR will
be less than I = A/P.

I: Economic Analysis and life Cycle


Costing 27

Benefits and limitations with IRR


+ Focuses on all cash flows with the project
+ Takes into consideration the time value of money
+ Describes the project in terms of the rate of return earned
(relatively easy to understand)
- Neglects showing the impact (added value to the Business)
- Dollars make up a businesses cash flows, not percentages
- Ranking Projects by NPV is more accurate (which may yield a
different ranking than IRR). This is because we assume we "will
keep investing as long as we get MARR or greater."
- Dollars earned must be reinvested to get true IRR, utilize MIRR
(Modified IRR - beyond CEM Scope)
- Some projects have multiple IRR's (due to cash flow fluctuations
(positive and negative))

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing - 28
After Tax Cash Flows (ATCF)
-Each year machines lose value but no cash flow
occurs
- IRS lets us write off the expense from that loss in
value (depreciation)
- Depreciation amount is estimated by some
structured calculation
- Depreciation impact is to (only) reduce taxes
(dep. is not a cash flow), it must be added back in
after calculating income after taxes

I: Economic Analysis and Lifa Cycle


Costing - 29

It is very helpful to know the cash flow impact of a project


"after taxes." To do that, we need to understand
depreciation and tax calculation. The table format below is
useful.
1 2 3 4 5 6

Earnings Before Deductions Income before Taxes Income after ATCF


Interest, Taxes, Taxes Taxes
Depreciation
And
Amortization

EBITDA
(Depreciation) (1) - (2) (3) X Rate (3) - (4) (5) + (2)
$50,000 $10,000 $40,000 $12,000 $28,000 $38,000

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Cosling - 30
Example: You are purchasing a waste heat recovery device that
will last 5 years. It will cost $100,000 and will save you $30,000
per year before taxes. The salvage value is o. What is the
after tax cash flow each year if your tax rate is 250f0? Use
straight line
depreciation.
Depreciation per year = ($100,000 - 0)/5 years = $20,000/year
ear 1 2 3 4 5 6
EBITDA Deductions Taxable Taxes Income after ATCF
Before tax Income Taxes
cash flow
(Depreciation) (1) - (2) (3) X Rate (3) - (4) (5) + (2)
a -100,000 a a a -- -100000
1 30,000 20,000 10,000 2,500 7,500 27500
2 30,000 20,000 10,000 2,500 7,500 27500
3 30,000 20,000 10,000 2,500 7,500 27500
4 30,000 20,000 10,000 2,500 7,500 27500
5 30,000 20,000 10,000 2,500 7,500 27500
I: Economic Analysis and Ufe Cycle
Costing 31

Note: The Faster you depreciate, the better the NPV on


ATCF. Best would be to expense in the first year.
(But, IRS usually won't let us.) However, in this course
(test), we will use only straight-line depreciation, Faster
methods include MACRS (fastest allowed today) and DDB.

MACRS: Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System


DDB: Double Declining Balance

Note: After calculating ATCF, we can use the same


analySiS techniques we used on BTCF (IRR, NPV, etc.), but
MARR changes.

I: Economic Analysis and Ufe Cycle


Costing- 32
Investment Tax Credits

EPACT 05 reintroduces tax credits


Impact of tax credits much more
significant than depreciation.
Tax credits reduce taxes (not taxable
income) by the amount of the credit.
Thus, tax credits are a direct reduction in
first cost (after taxes) of that amount.

I: Economic Analysis and Life CyCle


Cosling33

More on Tax Credits

Usually depreciable basis is reduced by V2


the tax credit (this can vary; so tax advice
should be obtained)
Tax credits may be subject to depreciation
recapture (especially if equipment is sold
before end of depreciation period)

http://www.energy.gov/additionaltaxbreak
s.htm
I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle
Cosling.34
Example: Same example with a 30% tax credit assuming
depreciation basis is affected by Yo the credit. (Credit would
actually appear in first year)
Depreciation per yr = ($85,000-0)/5 years = $17,000/yr

Year 1 2 3 4 5 5
Before Oeduc- Taxable Taxes Income After Tax Cash
Tax Cash tions Income (3) X Rate After Taxes Flow
Flow (Oepr) (1) - (2) (3) - (4) (5) + (2)
0 -100,000 - - -30,000 30,000 -70,000
(Credit)
1 30,000 17,000 13,000 3,250 9,750 26,750
2 30,000 17,000 13,000 3,250 9,750 26,750
3 30,000 17,000 13,000 3,250 9,750 26,750
4 30,000 17,000 13,000 3,250 9,750 26,750
5 30,000 17,000 13,000 3,250 9,750 26,750

I: Economic Analysis anti Lne Cycle COsting _35

NPV of Waste Heat Recovery Device


With and Without Tax Credit

Assuming an after tax MARR of 200/0:


NPV without tax credit =
+27,500x(PjA,20%,5) - 100,000 = -$17,759
(PIA, 20%, 5) = 2.9906
NPV with tax credit =
+26,750x(PjA,20%,5) - 70,000 = +$9,999
Acceptable project after tax credits
I: Economic Analysis and Ufe Cycle
Costing - 36 orcr
. Time Value Of Money
Problem Session

1) A heat wheel can be installed on your exhaust air


system to preheat the make up air. The installed cost is
$15,000 and the unit has an economic life of 10 years.
How much must it save each year to return 15%?

cV--5:: 11-/f lr--v--


-::. I)" I-. CJ' 111 ~
-:- '2--- qt 1
I: Economic Analysis and life Cycle
Costing - 37

2) A desuperheater can be installed on your refrigerator


system to obtain free hot water. You estimate you can
heat 150,000 gallons of water per year from 60F (city
water entering temperature) to 140F. This will replace a
natural gas water heater that operates at 80%
effiCiency. You pay $4.00 per million Btu (MCF) for your
gas. The unit has an economic life of 5 years. How much
can you pay for that unit and obtain a return of 12%?
8, /- /;)0,00 '/- n tY--1 'I--(ltvf> o)/o't ::; /'6 / M/lf/bt "-
'"
Lu5f -:::\. ? 00 .tv
; ,

~ !j I tJ 'f.. ),6 .tr'J


fj.JI/) ~ II? f/ ih ~ ----:::;..- I q t; 'l- l{ 7J

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing 38 0Hf
3) A vendor proposes a retrofit lighting system. The system
will cost $100,000 installed; but it will save $15,000 per
year for the next 10 years. Your minimum attractive rate
of return (interest rate) is 10%. Construct a cash flow
diagram and calculate the NPV of the cash flow. Is this
investment desirable?

I: Economic Analysis and Life Cycle


Costing. 39

4) An energy efficient air compressor will cost $30,000


installed and will require $1,000 worth of maintenance each
year for its life of 10 years. Energy costs will be $6,000 per
year. A standard air compressor will cost $25,000 and will
require $500 worth of maintenance each year. Its energy
costs will be $10,000 per year. At an interest rate of 12%,
which one is preferable? '
Interest Tables
LCC Time Value of Money
Table

I Single Sums Uniform Series

LCC TVOM Tables.Handout.200B.BB.1.ppt 42


LCC Time Value of Money
Table
I Sinole Sums Uniform Series
i= 5% To Find F To Find P Find Fr-I9
To Find A To Find P To Find A
~,~~-~~-~-~--

Given P ,"~Given F_ Given A Given F Given A Given P


-'~--1f- -~--~-;)
(F/A,i%,n ~(AlF,i%,n) P/A,i%,n
-~~-w-~--1r-
n TF/P,i%,n) (P/F,i%,rl) (A/P,i%,n
l-~L 1.0500 0.9524 1.0000
--~-~ ,-----~~-~
1.0000 0.9524
=~,~~-~~-
1.0500
_~~~,~~~M_~~~,,~

2 1.1025 ~-~-,~-~~~-
-~~~-~--
0.9070 2.0500 ,~-~--~~-~~-
0.4878.... 1.8594
,--~-,-~.~
~.--~-,~
0.5378
~,~~---,,~-~-
3 1:1576 ~. 0.8638 3.1525 0.3172 2.7232,,_~ ~,----~,~~-~
0.3672
"i4 1.2155 0.8227 __ 4.3101 -.~-,~---
3.5460 ..-
0.2320"",.. ~.---, 0.2820
..~-~, ~-"-

5 1.2763
--_.- 0.7835 ~~~~
~~~~~.~-
0.1810
~.~~- ~~-~.-~,-,
4.3295 0.2310
_~_'~~"O~ ___ ~' __M

...
l=-1=6
~,-~-- ~--.~ ,~"~~

.~
----"~,~-~ -'-~~ ,~.-

1.3401 0.746?_ 6.8019 0.1470 5.07~7._ 0.1970


-~,

~-----~-.--
7 1.4071 0.7107 8.1420 O~?~L 5.7864._
_ 0.1728
__
-,-~,~~

_~L_,. 8___ 1.4775 0.6768 9.5491


,--~~
---..0.1047
-.----~~
6.4632 0.1547
--~--.---

~
~
_
~
,
~
~
_
~
v
~
~
,
=
~.~.~.-
9 e-.J.. 513 _ 0.6446
-,~.,---;;:-
11.0266
~,_#~~~-~~
0.0907
f..-'--~---,,-
7.1078 --'.....
~~~~~~.~-~~---
0.1407
,---'"-----
10 1.6289 0.6139 12.5779 0.0795 7.7217 0.1295
- '-'-~- --~'-'~~-.~~=

- 1-,-- '-~-
I---,-,--~-. --~~-~~
~~_ w _.-
11 1.7103 0.5847 14.2068 0.070~~ 8.3064
~~M~
-~-~~~--~,
0.1204
,~,
L.:!.2 1.7959 0.5568,"_ .-15.9171
.. ---~--
J-.-Q .062~.__ 8.8633 .-.
--~-.--- ~~~-,~>'~~~~~"
0.1128
13 1.8856 0.5303 17.7130 0.0565 9.3936 0.1065 .
14 1.9799 0.5051 19.5986
. 0.0510 9.8986 0.1010
15 2.0789 0.4810 21.5786 0.0463 _~,1 0.:3797 0.0963
- _~~_"h~~~~~~_

_ mu_
. -~-~
---~---~
--_. ------
! 16 2.1829 0.4581 23.6575 0.0423 10.8378 0.0923
! 17 2.2920 0.4363 25.8404 0.0387 11.2741 0.0887
18 2.4066 0.4155
-~'-~.~~
28.1324
._--_..._----- 0.0355
-~----
11.6896
,--.-..~~- -~~~.---~~-
0.0855
19 2.5270 0.3957 30.5390 0.0327 12.0853 0.0827
I 20
I
2.6533 0.3769 33.0660 0.0302 12.4622 "
0.0802
i
I 21 2.7860
_ _' 0.3589 35.7193 0.0280 12.8212 0.0780
"-1-2'2--
w~_~~
-~.~~~~~~== ~~~~w~_._
~,=--~-~~=- -~-,~~-~~-~~- -~-~~,--

2.9253 0.3418 38.5052 0.0260 _. ~ 13.1630 0.0760


! 23 0.0241 0.0741
3.0715 0.3256 41.4305 . 13.4886
24 3.2251 _~ 1--0 .31 Q1 __ 44.5020
--~--~~-
0.0225
,,-~
.. 13.7986.._ ---~~,~~-
0.0725
25 3.3864 0.2953 47.7271 0.0210 14.0939 0.0710

Lee TVOM Tables.Handout.200B.BB.1.ppt 43


LCC Time Value of Money
Table
Sinqle Sums Uniform Series
i= 6% To Find F To Find P
,,~--~--~~
~
To Find F To Find A To Find P To Find A
Given P I-~Qiven F,:~
~~~~~~~~~
Given A GivenF Given A Given P
n (F/P,i"io,n) (P/F,i"io,n) (F/A,i"io,n) (AlF,i"io,n) (P/A,i"io,nj ~(A7P~i%,nr~
1 1.0600 0.9434
_~~H ___ 1.0000 1.0000 0.9434 1.0600
~~0.4854 ~
~

2 1.1236 0.8900 2.0600 1.8334


---.,--~~~~ ~-~ -~~
--- 0.5454 ~

3 1.1910~~ 0.8396 3.1836


~~~-~~,
0.3141 2.6730 ..~0.3742~
! 4 1.2625 0.7921 4.3746 0.2286 3.4651 0.2886 ,.
~-~--,-~

: 5 ~1.3382 0.7473 5.6371 0.1774 4.2124 0.2374 ,~-

.~--~---

6 - 1.4185 0.7050 6.9753


--
0.1434
7
.
1.5036 0.6651 8.3938
--4.9173 0.2034
0.1191 5.5824 ,,~-
0.1791
8 1.5938 0.6274 9.8975 0.1010 6.2098 0.1610
9
.~~~~~,

1.6895 0.5919
+.-~

11.4913 'r
,,~~~~.--~~~~.=
,_w_~_ __
-~~-.,--~--~
0.0870
. 6.8017 0.14ZQ.~
10 1.7908 ~~0.5584 13.1808 0.0759 7.3601 0.1359
~~------ ~

-
: 11 -~--.- ~~~-~
,- -
1.8983 0.5268 14.9716 0:Q6~~ _7.8869
_
0.1268 --

H
_
~
~
~
.~------~

12 2.0122
,~,-~~
0.4970 16.8699 0.0593 8.3838 0.119.~
;
: 13 2.1329 .,
0.4688 18.8821 0.0530 8.8527 0.1130
14 2,.2609 0.4423 21.0151 0.0476 9.2950 0.1076
15 2.3966 0.4173 23.2760 0.0430 9.7122 0.1030
~-.
-- ~~-. .. ..
16 2.5404- 0.3936 25.6725 0.0390 10.1059 0.0990
17 2.6928
- 0.3714 28.2129 0.0354 10.4773 0.0954
,-'~'''-'
18 2.8543
~---,-
_9. 3_503__ ~0.905J~. _ _0.0324
_.... ,c~ 10.8276
-~--~-
0.0924
! 19 3.0256 0.3305 33.7600 0.0296 11.1581 0.0896
I: 20
3.2071 0.3118 36.7856 0.0272 11.4699 0.0872
:
. I
-
I ..21
.~: c.:... 3.3996
.~-- .. ~-
0.2942
--~---.-~
39.9927
-.--~~-,~~ - 0.0250 11.7641 .-------,
0.0850
j 22 3.6035 0.2775 43.3923 0.0230 12.0416 0.0830
: .
.
j
: 23 3.8197 - 0.2618 46.9958 0.0213 12.3034 0.0813
24 4.0489 0.2470 50.8156 0.0197 12.5504 0.079?_
25 4.2919
---
0.2330 54.8645 0.0182 12.7834 0.0782

Lee TVOM Tables.Handout2008.BB.1.ppt 44


LCCTime Value of Money
Table
Sinale Sums Uniform Series
-
i= ts"lo To Find F To Find P To Find F To Find A To Find P To Find A
GivenP GivenF ~~GivenA~_ Given~ Given A Given P -_.
n (F/P,i%-,n) (P/F,i%,n) (F/A,i%,n) (AlF,i%,n) . (P/A,i%,n) (AlP~i%,n)
1 1.0800 0.9259 ...l.:0000 _~ p-' 1.0000 0.9259 1.0800 .
2 1.166~___ .~57.:~_ 2.0800 0.4808 1.7833 0.5608
.. ~-~

_ ..3_.
~~

.~
1.2597
~'~_~'@_AA~_'_'
0.7938
'_'M_~_~
3.2464 ~~~~~~--
0.3080 2.5T(!._ . .. 0.3880.. ~~ -.~

4 1.3605
_~~_~~~#w,.~~.
0.7350
_www_w~'w
4.5061 ww~w~w~<~w
-_. __.._-- f---.:::-~--.-.--
0.2219 3.3121 0.3019 ~~_~~_w_~_,.

"
1.4693 _.0.6~06_~ ~.---.--~~.
~~~~--.~
5.8666 0.170?____ fo-. 3.9927 ___ . 0.2505 ..
~_, H

-- - ..- .-.~~-
- .
1.5869.. 0.6302 7.3359 1---6.1363 4.6229 0.2163
7
-~

1.7138 _Q.5?35 8.9228 ~. 0.1121 5.2064


--
0.192J___
-------~~

1.8509 0.5403 10.6~!?~~ ~. 0.0940 5.7466 0.1740 ~-~,

1.9990 0.5002 12.4876 .J.--..0.0801 6.2469 0.1601


10"_~AA_
2.1589
~-~~--
._...._-_.... ~--
0.4632 14.4866
..~--~-.
0.0690 __ ___M"
6.7101
I--~..--~---
__.___ ___
0.1490~w_~ ~~
~
~
'
'
M

~
'
~
~
~
=
=
--- ..
-~-.
- --- ---~~-
~,~ _ _ _V"H~

11 2.3316 1----.0 .4289 .._ I----.~.-.----


16.6455 p-' 0.0601_ 7.1390 0.1401
..... ~12
13
--'-
2.5182 _~~L _ _
2.7196 0.3677
18.9771
~ _ _1

21.4953
h_~

0.0465
7.5361 .... -_.......
.......Q0.527 ~ ----_
7.903JL.. -_._
0.1327.._-
0.1265
-,-=~-,-~~

_
.--,~~ ~-~~~~ ....._--
14
-. {.-..-:._.- 2.9372 0.3405 . 24.2149 0.0413 8.2442 0.121?~
1-
15 3.1722 0.3152--- 27.1521 0.0368 8.5?95._ __0.11~._
__ H_~~_
f--.oo. .~---.- ...- --~"~~~~~"

r-16 3.4259 0.2919 30.3243 0.0330 8.8514 0.1130


-
17 3.7000 0.2703 33.7502 0.0296 9.1216 0.1096
...- 18 3.9960 0.2502
- 37.4502 0.0267 9.3719 0.1067
--
19 1--4.3157 0.2317 41.4463 0.0241 9.6036 0.1041
20 4.6610 0.2145 45.7620 0.0219 9.8181 0.1019

21 5.0338
f----.~---
0.1987
~---.---.
50.4229
---~~,~,~-- ._..0.0198
_---_..- 10.0168
---- ..-._-_ .. 0.0998
~.-------- ..-..-..-
5.4365 0.1839 55.4568 0.0180 10.2007 0.0980 __
-

Fti=
-~-------.-

23 5.8715 0.1703 60.8933 0.0164 ~.10.3711 0.0964


6.3412
,---,-,~.-
0.1577 __ 1--. 66.7648 0.0150 .~-.----
10.5288
.-.~-.
0.0950
25 6.8485 0.1460 73.1059 0.0137 10.6748 0.0937

LCC TVOM Tables. Handout2008.BR 1.ppt 45


LCC Time Value of Money
Table
! Single Sums Uniform Series
i
~-
=' -tnOL To Find F To Find P To Find F ~~~-~~-
To Find A To Find P To Find A 'k,"~w

Given P Given F Given A GivenF Given A Given P


(P/A,i%~nr
~~ ~, ~~~~~~~~~~~~

n ]F/P ,i%,n) (P/F,i%,r"l) ~ ~-(F/A,i%,n) (AlF,i%,n) (AlP,i%,n)


~-~
i
1 1.1000
--~~-~~
0.9091 1.0000
~~~~,
1.0000 ~~~991 1.1000..
' ~

2 1.2100
~_M= __ ~
0.8264 2.1000 0.4762 1.7355 .. 0.5762
~-~.~~"'~~
~~~'"'--~~~ ~---~~-~~ ~--~-~--~~~
--~.~~-~~~~~

3 1.3310 ..0.7513
~~-..:;-
3.3100 .0.3021 .~
2.4869
,- --- ~~~--
0.4021
.. ~-~~~--~
---~

4 1.4641 0.6830 4.6410 0.2155


. '"-
3.1699
'_A=~~~_
",~--
0.3155
.., - "
. 5 1.6105
~---.- -~-~~~~-
0.6209 ..
6.1051
~.----. ~--.~
0.1638 3.7908
-~~--,~~ ~M~~~~~
0.2638
.. .-~---
~_~_w~,_~

6 1.7716- 0.5645 7.7156 0.1296 .... 4.3553 0.2296


. ~

- .
0.1054 ~- 4.8684
" ~--

7 1.9487 0.5132 9.4872 0.2054


8 2.1436 ~91~6~_ ~1l:~359 ~_
~~.~-~~~
0.0874
_~~<~~"AA
5.3349
__ ~~~~,-
0.1874
9 .. 2.3579 ~~42'!.L_.. _~~.:?795 ._
.~ -~~.-.- ~~-.~~,~
0.0736 5.7590
~---~-~~
0.1736
---~.-~-

10 .. 2.5937

11
0.3855 .. 15.9374
M_= __

2.8531
~

-.
0.3505
-._-
~_~~M=

18.5312 ....
-~--=~~-
0.0627

__ _.
6.1446
N"''''''''''''''''''''''''''''~

0.0540
...
_~~~w

6.4951
. __ ___
~_v
__.
0.1540
0.1627
-~---,

-'-_.:----- --~--~ --~--~- r-"-~-~


12 3.1384 .. 0.3186 21.3843 __ 0.0468 6.8137
---~~. ---.--.--- - - - - 0.1468
~------

13 3.4523 0.2897 24.5227 0.0408 7.1034 0.1408


3.7975- 0.2633 27.9750 - 0.0357 7.3667 0.1357
5 4.1772 0.2394 31.7725 0.0315 7.6061 0.1315
- .... ~.
- '-
16 4.5950 .. 0.2176
'
35.9497 0.0278 7.8237 0.1278
-- --. 17 5.0545 ~.1_978 40.5447 y ---
0.0247 8.0216 0.t247
._.~ ,_c_ 5.5599 __~Z99 __ 45.5992
18.... ------- ~----- r--"--'~---~
0.0219 8.2014
,-~--- ~~---
0.1219
1 19 6.1159 0.1635
- 51.1591 0.0195 8.3649 0.1195
20 6.7275 0.1486 57.2750 0.0175 8.5136 0.1175
!
21 - I 7.4002 0.1351 64.0025-
. .. 0.0156 8.6487 0.1156
-122-- -~-~~~-~--~~-

8.1403
___ ~ij~o~~_~

0.1228
--.-.~--

71.4027
-~ <-~- -~-

0.0140
.. ---~---- --------
8.7715 0.114L
I 23 8.9543 -
0.1117 79.5430 0.0126 - 8.8832 OJ126..~
-~ 9.8497 0.1015 88.4973 0.0113 8.9847 0.1113
--~.---~

I 25 10.8347 0.0923 98.3471 0.0102 9.0770 0.1102

LCC TVOM Tables.Handout2008.BB.tppt 46


LCC Time Value of Money
Table
SinQle Sums Uniform Series
i = 12% To Find F To Find P To Find F To Find A To Find P To Find A
--- ---~- -~~-~- --
Given P Given F Given A Given F Given A Given P
~~n~---l---:(='-F/p,i%,n) (P/F,i%,n) (F/A,i%,n) (A/F,i%,n) (P/A,i%,n) rcivp,i%,nj
1 1.1200 0.8929 1.0000 1.0000 0.8929 1.1200
~~~~:::::c:'---Ir--=='--I-
2 1.2544 0.797~2~1r---:::2~.1;::,20~0~-l_~0::-.4~7~1~7~.~
-- 1.6901_ 0.5917 ~~
__~1~._.!:104~_ 0.7118 3.3744 0.2963 2.4018 0.4163
4 1.5735 0.6355 "4~7793 0.2092 3.0373 - 0.3292 ._.
-- . --
r-_..~5C_1_1.,-c7,-,623 0.5674 6.3528 _ ... : :0.:.; .1_5::."---74~+_.=3::;.6..:::0~48=-- ",_ ...9.2~?~_

~~~t'~==-r===~====~===~===~-~==-,
'11 3.4785
0.2875 20.6546 0.0484 5.9377 0.1684
I 12 3.8960
0.2567 24.1331 0.0414 6.1944 0 ..1614._
I 13 4.3635
0.2292 28.0291 _0~~.0=-:3:-::577~_1_----::6,-:.4235 0.1557 ...
r~- 4.88i1-- 0.2046 32.3926
~~~4-~~-~-- ~.-~-.--~-~.
0.0309 6.6282 0.1509
15 5.4736 0.1827 37.2797 _===~~'~~~_-l_~0~.1468
0.0268 6.8109

r-_+--1..::..6_1---,6,-.1,-,,3-,,-04 0.1631 42.7533 0.0234 6.9740 0.1434


17 6.8660 0.1456 48.8837 0.0205 7.1196 0.1405
t-r--~~-~~=+-~~=~~~~r~~~-r-=~~-r~~~--
18 7.6900 0.1300 55.7497 0.0179 7.2497 0.1379._
. ..:..19=1i---=8::.:.;.6:.;1c::2:8::___ . 0.1161 63.4397 0.0158 7.3658 0.1358
_-1--=2.::.0---I__9::.:..::.64:}~ __0_._10_3r_ _ r2::.;.:;::0..5-,;;;2;::.4'--..1_-,,0.:.;.0:...;1_3cc;!L_ oJ .4_69_4_ _ _
0 ._13_39___
----~~--~--~----~------~---~~-~~~--~=~.-
21 10.8038 0.0926 81.6987 0.0122 7.5620 0.1322
22 12.1003 0.0826 92.5026 0.0108 7.6446 0.1308
23 13.5523 0.0738 104.6029 0.0096 7.7184 0.1296
~~_~1_~15~.1~7~8~6~=0~.0-::6~59__ r-1~:1-::8~.1-::5752~1_-::0~.0-::0=85~_+-~7~.7~8~4~3~__70~.1~28=5~_
25 17.0001 0.0588 133.3339 0.0075 7.8431 0.1275

Lee TVOM Tables.Handout.2008.BB.1.ppt 47


LCCTime Value of Money
Table

~%-
Sinqle Sums Uniform Series
To Find F To Find P I-~~To Find F To Find A --,To Find P To Find A .., ___ __
-~--~
~
~
~
.
,
_
,
,
~
~
_
~
H
_
'
~
h
~
~
~
_
~
~
"

,_0'''''
Given P Given F Given A Given F Given A Given P
"-0~~-1)~
(F/A,i%,tl) ~(A7F,i%,n)
""(r~---'-~ "O~~~~1)"-
, n F/P,i%,n) P/F,i%,n (P/A,i%,n) AlP,i%,n
1 1.1400
,_W~~~"_"~,,
0.8772 1.0000 1.0000 0.8772 1.1400 _~ ~-~~.~~.
_
,
~
o
~
_
,
,
_
,
~
_
2 "'-.-~~..:,~ ~~g~..-
1.2996 2.1400 0.4673 1.6467 o. 0.6073 ~.~. -
3 1.4815 I----.,
0.6750....~.""
,--~",,,-~-~~-,~-~--~,~
3.4396 0.2907 2.3216 0.4307 .. ~~-y~"'~~~--~~,~ ~-~-,,--~
~,~=_~_"N_~
,~~-~-~~-

4 1.6890... f.--"~----~--~
--~-~
0.5921 4.9211 0.2032
f..."~~-"----- 2.91 37 -" f...-.-0.34~2 __
~~-
-."---~- ---~-~~.

5 1.9254
~~--~."-.~
0.5194
.... .. "~6.619J.._ 0.1513 3.4331 I---~-~,0.2913
.. ."--~ ~-" ~-~-,~----=-
~N__ _

~-
__ ~'_' ___ ~~_' ___m
-~,-~~~~,,,-~".
----"---~
.._ - - , - ---.~-,.--
~
m
'
~
w
~
_
=
I 6 o. 2.1950 0.4556
_ _ _
8.5355 _~~0 ..1172 ,0. 3.8887 0.2572
I.~=:l~....z~~
_~'o'w_,

--~~- ~,-~-~-.~- -~---~~, ~~-~,-.

"M'=_~
2.5023__ I-....
__ 0.3996
~~..- .
O~_O_~
10.7305 0.0932 ,~~

-~,-~--~~-~-~~
_ _ o _ _ _ _ _ ~, _ _ _ _

.-~~-
4.2883 0.2332
--~,~~-~----~--

.. 8 -~.--.
2.8526 - -
=-~~-~-~-=~~,
0.3506
. 13.2328
I-... - ..~~- ....0.0756 ~.~- ~-.~.-
4.6389 0.2156 ..
9 3.2519
._---,-, 0.3075 16.0853 0.0622 4.9464 0.2022
... 1--19_ 3.707?_ 0.2697 19.3373 .. 0.0517
~~~~~~~.-

~~~~_~O_"~ __ -~~"--"

"~.---
.~"---~,~--~.
-~-'
5.2161 -- -~--.-
w~~~~~,

0.1917
.-.----- . r--~. ..
0.0434 ~5.4527 ~.1834
~--~"

Elf ~i~
- - . : . - 1-__0 .236 /3
...4.2262 23.0445
""--
4.8179=~ 0.2076
.-.---.. 0.0367 5.6603 .. f. 0.1767._ ~,~-.
27.2707
O'=~"=~~'_~~~~

5.4924 0.1821 ~~Q887 .._ 0.0312 5.8424..... 0.1712 . ~~~~- --~.~-


'-~'~~---~
-~~~~=~ ~~~~ ~~-~---.~~-~

14 I-""~M_~_~'_
6.2613 0.1597 37.5811 0.0266 6.0021 0.1666
- ~ ~~~~~."" -~~,~,-~~ -- ~."."~.-~
~m _ _ ~~_~_
.~~m .m_m,~M~~~. ~_~m~m~~_m~m_

15 ~.m2:.1379 m~ 0.1401 1-. 4~:m42i~ 0.0228 6.1422 0.1628_~ m~~m~~.m.m ~m

..
~-~~-~-~- _m" "__ .. __m ~m~m~_m~
I-~m ~_m
'
m
~
16 _I?J.~?'?'_ 0.1229 50.9804
. 0.O!.~_6~
_ 6.2651 "~0.1596m _
7 9.2765 0.1078 59.1176 f._~0.o.169 6.3729 0.1569
-- .
~1B.. _10.5752
_ _ mm_ 1---9.0946 __ 1---68.3941 0.0146 6.4674 1--- 0.1546
19 1.2.0551_ 0.0829 78.9692 0.0127 6.~~Q.4 __ ._ 0.152I_ ~~~-~-~

_~.I-m
20
.~m
13.7435 0.0728 91.0249 .
'-~~"-~"'-.~~.~--~.ij.~
0.0110 1--?6231~ 0.1510 ,.~ ~'""'~'_~~_~'~"'WM~_ ,,~~~~-~~,~~~~~ "~Mij__ij_~_,~_.~_
.--~-~,~~~~~---

. ~

1--.
21 15.6676 0.0638 104.7684 0.0095 6.6870 0.1495-~

2 17.8610 0.0560 120.4360 0.0083 1---6.7429 0.1483


3 20.3616 0.0491 138.2970 0.0072 6.7921 0.1472
24 23.2122 0.0431 158.6586 0.0063 6.8351 0.1463
25 26.4619 0.0378 181.8708 0.0055 6.8729 0.1455

Lee TVOM Tables.Handout2008.BB.1.ppt 48


LCC Time Value of Money
Table
Single Sums Uniform Series
15% To Find F To Find P To Find F To Find A To Find P To Find A
GivenP GivenF Given A GivenF Given A GivenP
--
(F/A,i%,n) ~~ (AlF,i%,n)
~ , ~~~-~

n (F/P,i%,n) (P/F,i%,n) (P/A,i%,n) (AlP,i%,n)


1 1.1500 0.8696
~
1.0000
,~--~
~, 1.0000 0.8696 1.1500 ,~---,

2 1.3225 0.7561 2.1500 0.4651 1.6257 0.6151


- ~. 3
1.5209 0.6575
~

3.4725 0.2880
,

2.2832 r.J:!.4380 ~
4 ~1749~ 0.5718
~~~~~

4.9934
-- - -
0.2003
- ~. 2.8550 ..
.. -~- .-,~--- ..,----,-, --' ~.-,
0.3503 .. """'~ ~--

5 2.0114 0.4972 6.7424 0.1483 3.3522 0.2983


- ,~---- -~--.--~

8.7537-- ---------
r--~
-' . --~- ...
6 2.3131 0.4323 0.1142 3.7845 - 0.2642-
---~-- ~~~-.-

7 2.6600 0.3759 11.0668 0.0904 4.1604


-~~~=
0.2404
8 3.0590 0.3269 13.7268 _~07?9 4.4873 0.2229 ..
9 3.5179 0.2843 16.7858-- .. 0.0596 ~.
4.7716 0.2096
10 4.0456 0.2472 20.3037 0.0493 5.0188 0.19~~. __

- , 0.6411-- ,-
., 11 4.6524 0.2149 ._ .....
24.3493 -,~~~
5.2337 0.1911
----
12 5.3503 0.1869 29.0017 _. -_. 0.0345 5.4206 0.1845
----~--.

i 13 6.1528 0.1625 34.3519 0.0291 5.5831'- 0.1791


-- ,. ----
i 14 7.0757 --,0.1413 40.5047 0.0247 5.7245 0.1~17 ._
15 8.1371 0.1229 47.5804 0.021Q_ r' 5.8474 0.1710

16 9.3576 0.1069 55.7175 ,-_ 0.0179 5.9542 0.1679


--
_ .. 17 10.7613 0.0929 65.0751 r- 0.0154 6.0472 . -0.1654
-----
.~

-_. 18 12.3755 0.0808 75.8364 0.0132 6.1280 0.1632


- 19 14.2318 0.0703 88.2118 . 0.0113 6.1982 . 0.1613
20 16.3665 0.0611 102.4436 0.0098 6.2593 0.1598

== 21 18.8215 0.0531 118.8101 0.0084 6.3125


.--
0.1584
22 21.6447 0.0462 137.6316 0.0073 6.3587 0.1573
-
23 24.8915 0.0402 159.2764 0.0063 6.3988 0.1563
r" r-'_-
.-.<--~~<~ .--~~~~--. ~-~--~ .--~~~~~-
"--'~~~~-'-

24 28.6252
.~~-.-
0.0349 184.1678
_~~~N~ _ _
-~.~.
0.0054 6.4338 0.1_954 ..
25 32.9190 0.0304 212.7930 0.0047 6.4641 0.1547

LCC TVOM Tables.Handout.2008.BB.1.ppt 49


LCC Time Value of Money
Table
Single Sums Uniform Series
~:~

1= '200/0 To Find F To Find P ~--~ ~~-----~--


To Find F To Find A
m
To Find P To Find A
--
GivenP Given F Given A Given F Given A Given P
I n (F/P,i%,n) (P/F,i%,n) (F/A,i%,n) (NF,i%,n) (P/A~i%,n) (AlP ,i%,n)-
I_~c_m_
1 ~--.-
1.2000
... 1.0000
~=~
~~~900~ 0.8333
0.8333
~-~.--~~~~
__
_m_~m'~~~
1.2000.. _~ .~c
-~~~~~~,~~.' -~~

2 1.4400
.. --- .. 2.2000 c m_ ... 0.4545
0.6944
__ 1.5278 0.6545
l~t~-
---.-~
'_~ '~m~

I..J .7280 3.6400 0.2747


0.5787 2.1065 0.4747
,__ 4
c_~~.c,
2.0736 5.3680 0.1863
c___ 0.4823_m~5887 __ r~~?63 __ ~~_

~~~~-~~--~- ---,~- -~--

5 2.4883 7.4416 0.1344 1---.2.9906


0.4019 0.3344
~- -~-.- -----
=~~_~~_~'_~_m
,.~--- ~~---- -----~-.

.. __'m_"__ ~

- ._---
.. . 6 2.9860
,~<,----

0.3349 9.9299 :-" 0.1007 3.325?~ 0.3007---


__
-'-r7-~ 3.5832 -~~"
"---,,,=,~~-
_
~
~
_
m

'
,----~~

0.2791 12.9159m 0.0774 3.6046 0.2774


r " ' - - - - - ,"m.. "''''''''''''--- .---~--
m~_

4.2998
8 m_ _ -- 0.2326 16.4991 0.0606 3.8372 0.2606
0.1938 ~0~7989
---,~~--
"
~
~
_
~
_
9 . 5.1598
_ _m
r--~-
__90~8.1-- 4.0310
~~_~V"~~_~
0.2481 .. ----~ -----~
"
_
~
.
.-- ..- 10 6.1917 _0.1.61~_. 25.9587 f---- 0.0..?8~. 4.1925 -~,,~~,~,~
0.2385
.- --'11'~ -~- .- ------ --" ~--- ..

. 7.4301 .. 0.1346 -~~


32.1504 0.0311 4.3271 0.2311
?- 8.9161 . ...J?JJ1.2._
---~--
39.5805 0.0253 4.4392 0.2253
-~ 10.6993 ---'-----
--~,,~-
0.0935 48.4966
--.- .. .. 0.0206
~.-
4.5327 O.2~~:Of
I
14 12.8392 0.0779 59.1959 0.0169 4.6106 O"~,.:,- " ',.:/~

m 15
-
15.4070 __ 0.0649 72.035.!". 0.0139 4.6755 0.2139 ,,- y--,
----~

'-

L~
18.4884
.._-- 0.0541 87.4421
om,
0.0114 4.7296 0.2114
.-----
22.1861 _ .. 0.0451 105.9306 0.0094 4.7746 0.2094
18 26.6233 0.0376 128.1167 0.0078 4.8122 0.2078
19 31.9480 0.0313 154.7400 0.0065
- 4.8435 0.2065
20 38.3376 0.0261 186.6880 0.0054 4.8696 0.2054
H""U"""'HH~~'

~~o.ow

21 46.0051 0.0217 225.0256 0.0044


-,."""._,,
4.8913
. 0,2044
....... c'-
22 55.2061 0.0181 271.0307 0.0037 4.9094 o "'O~"i
mc..<.~
__ ..v , I.......
23
24
66.2474
79.4968
0.0151
0.0126
326.2369
392.4842
0.0031
0.0025
4.9245
4.9371
_, . _0 . _.__
0.203i
.. 0.2025._
25 95.3962 0.0105 471.9811 0.0021 4.9476 0.2021

LCC TVOM Tables.Handout.2008.BB.1.ppt 50


LCC Time Value of Money
Table
SinQle Sums Uniform Series
25% To Find F To Find P To Find F To Find A To Find P To Find A
Given P Given F r:Given~A Given F Given A Given P
n (FiP,i%,n) (P/F,i%,n) (F/A,i%,n) (AlF)%,n) (P/A,i%,n) (AlP,i%,n)
1 1.2500 0.8000 1.0000 1.0000 0.8000 1.2500 ~-~~"~~-~,~

2 1.5625 0.6400 2.2500 0.4444 1.4400 0.6944


~.~ 1.9531 .. 0.5120 3.8125 0.5123 ~~
~~

4
~~.

2.4414
---- --2~~~_ 1.9520 ..--- I--'-.--~-"'~.-'
.~--.---

0.4096 5.7656 0.1734 2.3616 0.4234


- ' - --3.0518 2.6~893 --
-----.-~

5 0.3277 8.2070
r---'- :-.-.-.--~-
r' - 0.1218 0.3718
-~--- r~------~-

----- "~,-~----.
_ .. . r---~--~~
3.8147 ~2621_ 1-" 11.2588
6 -----:-- 0.0888 2. 951 1_ ------
0.3388.. -~-

7 4.7684 0.2097 r--------


-'-'~-~'-
15.0735
~-~.-.---
0.0663 3.1611 0.3163
...--.-
---"'--'-'~-- ----~:- -~-.-

8 5.9605 , 0. 167lL._ ~)9.8419


~:~~~~
.~-
0.0504
0.3004
_~_='M~=_

9 7.4506 0.1342 25.8023 0.0388 __ ---~.--


0.2888
'~--'~'--'-
10 9.3132 0.1074 33.2529 f--. 0.0301 3.5705 0.2801 .~

-
11 11.6415 0.0859 42.5661
. --
0.0235 3.6564 0:?7~Lo.
12 14.5519 0.0687 54.2077 0.0184
~:;~:~ .-
3.7251
13 18.1899 0.0550 68.7596 0.0145 3.7801 ~~-~~~-~~~-~~-

14 22.7374 0.0440
~---~,-
86.9495 0.0115 3.8241
---~.-
0.2615
-=--~-

15 ..28.4217 0.0352 109.6868 0.0091 3.8593 0.2591


r- - .-
16 35.5271 0.0281 138.1085 0.0072 3.8874 -6:2572
17 44.408~_ r~ 0.0225 173.6357 0.0058 3.9099 0.255.?_
18 55.5112 0.0180 218.0446 0.0046 3.9279 0.2546
~

----
0.253!___
19 69.3889 0.0144 273.5558 .. . 0.0037 3.9424
--
20
.- . _-- 86.7362
-~-- ..-.-. 0.0115 . __
342.9447 .. ... 0.0029 ~_ .. ....
3.9539
" _---- - . 0.2529
-..- ....... . ~

21 108.4202 0.0092 429.6809 0.0023 3.9631 0.2523'-


22 135.5253 0.0074 538.1011 0.0019 3.9705 "
0.2519
23 169.4066 0.0059 673.6264 0.0015 3.9764 0.2515._
24 211.7582 0.0047 843.0329 0.0012
.----- 3.9811 0.2512 .._
25 264.6978 0.0038 1054.7912 0.0009 3.9849 0.2509

Lee TVOM Tables.Handout.200B.BB.1.ppt 51


LCC Time Value of Money
Table
Sinale Sums Uniform Series
~"i_"
i =: 30% To Find F _"I~ FinC!~ ~IoFind_~ To Find A --To Find P
~:"--j----~~
To Find A
-~-
,~--~~~~"-,

,, Given P Given F Given A Given F ~,~--,~~


Given A GivenP f-,~~--,- '_WM~ __ ~~_'

-(I~"~'~ (T~~'-'- ~(-I--'-'~~'~


-----~~~-~

.1 n F/P,i%,n) P/F,i%,n) F/A,i%,n) (AlF,i%,n) (P/A,i%,n) (AlP,i%,n)


1 1.3000 ~,~"-::~
0.7692
~~o~'M' __ ~~~
1.0000
1.0000 ~""'-'~-~ 0.7692 1.3000
~_~<~v,_,~

-~~"~---- ~~--~"'~"'

2 1.6900 0.5917 2.3000


~~~_~H~ __
f-,~_9A~iIL_
~---,
1.3609 0.7348
,~,--
~~,------- -~~~~-~~~--~.

"-+~
2.1970 0.4552
'"-"-
3.9900 0.2506 1.8161 0.5506 "-~"'---

,
2.8561 0.3501 0.1616 r~:1662__
6.1870 f--,-----
,~~~----,
0.4616
.-----~- ~~=~N=~AM_,'.~====

5 3.7129
"'----:::-
0.2693 9.0431 0.1106
-,-'--'
2.4356 I--"~-~'-"'''-
0.4106
~--"'----
~~~.~~~o~~,~,

-- ~-~~---- --,--,--- ~~-"-'---' -~~- _~_'_~m'

0.~07?_ _g7560__

=
6
f-~-
4.8268 0.0784 2.6427 0.3784 --~-,

7 6.2749 ~:1594 17.5828,~, 0.0569 2.8021 0.3569 ="~-~~--

8 8.1573 f-"",Q:l?26 _, 23.8577 f-,--,-,--~---


0.0419 , -
2.9247
--- 0.3419
'"~ !-"-"~- ~~---,---
"'----- ~,~--,~=~

9 10.6045,_ 1--, 0.0~43_ _ _32.0150 ~.0112 ~,:Q190,_ 0.3312


~
'
_
~
_
~
M
~
~
,-,-~,,--,----

10 13.7858 0.0725 1--_~2.6195 _ 0.0235 3.0915 f.---:,---,--


----,,-- 0.3235
b"~--'- , ,
--,-"---
11 17.9216 0.0558
==~~M

56.4053
"'f----, -'--'-~-
0.0177
'---'
3.1473 __ ~,-,
"~~~M'= ___
I--,-"--,~ ( - - , - - - - - - ,--
12 23.2981 0.0429 1--!4.~,?70 0.0135 3.1903 0.3135 " "
13 30.2875 0.0330 97.6250 0.0102 ,
3.2233 0.3102
39.3738 0.0254 127.9125
'"
0.0078
- ,
3.2487 0.3078
15 51.1859 .M0.0195
__ 167.2863 0.0060 3.2682 0.3060
'"=-- - ,-,

,--
16 66.54!~ f--- 0.0150 218.4722 0.0046 3.2832 0.3046
,,,
17 86.5042 0.0116 285.0139 0.0035 3.2948 ~ 0.303,5_
18 112.4554 0.0089 0.0027 ~,3.32~_~
37,1.:5180__ "----,-- 0.3027
- - '"
, _ _ _ _='M~ _ _ _

1
19 146.1920 0.0068 483.9734 0.0021 3.3105 0.3021
20 190.0496 0.0053 630.1655 0.0016 3.3158 0.3016
,

21 247.064~ 0.0040 820.2151 0.0012 3.3198 0.3012


" ~-"-- f-----"'--- +"'--,:----=--
,,_o~~~,M~'

~~--~--

22 321.1839 0.0031 1067.2796 0.0009 3.3230 0.3009


23 417.5391 0.0024 1388.4635 0.0007 3.3254 0.3007
4 542.8008 0.0018 1806.0026 0.0006 3.3272 0.3006
- , , ,

1 25 705.6410 0.0014 2348.8033 0.0004 3.3286 0.3004

Lee TVOM Tables,Handout2008BR1,ppt 52


LCC Time Value of Money
Table
SinQle Sums Uniform Series
i = 35% To Find F To Find P
~~
To Find F
-
To Find A
,~

- To Find P
"
To Find A
-~~~-,,-

Given P ~_Giv~n F Given A Given F Given A Given P--,-


n (F/P,i%,n) (P/F,I%,n) (F/A,i%,n) , (A/F,i%,n) (P/A,i%,n) (AlP,i%,n)
1 1.3500 0.7407 1.0000
~:~~~~ ,,~
0.7407 1.3500
~{2894-~
~~,,-,,~~~-~

2 1.8225 0.5487 2.3500 0.7755


3
"
2.4604 0.4064 4.1725 0.2397
-- ~~~~~~

-~ ~-~"- -~---
1.69S~_.. 0.5897
~,~~~~----~,----,"~~

4 3.3215 __ 0.3011 0:1508--


~-
-- 6.6329 1.9969 -".
0.5008 ,,-
5 4.4840 0.2230 9.9544
- "
0.1005 2.2200
'"
0.4505 ~_v~_-,, __

--,,~~-~ - ~=~~~~-- ~=~~~~~~---~

6 6.0534 0.1652
,,-- 14-43 84 ~- r~:.069~. 2.3852 ,,- 0.4193
---~-~--
m~~_W_

7 8.1722 0.1224 20.4919 0.0488 2.5075 0.3988


----
~,,-.-,,--~-~-- ~ _WU~~,-_~~~"

r-~-'--' "'~_~,~~~w_~~~

8 11.0324 ~09Q~._ _ .28.6640 0.0349 ?.5982 _" 0.3849


r'~~~--

~:~~~}-
9 14.8937 39.6964 0.0252
.---.--'::~
2.6653._ 0.3752
"'--""-~---
10 . 20.1066 54.5902 0.0183 2.7150
--_. 0.3683 ._
,

11 27.1439 0.0368 74.6967 ,-- 0.0134 2.7519 0.3634


,--,,- -
12 36.6442 0.0273 101.8406 r-' 0.0098 2.779~_ . 0.3598 ,----~~~~

.
13 49.4697 0.0202 138.4848 0.0072 ..- 2.7994
---_ 0.3572
- --2.8144 .
~~~-~ - ~

66.7841 . 0.0150 187.9544 0.0053 -,,----- ---0.3553.


--~--

15 90.1585 0.0111 254.7385 0.0039 2.8255 0.3539


---
16 121.7139 0.0082 344.8970 0.0029 2.8337 0.3529
17 164.3138 0.0061 466.6109 c--6.0021 2.8398 . 0.3521
18 221.8236 0.0045 630.9247 0.0016 ,
2.8443 0.3516 ~

19 299.4619 0.0033 852.7483 0.0012 2.8476 0.3512 "

20 404.2736 0.0025 .-~-


_
1152.2103 ._-----_.-
0.0009 2.8501 ._0.3509
---

21 545.7693 0.0018 1556.4838 0.0006 2.8519 0.3506


22 736.7886 0.0014 2102.2532 0.0005 2.8533 0.3505
23 994.6646 0.0010 2839.0418 0.0004 2.8543 0.3504

FT* 1342.797~ _0.0007


1812.7763 0.0006
3833.7064
5176.5037
0.0003
0.0002
2.8550
2.8556
0.3503
0.3502
.. --~

Lee TVOM Tables.Handout2008BRLppt 53


CEM EXAM REVIEW QUESTIONS
[ 1- RELEVANT SECTION IN NOTES
Pick the closest and/or most correct answer

1. ASHRAE 90.1 is used as the basis for Commercial Building Codes by most states?
[D]
1. True
11. False

2. Commercial building lighting requirements are specified by lESNA and are included
in ASHRAE 90.1 by reference? [D]
I. True
11. False

3. If electricity is selling for $0.06 per kilowatt-hour and is used for electric heating with
an efficiency of 90%, what is the equivalent price of natural gas per therm if it can be
burned with an efficiency of 80%? [E]
i. $1.33/therm
ii. $1.47Itherm
111. $1.56/therm
IV. $1.65/therm
v. $1.780/therm

4. An energy saving device will save $25,000 per year for 8 years. How much can a
company pay for this device if the interest rate (discount rate) is 15%? [I]
i. $10,000
ii. $173,000
iii. $112,000
iv. $77,000

5. What would be used to find hot spots or phase imbalances in an AC circuit? [C]
1. Ohmmeter
ii. Infrared Camera
iii. Wattmeter
IV. All of the above

6. An audit for one firm showed that the power factor is almost always 70% and that the
demand is 1000kW. What capacitor size is needed to correct power factor to 90%
[K].
I. 266kVAR
11. 536kVAR
111. 1000kVAR
IV. 618kVAR
v. 1214kVAR

1
7. The amount of reactive power that must be supplied by capacitors to correct a
power factor of 84% to 95% in a 400 HP motor at 75% load and 98% efficiency is
[K]:
1. 72.4kVAR
ii. 82.5kVAR
iii. 92.4kVAR
IV. 90.0kVAR
v. 123.5 kVAR

8. Power factor correcting capacitors may be located [K]:


i. At the inductive load
11. At load control centers
lll. At the customer side of the service transformer
IV. All of the above
v. A&B

9. You find that you can replace a 50 HP motor with a 5 HP motor by cutting the
total air flow requirements. Both motors operate at full load. Calculate the total
dollar savings. given the information below: [H, M] {Hint: savings of 45 HP}
Runtime: 8,760 hours/year
Motor Efficiency: 90% (both motors)
Electrical Rate: $9.00lkW/mo
$0.05lkWh
Fuel Cost Adjustment: $0.005lkWh
1. $22,000
ii. $12,710
111. $18,798
IV. $15,650
V. $9,874

10. An absorption system with a COP of 0.8 is powered by hot water that enters at 200 F
and exits at 180 F at a rate of 25 gpm. The chilled water operates on a 10 F
temperature difference and the condenser cooling water on a 22 F temperature
difference. Calculate the Chilled water flow [R].
i. 10 gpm
11. 20 gpm
iii. 40 gpm
iv. 45 gpm
v. 30gpm

2
11. 10,000 cfm of air leaves an air handler at 50 F; it is delivered to a room at 65 F. No
air was lost in the duct. No water was added or taken away from the air in the duct.
How many BTUlhr was lost in the ductwork due to conduction? [Rl
i. 162,000 BTUlhr
11. 75,000 BTUlhr
iii. 126,550 BTUlhr
IV. 256,000 BTUlhr
v. 10,000 BTUlhr

12. An investment tax credit of 10% for a single project at a large company: [Il
i. Reduces the company's overall taxes by 10%
ii. Increases depreciation rate by 10%
iii. Effectively reduces first cost of the project by 10%
iv. i & iii

13. Air at 69 F dry bulb and 50% relative humidity flows at 6750 cubic feet per minute
and is heated to 90 F dry bulb. How many BTUlhr is required in this process? [Rl
i. 50,000 BTUlhr
ii. 75,000 BTUlhr
iii. 152,000 BTUlhr
IV. 10,000 BTUlhr

14. Estimate the seasonal energy consumption for a building if its design-heating load has
been determined to be 350,000 BTUlhr for a design temperature differeuse of 70 F if
the heating season has 3,500-degree days. The heating'ul1if efficiency is 80%.
Assume 1 MCF = 106 BTU. [0, Rl
1. 625 MCF/year
ii. 350 MCF/year
iii. 420 MCF/year
IV. 656 MCF/year
v. 525 MCF/year

15. A wall has a total R-value of 15. Determine the annual cost of the heat loss per square
foot in a climate having 5,000 heating degree-days. The heating unit efficiency is
70% and the fuel cost is $5.00/million BTUs. [0, Rl
1. $0.057/yr/ft2
11. $0.040/yr/fr
lll. $0. 129/yr/ft2
IV. $0.200/yr/ft2
v. $0.029/yr/ft2

3
16. A 10,000 square foot building consumed the following amounts of energy last year.
What is the Energy Use Index of the building in BTU per square foot per year? [F]
Natural Gas 5,000 therms/year
Electricity 60,000 kWh/year
1. 7,500 BTU/square footlyr
ll. 88,000 BTU/square footlyr
iii. 81,500 BTU/square footlyr
iv. 70,500 BTU/square footlyr
v. 700,000 BTU/square footlyr

17. Assuming that adding 2 inches of fiberglass insulation drops the U-value of a
building from 0.24 to 0.098, calculate the annual cooling savings per square foot from
the data given below: [R]
2,000 cooling degree days; Cooling COP = 2.5; Electrical cost $O.OSIkWh
i. $0.10/fe-yr
ii. $0.2S/ft2-yr
iii. $0. 04/ft2 - yr
iv. $0.S9/ftZ-yr
Z
v. $0.02/ft -yr

18. How much fuel is wasted if 100 pounds per hour of condensate at 30 psia saturated
liquid is drained to the sewer and is made up with water at 60 F. Assume the boiler is
80% efficient and ignore blowdown effects. [P]
1. 12,090 BTUlhr
ll. 15,200 BTU/hr
iii. 18,000 BTU/hr
iv. 23,850 BTUlhr
v. 21,800 BTU/hr

19. Select the equipment best suited to efficient air-to-air heat exchange and humidity
control in the HVAC system of a large office building [O,Q]:

1. Heat pipe
ii. Radiation recuperator
iii. Rotary sensible heat wheel .
iv. Shell and tube heat exchanger.
v. Run around heat exchanger loop i

4
20. Which generally comes first [D]?

i. Standard
11. Code

21. Chilled water reset saves energy because the energy required in refrigeration
compressors is a function of the chilled water's leaving temperature [0, V].
i. True
ii. False

22. The difference between the setting at which the controller operates to one position
and the setting at which it changes to the other is known as the [V]:
1. Throttling range
11. Offset
Ill. Differential
iv. Control Point

23. An all-electric facility pays $100,000 annually for energy. The compressed air
system has energy costs of $20,000 per year. The system air pressure can be lowered
by 10 psi. Approximately how much will be saved annually? [Q]
i. $20,000
11. $10,000
iii. $5,000
IV. $2,000
v. $1,000

24. With a load leveling TES strategy, a building manager will [S]
i. Not operate the chiller during peak hours
ii. Essentially base load the chiller (i.e., operate at high load most of the time)
iii. Operate only during the peaking times
iv. Operate in the "off' season

25. A large commercial building will be retrofitted with a closed-loop water to air heat
pump system. Individual meters will show costs to each department. Demand billing is a
small part of the total electrical cost. Would you recommend a TES? [S]
1. 'Yes
II. No

5
26. A building presently has the following lighting system: [L,O]
Present System
Type: 196 mercury vapor light fixtures
Size: 250 wattllamp (285 watt/fixture, including ballast)
Lamp Life: 20,000 hours/lamp
Lamp Cost: $44.00/lamp
Output: 10,000 lumens/lamp
You have chosen to replace the existing system with the following:
Proposed System
Type: 140 high pressure sodium fixtures
Size: 150 watt/lamp (185 watt/fixture)
Lamp Life: 24,000 hours/lamps
Lamp Cost: $54.00/lamp
Output: 15,000 lumens/lamp
The facility operates 24 hours/day. Approximate the heating effect if the heating system
efficiency is 80%, fuel costs $5.00 per million BTUs and there are 200 heating days (not
heating degree days) per year.
1. $4,445/year
II. $2,548/year
lll. $6,986/year
IV. $5,289/year
v. $3,070/year
27. A program available at no-cost from a US Department of Energy website that
displays cost and efficiency data on electric motors is [M]:

i. Freeware
ii. Building Life Cycle Cost
iii. MotorMaster
IV. 3EPIus
v. Quicl,PEP

28. Given the same amount of excess air and the same flue gas temperature, which fuel
provides the highest combustion efficiency? [E,P]
i. Natural Gas
ii. No.2 Fuel Oil
iii. No.6 Fuel Oil

29. A boiler is rated at 30 boiler horsepower and 80% efficient. What is the input rating?
[P]
1. 1,005,000 BTUIlrr
II. 1,255,000 BTUlhr
lll. 502, 500 BTUlhr
iv. 3,628,750 BTUlhr
v. 13,400,000 BTUIlrr

6
30. In a steam system, several things can happen to the condensate. Which of these is the
best from the standpoint of energy expense? [P]
1. Drain condensate to sewer
ii. Recover condensate in insulated system at atmospheric pressure
iii. Recover condensate in un-insulated system at boiler pressure
IV. Recover condensate in insulated system at or near boiler pressure

31. Select the item from the list below which would most likely will have the shortest
payback with energy savings.[I]
i. Replacing asbestos boiler insulation
ii. Installing condensate return system
iii. Repairing air leaks or steam leaks
iv. Installing heat wheel
v. Installing combustion air preheater

32. Estimate the waste heat available in Btu/minute from a refinery flare gas leaving a
process unit at 800 deg F if it is flowing at 1,000 cfm and weighs 0.08Ib/cubic foot.
Its specific heat or heat content over the temperature range is 0.3 Btullb~F and you
should assume the waste gas could be reduced in temperature to 250 deg F. [R,Q]

i. 178,000 Btu/min
11. 165,000 Btu/min
111. 44,000 Btu/min
iv. 19,200 Btu/min
v. 13,200 Btu/min

33. In calculating heat flows, metal generally provides little resistance to heat flow
compared to insulation or even air films [R].
1. True
11. False

34. Water at 72 deg F is supplied to a 100 psia boiler. 1000 Iblhr of steam from the boiler
is supplied to a process and the condensate is sent to the sewer drain. What fraction
of the energy added in the boiler is lost with the condensate, relative to the 72 F water
entering the boiler? [P]
i. 100%
ii. 75%
iii. 34%
iv. 29%
v. 23%

7
35. A 100 HP rotary screw air-compressor generates heat equivalent to about [Q]:
1. 1000 Btulhr
ii. 12,000 Btulhr
iii. 100,000 Btnlhr
iv. 250,000 Btulhr

36. An optimum start is a control function that [V]:


i. shuts off the outside ventilation air during start up of the building
ii. shuts off equipment for duty cycling purpose
iii. senses outdoor and indoor temperatures to determine the start time needed
to heat or cool down a building to desired temperatures
iv. starts randomly

37. Which of the following could be used to detect failed steam traps? [P,U]:
i. Ultrasonic equipment to listen to the steam trap operation
11. Infrared camera to detect the change in temperature
111. Real time MMS using conductance probes
IV. All of the above

38. Calculate the group re-Iamping interval for T121amp fixtures that annually operate
for 4,160 hrs with rated life of 15,000 hrs (assuming replacements at 70% of rated life)
[L]
i. 3.5 years
ii. 4.0 years
iii. 1.0 year
IV. 2.5 years

8
CEM Exam questions Key

Questions Answers
1 (i)
2 (i)
3 (iii)
4 (iii)
5 (ii)
6 (ii)
7 (i)
8 (iv)
9 (i)
10 (iii)
11 (i)
12 (iii)
13 (iii)
14 (v)
15 (i)
16 (iv)
17 (iii)
18 (iv)
19 (i)
20 (i)
21 (i)
22 (iii)
23 (v)
24 (ii)
25 (ii)
26 (v)
27 (iii)
28 (iii) .
29 (ii)
30 (iv)
31 (iii)
32 (v)
33 (i)
34 (v)
35 (iv) .
36 (iii)
37 (iv)
38 (iv)

9
SOLUTION KEY

1. TRUE

2. TRUE

4. P =$25,000*[P/A, 15%,8] =$25,000*[4.4873] =$112,000

5. (ii)

6. kVAR = 1000 kW [Tan (CosI(0.7)}- Tan (Cos-I(0.9)}] =536 kVAR


Or 1000 kW *[0.536] (Power Factor Table)

7. kVAR = 228.37 kW [Tan (Cos-I(0.84)}- Tan (Cos-I(0.95)}] = 72.4 kVAR


Or 228.37 kW *[0.317] (Power Factor Table)

8. (iv)

9. Dollar Savings = (Kw savings + kWh savings)


(50- 5)HP(I) 0.746kWI(8,760hrs]($0.05 + $0.005) + (12monthS]( $9 )]
[ 0.9 HP year kWh year kW - month
=$22,000

10. [20Fl(25~al)(O.8)=[lOF1(xg.al)~ X =40gpm


mm mm

11. [lO,OOOCftn ( O.O~;bm )( ~~:~;) 60h~n ](15F)


=> 162,000Btu / hr

12. (iii)

13. (iii), hI = 30 Btu/lb; h2 = 25 Btullb (From psychrometric chart)


q =4.5CFM(~ -h,) =4.5*6750*5 =152,000Btul hr

10
14. q = UA!!.t = 3S0,000Btul hr => UA = SOOOBtul hroF .
yo
Q = UA * 24hrs 1day * HDD = (SOOOBtu) * (24hrs) * (3S00da F)(_1_)( 1Mcf )
hroF day year 0.8 1x106Btu
=S2SMcf 1 year

= ( 1Bt~
yo
IS. Q = UA * 24hrs 1day * HDD )(A) * (24hrs) * (SOOOda F)(_l_)( $S )
lShr F day year 0.7 1x106Btu
= $0.OS7 1 year. ft 2

. [( 60,OOOkWh)( 3,412BtU)] + [(SOOOTherms )( lOO,OOOBtU)]


year kWh year Therm
16. Energy Bud get = 2
1O,OOOft
= 70,SOOBtu 1 year. ft2

YO
17. saVing s=[((0.24-0.098)BtU)](24hrs)(2000da F)(_1 )( 1kWh )($O.OS)
2 o
ft hr F day yr 2.S 3412Btu kWh
= $0.041 year. ft2

18. Fuel Wasted =


. . -H )1 =(100Ib)*[(218.9BtU)_(28.1BtU)]*(_1_)=238S0Btulhr
m(H f@30 P' W f @ 6 o F 1 ] y r l b l b O . 8 '

19. (i) - Heat pipe

20. (i)- Radiation recuperator

21. (i)

22. (iii) -differential

23. Dollar Savings = $20,000( I:*, )10 PSi = $1,000


2psldrop
24. (ii)

2S. (ii), "Demand is a small cost"

11
26. kW savings = [(196 fixtures)(0.285 kW/fixture)]- [(140 fixtures)(0.185
kW/fixture)] = 30 kW
y
Heating effect = 30kW(3412BtU)(24hr)(_I_)( $5 6
)(200da ) = $3,070/ yr
kWh day 0.8 Ixl 0 Btu yr

27. (iii)- MotorMaster

28. (iii)

.
29 . Input.ratmg = 30HP( 34.51b )(970.3BtU)(- I) =.
125 x 106Btu /h r
HP-hr lb 0.8

30. (iv)

31. (iii)

32. Available waste heat Btu/min=

( 1,00~It3)(l 0.08Ib)(0.3BtU)(800_
mill It 3 IboF
250)oF = 13,200Btu/min

33. (i)

34. h f @72F = 40Btu Ilb;h f @!CX)p,;a = 298.5Btu Ilb;hg @looP,;a = 1187 .2Btullb;

EnergyLas t = hf@loop,;a-hf@72FJ
=
(298.5Btullb-40Btullb)
( hg@IOOP,;a -hf @72F 1187.2BtuIlb-40Btulib
=23%

35.250,000 Btulhr

36. (iii)

37. (iv)

38. Group re-Iamping interval = 15,000 x 0.7/4160 = 2.5 years

12
Daily Review - In preparation for the
CEM Exam
Two VERY Important items - if you haven't done these two items, this review will
be less effective for you.
1. Get something to tab your workbook with like yellow stickies, etc.
2. Get a scientific calculator

For your help, each day's review is broken up into the two following topics. The
review should take between 90 to 120 minutes:
1. Quick review - this highlights the main topics covered each day
2. Your activities for tonight will include:
v' Finding, understanding, and tabbing - this review should be closely
paired with the study guide which contains the objectives for the
course. If you can find all of the items in the study guide and the
items that were covered today either in the material, notes, or other
resources, you stand a much better chance of being more
successful on the CEM Exam.
v' Other helpful tips for the exam or material (depending on the day).
v' Practice Problems - while all exam questions are multiple choice,
these practice problems will either be fill in the blank, true false, or
calculate a specific answer. The answer key to each section is
included at the end. For your benefit - DO NOT DO these problems
one at a time, do all of them as if you were taking the exam, then
check your answers and correct where necessary.
v' And as always - if you have questions - see your Instructor
immediately (DO NOT wait until Thursday or Friday morning to get
help - get it early when you need it !!!!!!!!)

13
Monda v:
Quick review - today the class covered:
a. The need for energy management
b. Energy surveying
c. Energy survey instrumentation
d. Building codes and standards
e. Indoor air quality
f. Energy purchasing
g. Building energy use
h. Energy and electric rate structures

Your activities for tonight:


a. Review the study guide for all the topics covered and
find each item in the workbook and/or your notes from
class
b. Practice Problems

Monday's Practice Problems

1. In the energy cost budget method, in addition to tradeoffs of technologies


such as light fenestration and lighting, signing up for a utility standby
generator program will also assist in meeting the ASHRAE 90.1 standard.
(D) (True/False)

2. In 2011, federal facilities were required to reduce their energy usage by


_ _ _ and water usage by . The energy usage reduction was
directed by , and the water usage reduction was directed by
_ _ _ .(A)

3. A science laboratory has an area of 4,000 square feet and the calculated
minimum outdoor air flow is 3,000 CFM. According to ASHRAE 62.1 2010
and the ventilation rate procedure, what is the design occupancy for the
room? (D)

4. How many MMBtu's are contained in 140,000 gallons of light heating oil?
(E)

14
5. A metal casting facility pays $0.96/therm for its natural gas. One of its
boilers has an efficiency of 71 % and could be replaced with an electric
boiler with an efficiency of 97%. What should the cost of electricity be to
make this retrofit attractive? (E)

6. A facility annually uses 175,000 therms of natural gas and 1,200,000 kWh
of electricity. If the facility is 100% conditioned with a floor space of
250,000 square feet, what is the EUI? (F)

7. Using the numbers from problem #6, if natural gas costs $1.24/therm and
electricity costs $0.115/kWh, what is the ECI of the facility? (F)

8. An energy manager is evaluating the operating costs of three water


heaters. One is natural gas fired with an efficiency of 68%, another is
electric with an efficiency of 97%, and one is propane fueled with an
efficiency of 73%. Natural gas costs $0.92/therm, electricity costs
$0.095/kWh, and propane costs $2.43/gallon with each gallon containing
94,500 Btu's. Determine the cost per MMBtu for heating water for each
system. (F)

9. Three driving factors for major investments that relate to energy are
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . (A)

10.15 gallons of water equates to how many pounds of water? (A-29)

11. How much energy in Btu's does it take to heat 1 pound of water 40F? (A-
29)

12. Which energy auditing tool(s) would be useful in measuring the STR of a
boiler? (C)

13. Which type(s) of energy audit(s) when weighing risk is included are
considered Investment Grade? (B)

14. Du ring an energy audit an electrical demand profile that looks like a shark
tooth pattern is seen. Name two energy conservation measures that might
help resolve this situation.

15
15. What is the monthly measurement that is a general indicator of the level of
usage of facility equipment, and which may also indicate potential for
demand savings within a facility?

16. kWh is a measure of _ _ _ _ and Btu/hr is a measure of _ _ __


(E)

17. When future units of natural gas are purchased through NYMEX, delivery
of the gas will be taken at what location ? If the facility
purchasing the gas is in Minnesota, the NYMEX price _ _ __
(does/does not) include pipeline delivery costs to the facility from
_ _ _ _ _ .(E)

18. A project requires some metering of a large three phase air compressor to
determine the energy and power usage. When connecting the ammeter's
current transformer to the equipment what two precautions need to be
followed to ensure the metering is accurate? (C)

19.1n April of 2011 the outside temperature averaged 82F. How many
heating and lor cooling degree days were added? (B)

20.ln a purchasing contract, define the following three terms: force majeure,
evergreen clause, and take or pay? (E) (Not in Workbook. Make sure
your Instructor answers these for you)

21.A facility has a ratchet rate structure of 75%. In the current billing month
the actual, metered demand of the facility was 650 kW. During the
previous 11 months the highest peak demand was 940 kW. How much
greater than the actual demand will the billed demand be? (K)

22. What two specific items does the utility's energy charge traditionally cover
for a regulated utility? (H)

23. What is the equation for PF? (K)

24. What does the term, "Primary Service" mean in regards to utility rates? (H)

25. What is the average demand of a facility that has a peak demand of 422
kW and a faciiity load factor of 73"10? (K)

16
Tuesdav:
Quick review - today the class covered:
a. Economic analysis and life cycle costing
b. Electrical systems
c. Peak load reduction
d. Power factor improvement
e. Power quality and harmonics
f. Lighting basics
g. Lighting system improvements
h. Building commissioning

Your activities for tonight:


a. Review the study guide for all the topics covered and
find each item in the workbook and/or your notes from
class
b. Practice Problems

Tuesday's Practice Problems

1. A facility with a demand of 700 kW has a power factor of 0.72 and a facility
load factor of 80%. The facility is charged a penalty due to the power
factor being less than 0.82. To ensure the facility will never again pay a
power factor penalty, what size of capacitor is needed to correct the power
factor to 85%? (K)

2. List three pieces of audit equipment that would be the MOST useful in the
performance of a lighting audit? (C, K, L)

3. According to IES standards referred to by ASH RAE 90.1, what are the
desired lighting levels in foot candles for a classroom and an
office space ? (L)

17
4. A CHP system will have an installed cost of $2.7 million dollars and will
last 20 years. With the CHP operating at an overall efficiency of 90% the
annual savings from deferred energy purchases and water heating will be
$300,000. The CHP system will require $22,000 of maintenance each
year along with an annual software/license /integration/data package fee
of $6,000. If the organization considering purchasing the equipment has a
hurdle rate of 20%, would you recommend the purchase and installation of
the system? (I)

5. Using the information in question #4 by being given the BTCF hurdle rate
of 20%. What should happen to this hurdle rate if ATCF savings were
used instead of the BTCF savings (pre-tax savings) to ensure the CHP
project is given a fair LCC evaluation? (I)

6. The IEEE standard for harmonics and THD is IEEE _ _ _ _? (K)

7. An energy manager is evaluating the purchase of two water heating


systems. The first system has a standard efficiency of 85%. The system
will cost $9,500 to install with an annual operating cost of $7,500. The
second system has a high efficiency of 94%. This system will cost $15,500
to install and has an annual operating cost of $4,700. Both systems will
last 14 years. The discount rate of the organization is 15%. Which system
would you recommend for purchase? (I)

8. A TES system is installed that will cost $189,000 and is projected to save
$48,115 annually for the life of the project of 18 years. What is the I RR of
this project? (I)

9. Before installing any capacitor, what should be considered


_ _ _ _ _?(K)

10. During an energy audit measurements were done on a three phase motor.
The voltage was. 478 volts, power was 124 kW, and power factor was
82%. What was the current flow? (K)

18
11.A vendor is attempting to sell you an energy efficient air compressor at a
trade show. The vendor tells you that they have recent data which will
show the air compressor will save any organization approximately $5,000
on an annual basis for the 12 year life of the machine. Your organization
has a MARR of 15%. For your negotiations, what is the maximum amount
you can pay for the air compressor and still meet your company's financial
requirements? (I)

12. commissioning is the commissioning activity that monitors the


system or facility over time to determine when commissioning needs to be
performed again. (U - part two)

13. To obtain a LEED certification on a building, it must have had a


commissioning process completed (True/False). (N)

14.An energy manager is considering two projects for implementation. Due to


budget considerations only one can be implemented. The company has
an aggressive 25% discount rate for energy related projects. The energy
manager has a budget of $150,000. The first project is an HVAC upgrade
which if installed will last 15 years and will cost $135,000 and is projected
to save $36,000 annually for the life of the upgrade. The second project is
a refrigeration upgrade which if installed will last 20 years and will cost
$148,000 and is projected to save $46,000 annually for the life of the
equipment. Which project would you recommend to install? (I) .

15. During a lighting retrofit of a large office complex, 2,000, 4-lamp, 4-foot,
T12 lamps with magnetic ballasts were removed. 1,400, 4-lamp, 4 foot, T8
lamps with electronic ballasts were installed. What is one of the possible
negative issues with this retrofit for the facility? (K,L)

16.A rectangular room that is 45 feet long and 20 feet wide is being
considered for new lamps. The lamps would be mounted 1 foot below a 12
foot ceiling with the working surface being desks 40 inches high. What is
the RCR of the room? (L)

17. Using the RCR from the prior example, if the lamps are 400 watt clear, the
wall reflectance is 0.50, the ceiling reflectance is 0.30, LLF is 0.60, the
output of each lamp is 5,000 lumens, and the desired lighting level at the working
surface is 50 footcandles, how many lamps are required? (L)

19
18. List the three functions that lighting ballasts perform? (L)

19. What energy savings in percent normally can be expected if occupancy


sensors are installed in conference rooms, storage rooms and meeting
rooms? (L)

20. What is the power factor of an electric baking oven? (K)

21. A 150 HP motor has been measured to be 85% loaded. The load factor of
the facility is 70%. The power factor of the motor is 0.91 and is 94.5%
efficient. What is the kW of the motor? (K)

22. Using the information in question 21, what is the kVA of the motor? (K)

23.An energy manager of a ski resort follows a thorough test and retest
process prior to the end of October each year for all of the lift equipment.
This process is necessary to ensure that all systems are operating as they
were intended prior to the opening of the mountain for skiers. This annual
process would be considered what type qf commissioning activity? (U -
part two)

24.A project costs $1.4 million, will last 10 years and has annual savings of
$235,000. The tax bracket is 34%. Use straight line depreciation, no
salvage value, and determine the ATCF? (I)

25. When taking voltage measurements on an already open cabinet, what is


the minimum personal protective equipment (PPE) that should be worn?
(K - not in workbook. Make sure your Instructor answers this for you)

20
Wednesday:
Quick review - today the class covered:
a. Electric motors and applications
b. Motor drives
c. Compressed air systems
d. Industrial systems
e. HVAC basics and system improvements
f. Building envelope
g. Pyschrometric chart

Your activities for tonight:


a. Review the study guide for all the topics covered and
find each item in the workbook andlor your notes from
class
b. By tonight you should have a pretty good idea of the
eight sections you will take in addition to the
mandatory questions. Please ensure to have a couple
of back up sections just in case the ones you choose
give you some unexpected difficulty.
c. Practice Problems

Wednesday's Practice Problems

1. Given air at 75F dry bulb and 40% relative humidity conditions, determine
the wet bulb temperature, dew point temperature, and enthalpy.(O, R)

2. Given air at 55F wet bulb temperature and 65F dry bulb conditions,
determine the dew point temperature and enthalpy. (0, R)

3. A process air stream that flows at 500 CFM at 65F and 80% relative
humidity is heated to 100F dry bulb temperature. What is the new
relative humidity, the new humidity ratiO, and how much heat (in
MMBtu/hr) does it take to do this process? (R)

4. An energy audit of a compressed air system revealed that there were four
1/8" leaks in the system. The system pressure was logged at 100 psig.
How many kWh's have been lost in the last six months? (U - 9)

21
5. An energy audit is performed of a 250 HP motor. The motor speed was
measured at 1775 rpm with a non-contact tachometer. The nameplate
lists the power factor as 0.91, service factor as 1.2, rpm as 1760, and
voltage as 460 volts. How much is the motor loaded? (M)

6. If a motor has a VSD installed that slows down a 100 HP motor by 20%,
what is the effect on CFM and the HP savings? (M)

7. How much chilled water flow is needed to supply 100 tons of air
conditioning assuming the differential temperature is 15F? (R)

8. A geothermal heat pump has an EER of 26. What is the kW/ton rating and
what is the equivalent COP? (R)

9. Which building board material has an R value of 0.7143 hrsq.ft.oF/Btu per


inch? (R)

1O.An exterior wall has an area of 500 square feet and has a thermal
conductance of 0.16 Btu/hrsq.ft .. oF. If the average temperature for the
150 day cooling season was 78F, how many MMBtu did the HVAC
system provide in cooling for this season? (R)

11. On a summer day, the outside summer air is 90F dry bulb and 80%
relative humidity. The standard refrigerant system HVAC system cools
the air to the dew point temperature of of. When the air is at
this dew point temperature it contains an enthalpy of Btu/Ibm.
The air is then cooled to 40F and 100% RH to remove some of the
moisture in the air. At this new dew point temperature, the air has an
enthalpy of Btu/Ibm. If the air volume supplied is 1,500 CFM,
how much power is required to cool the air from the first dew point
temperature to the 40F dew point temperature? (R)

12. For a building envelope, heat may be transferred by _ _ __


_ _ _ _ , and ? (R)

13. A 250 ton chiller has COP of 4.2. If the chiller is running at full capacity
what is the load in kW of the chiller? (0)

22
14. Three technologies which may be used for dehumidification of a
compressed air system are , and _ _ __
(0)

15. A facility has three air compressors. The process to run the most efficient
first, then the next most efficient, and then the least efficient is called
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ? (0)

16.A 500 square foot wall is being analyzed for heat flow. The inside
temperature of the facility is always 74F. On this day the temperature
outside is 96F. The wall consists of % inch plywood, y" inch gypsum
building board, and 3 inches of fiberglass batt insulation. What is the heat
flow through the wall? (R)

17. A HRU is installed on a 15 ton HVAC unit after the _ _ _ _ _ of the


vapor compression cycle. With this unit how much heat would be
available from this HRU? (0)

18. On the psychrometric chart as you move up or down you are changing
the content of the air and changing the heat. If you
are moving horizontally left or right you are changing the
_ _ _ _temperature which is a change in heat, while
maintaining a constant level. (O,R)

19.A new HRU on an HVAC unit is tested for its maximum heat transfer. The
test shows that it can recover 46,000 Btu/hr from the vapor compression
cycle. How much water (in gallons) can be heated to 130F in one hour if
the incoming city water temperature to the facility is 67F? (0, R)

20. From the prior example, if the water was originally heated by an 80%
efficient natural gas water heater with cost of $0.96/therm what would be
the savings for one hour (assuming the hot water demand keeps the
water heater on for the entire hour)? (0, R)

21.A compressed air system is supplying air at 120 psig to a receiver. If the
system is properly configured, what would be the lowest allowed pressure
at the end user? (0)

23
22. A 200 HP standard efficiency motor that had an initial motor load of 9S%
has its load reduced to 4S% due to a drop in manufacturing demand. As
this significant motor load drop happens, the power factor of the motor
_ _ _ _ _ and efficiency ? (M)

23. On the majority of motor rewinds, the efficiency of the motor will typically
drop by at least 1%. It is possible to actually increase the efficiency of a
motor during the rewinding process. To accomplish this increase
efficiency for a given motor and frame will depend on the available
_ _ _within the and the ability to add more to the
windings? (M)

24.A window glazing has a shading coefficient of 0.3S. This means that this
glazing stops of the heat gain through the window? (R)

2S. The volume of a compressed air system is measured to contain SOD


cubic feet, and it operates at 100 psig. The energy manager is concerned
about leakage from the system. The energy manager secures all the end
use tools and waits until the receiver gauge reads 100 psig. The energy
manager turns off the compressor and watches the pressure decrease in
the receiver. It takes S minutes for the pressure to drop to 90 psig. Given
this information what is the average leak rate? (U)

24
Thursday:
Tonight's homework is surrounding preparation and organization. By now,
you should have a pretty good handle on where material is in the workbook. Just
as in real life as an energy manager, we don't expect you to memorize items, but
you should know where the information is and how to apply it correctly. For
tonight's homework - do the following:
Quick review - today the class covered:
a. Boilers and thermal systems
b. Boiler efficiency improvement
c. Industrial
d. Combined Heat and Power (CHP)
e. Renewable energy
f. Green buildings
g. Energy star
h. LEED
i. Controls
j. Control systems
k. Building automation

Your activities fortonight:


a. Review the study guide for all the topics covered and
find each item in the workbook and/or your notes from
class
b. Practice Problems

Some classes have material taught on Friday while on occasion some classes
wrap up all the material on Thursday. These are the sections that are either
meshed in with other sections during the week or will be covered Friday.
Quick review:
a. Thermal Energy Storage
b. Maintenance
c. Alternative Financing

Thursday's Practice Problems

1. Saturated steam is exhausted at 170 psia. What is its enthalpy in Btu/lb?


(P)

25
2. Steam that is at 550F and 170 psia has an enthalpy of_ _ _ _ _ . (P)

3. A surface blowdown from a boiler that operates at 200 psia is piped to a


140 psia flash tank where the steam produced will be used to run a
deaerating feed tank and an air ejector to assist in maintain a vacuum for
a evaporative process. How much flash steam is produced? (P)

4. An energy manager uses a combustion analyzer and reads an efficiency


of 76% with a stack temperature rise (STR) of 500F in a natural gas-fired
boiler. What should the combustion analyzer show for excess air
_ _ _ _%, excess 02 %, and carbon dioxide %?
(P)

5. A boiler which has fire flowing around the tubes would be categorized as a
_ _ _ _ _ _ boiler? (P)

6. A #2 fuel oil boiler operates with an excess oxygen level of 5% and has a
STR of 550F. What is the combustion efficiency of the boiler? (P)

7. Using the data in problem #6, qonsider installing a recuperator to preheat


the incoming air and decrease the STR to 300F. What would be the
percent savings from installing the recuperator? (P)

8. An F&T steam trap is installed on a steam system. The F means


_ _ _ and the T means ? (P)

9. A cogeneration facility that produces steam to drive a turbine to make


electricity first, and then uses the steam for a thermal process is
considered a cycle. A cycle is one in which
thermal energy is used first in the cycle and then the thermal energy is
used to drive a mechanical device. A diesel engine that has heat recovery
can utilize heat from these three sources: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
and ? (T)

26
10. During a walk thru of a facility, a consultant mentions that one of the large
250 HP 4 pole pair motors recently had its load checked. From the motor
load check report, it states the motor was loaded to a constant 85% and
had a nameplate RPM of 860. With this information, if a non-contact RPM
measuring instrument was used to measure the motor's speed, what
would the instrument read? (M)

11. Facilities that are attempting to achieve net zero energy usage must
recognize that just because you have a net zero energy use, does not
ensure you are using energy responsibly. If the target is on net zero
energy usage, the facility should focus percent on renewable
energy and percent on energy efficiency. (T)

12. A thermoforming process takes sheet plastic and forms it into berry
holding containers by heating it to 340F and stamp pressing into molds.
The process heating is controlled by a basic control system which uses
electric resistant heaters. If the temperature in the thermo former dropped
to 315F, which device in the control loop would compare this temperature
to the desired temperature and send a signal to turn on the heaters? (V)

13.A facility purchases a piece of equipment that costs $150,000 and will last
10 years while saving $34,000 annually. If the overall tax rate for the
facility is 34.0% and the equipment is depreciated via straight line
depreciation what is the ATCF? (I, W))

14.A performance contract is executed between a client and an ESCO. The


contract is one that has shared savings for 5 years. During the first
summer of operation an extraordinary heat wave causes the equipment to
perform well below projections. The parties should renegotiate the shared
savings for this period due to ? (W)

15.A measurement would be recommended for use with a lighting


retrofit. (W)

16.During a retrofit, a steam pipe was found to have a 14 inch hole. The
system uses 100 psia steam. Workers said the lagging surrounding the
leak area had been wet for at least a year. If this leak existed for a year,
natural gas for the boiler cost $4.87 per MMBtu, and the boiler were 78%
efficient, what did the leak cost the facility? (U)

27
17. A facility has a daily cooling load of 124,000 ton-hours. If an OPAC were
installed, the chiller would operate at load in a load
leveling/partial shift strategy. If the on-peak hours for the utility were from
noon to 9 p.m. and the OPAC was operated in a full shift strategy, the
chiller would operate at load when operating. (S)

18.A _ _ _ _ _ _control mode detects the size of an error, a


_ _ _ _ _ control mode averages the error over time, and the
_ _ _ _ _control mode detects the rate of change of an error. (V)

19.An Energy Staraward is good for _ _ _ year(s) and a LEED NC and


LEED EB O&M Certifications are good for year(s). (N)

20. According to EPACT 2005, federal buildings should be designed to be


_ _ % more efficient than standards or where
life cycle cost effective. (D)

21. is a good technique to find bad bearings or


gears as well as failing machine mounts. (U)

22.An equal percentage valve has a flow coefficient of 0.62. The temperature
of the water flowing through the valve is 182F and the differential
pressure across the valve is 36 psid. What is the flow rate through the
valve in gallons per minute? (V)

23. A chilled water thermal energy storage system is installed that provides
chilled water from the storage tanks at 38F. If the return temperature to
the tank is 54F, how many Btu are stored for each pound of water? (S)

24. List the four approach options when performing M&V. (W)

25. According to ASH RAE 90.1-2010, the lighting density of a whole building
office should be no more than W/ft 2 and whole building
warehouse should be no more than W/ft 2? (L)

Some final helpful tips for tonight and tomorrow morning:


1. Get some rest
2. Don't stay up all night cramming - this will not help

28
3. If you don't drink red bull or other high octane energy drinks, don't start
tonight or tomorrow (Yes - we have seen this - Not a pretty sight)
4. Before the exam time get some breakfast and maybe have a light snack
staged which you can eat during the exam without disturbing others (ie -
NO Corn-nuts, or kettle chips)
5. Get to the exam with some time to spare so you can have some time
organize/sort your reference materials on the table or desk
6. Remember phones and laptops are not allowed in the exam area
7. Bring a couple of #2 pencils with you so you know they work and will not
break
8. Did we say get some rest I!!!!!!
9. Good Luck Tomorrow!!!!!!! (from the CEM Board and all the CEM
Instructors)

29
Answer Key:

Monday Homework - Answer Key

1. True
2. 3%,2%, EISA 2007, Executive Order 13423
3. 228 people
4. 19,600 MMBtu
5. <4.48 cents/kWh
6. 86,377.6 Btu/sq.ft./yr.
7. $1.42/sq.ft./yr.
8. Natural gas = $13.53/MMBtu, Electric = $28.70/MMBtu, Propane =
$35.23/MMBtu
9. Environmental regulations, product quality improvement, and
productivity improvement
10. 125.1 pounds
11. 40 Btu's
12. Combustion analyzerlflue gas analyzerlThermometers
13. Type II and Type III
14. Control systems, procedures or process controls
15. Facility load factor
16. Energy, power
17. Henry Hub, does not, Henry Hub
18. Correct phase and correct orientation
19. 510CDD,OHDD
20. Force majeure - protect both parties when something beyond
anyone control or prediction happens. Evergreen clause -a contract
that automatically renews without intervention. Take or pay - if you
ordered the fuel you will take delivery of it and use it, if you don't take
delivery you will still be held liable for paying for the fuel
21. 55 kW Gust the adjustment was asked for)
22. Utility's O&M and Fuel
23. PF = kW/kVA
24. Primary service is being served at feeder or circuit voltage, so the
end use customer now owns and is responsible for the transformer to
reduce the voltage to the facility
25. 308.1 kW, 490.70 kVA

30
Tuesday Homework - Answer Key

1. 240.10 kVAR
2. Light meter, multimeter, Occupancy sensor that detect run hours and
occupancy
3. 50,50
4. No, NPV is -1,375,360
5. The hurdle rate would decrease to some new rate, considered
MARR2
6. IEEE 519
7. Choose project two, it has the least negative NPV of -42,403 as
compared to the NPV of project one of -52,430
8. 25%
9. Conduct a harmonics audit
10. 182.65 amps
1f $27,105
12. Real time commissioning / continuous commissioning
13. True
14. Choose project two, it has the higher annual value of $8,567.84 as
compared to project one's annual value of $1,018.80
15. Harmonics need to be examined from all of the electronic ballast
replacements
16. RCR of 2.77
17. 23 lamps (22.388)
18. Conditions the lamp to start, provides a spike voltage to start the gas
discharge process, puts in a current limiter to operate the lamp at a
safe voltage
19. 45-65%
20. 1 or unity
21. 100.65 kW
22. 110.60kVA
23. Seasonal commissioning
24. $202,700
25. Hard hat, eye protection, face shield, rubber gloves with keepers, FR
shirt and pants, steel toed shoes

31
Wednesday Homework - Answer Key

1. 59 SF Wet bulb, 49.3F Dew point, 26.4 Btu/lb enthalpy


2. 48F Dew point, 23.2 Btu/lb enthalpy
3. Approx. 26% relative humidity, Humidity ratio of 0.0104,18,900
Btu/hr
4. 46,200 kWh
5. 62.5%
6. CFM reduced by 20%, 48.8 HP saved
7. 160 GPM
8. 0.462 kW/ton, 7.62 COP
9. Wood fiber - hardboard type
10. 3.744 MMBtu for the cooling season
11. 82SF, 46.8 Btu/Ibm, 15.2 Btu/Ibm, 227,377.8 Btu/hr
12. Conduction, Infiltration, Radiation
13. 209.35 kW
14. Refrigerant, Desiccant, Deliquescent
15. Compressor Optimization
16. 819.67 Btu/hr at this condition
17. Compressor, 37,500 Btu/hr when running at full load
18. Moisture, latent, dry bulb, sensible, moisture
19. 87.549 Gallons/hr
20. 55.2 cents/hr of operation
21. 108 psig (no more than a 10% drop)
22. Decreases, decreases
23. Space, frame, copper
24. 65% reduction in heat through the window
25. 68.03 Scfm

32
Thursday Homework - Answer Key

1. 1196.0 Btu/lb
2. 1298.8 Btu/lb
3. 3.51 % flashed
4. 70% excess air, 9.4% excess 02, 6.6% C02
5. Water, tube
6. 81%
7. 6.9%
8. Float, Thermostatic
9. Topping, Bottoming, Diesel exhaust, oil cooler, engine coolant
10. 866 RPM
11. 25%,75%
12. Controller
13. $27,540 ATCF
14. Non-routine adjustments
15. Spot
16. $11,238.46 for the year
17. 5,166.67tons, 8,266.67 tons
18. Proportional, Integral, Derivative
19. One, Five
20. Thirty, ASHRAE, IECC
21. Vibration Analysis
22. 3.72 gallons/min
23. 16 Btu/lb of chill water
24. Spot measurement, Continuous measurement (retrofit isolation),
Utility bill comparison, and calibrated simulation
25. 0.90 W/sq.ft., 0.66 W/sq.ft.

33
Electrical Systems and
Electric Energy
Management

Main Topics Discussed


Electric Rates

Electrical system utilization

Power quality

Harmonics

Power factor improvement

Electric Systems K - 2
Electric Rates
Utility Rate Structure Incentives
- Demand Reductions
- Time of day rate or real time pricing
- Seasonal rate
- Power Factor Correction
- Primary vs. secondary metering
- Rebates and Rate riders (electric heat, etc)

Potential approaches
- High efficiency equipment
- Scheduling uses off-peak
- Demand limiting
- Duty cycling

Electric Systems K - 3
ocrcro

Facility Electric Load Factor


Definition:
Actual kWh Used
Load Factor = P k k .
ea W x tIme

Example: Compute monthly load factor when


Peak kW 1250 kW, =
Energy use 500,000 kWh=
=
Time 720 hours

500,000 kWh
LF = 1250 kW x 720 hr = 55.6%
Note: Higher load Factor will reduce unit kWh costs (more
kWh per kW- i.e. kW- fixed costs, kWh variable costs.)~......
.'
Electric Systems K - 4 ~
Example of Demand Control Savings
A production facility has four large machines with a demand
of 200 kW each. The machines could be controlled by a
computer which would limit the total demand to 400 kW at
anyone time. This company limits the use of the machines
by operational policy which states that no more than two
machines should be turned on at any given time. This room
is separately metered from the rest of the facility.

One morning at 8:00 am, a new employee turned on the two


idle machines. At 8:30 am the plant foreman noticed that too
many machines were running and quickly shut down the extra
two machines. What did this mistake cost the facility?

Electric Systems K - 5

Immediate Cost of Mistake


The immediate cost on the month's electric bill has two
components. Assuming a demand rate of $7.02/kW and an
energy rate of $O.043/kWh, the immediate cost is calculated
as:

Demand cost increase = 400 kW x $7.02/kW


=
$2808

Energy cost increase =400 kW x 0.5 hr x$0.043/kWh


= $8.60

Electric Systems K - 6
Ratchet Penalty
Some utility rate structures include a demand ratchet. For
example, for a 70% ratchet, there would be a minimum demand
assessed for the next 11 months of 70% of the highest demand in
the previous 11 months, regardless of actual metered demand.
(0.70 x 800 kW) - 400 kW = 160 kW
This would increase the cost of the mistake as follows:
Ratchet cost increase = 11 mo x $7.02/kWmo x 160 kW
=
$12,355.20
Total cost of mistake = $2808 + $8.60 + $12,355.20
= $15,171.80

Electric Systems K - 7

Review of Electric Cost Components


Energy cost - e.g. $0.05/kWh

Demand cost - e. g. $6.50/kW/mo


Fuel adjustment - e.g. $0.005/kWh

Power factor penalty - e.g. $6.50/kVNmo or


kW billed = kW x (0.85/PF)
Ratchet clause - e.g. Maximum of (kW this month, or
70% of maximum kW in last 11 months)

Electric Systems K - 8 \a._


~
.........
Basic Electrical Formulas
1. Ohms Law
V= IxR
Used for AC or DC voltages where only a
resistance is involved.
For a fixed resistance, doubling the voltage
results in a doubling of the current

Electric Systems K - 9

Basic Electrical Formulas


2. Ohms Law for Power

=
P 12 x R
For a fixed resistance, doubling the current results in
power increasing by a factor of four .

. At doubled voltage, Ohms Law tells us that the current is


one-half that associated with the lower voltage to
deliver the same power. But, the power loss in the
distribution wiring is only one-fourth as great from its
wiring resistance.

This is why 277 volt lighting is often used instead of 120


volt lighting. E"ctri,Sy,"m,K-10 ~
Power Computation Formulas
Single-phase system
P = Vx I x PF
Where PF = power factor

Three-phase system
P = '-'3 x V x I x PF
Where PF = power factor
'-'3
= 1.732

Electric Systems K 11

Examples
a) For a 10 ampere, 120 volt, electric space
heater

P = 120 x 10 x 1.0 = 1200 watts

b) For a three phase 460 volt, 20 ampere motor with


power factor of 90% at full load

P = ...)3 x 460 x 20 x 0.9 = 14,340 W = 14.34 kW

Electric Systems K - 12
Electric Motor Equations
. ./01.,1,,(,)
kW = .J3 x kV x I x PF ./ I'JV-- UV'

kVA = .J3 x kV x I

PF kW/kVA

kW
Nphp x 0.746 x LF '""'YNJ1~u ~
Efficiencv

Electric Systems K - 13

Power Quality
Power Quality is related to how well a
bus voltage-usually our facility load
bus voltage-maintains a pure sinusoidal
rated voltage and frequency.
PQ issues involve all momentary phenomena including
spikes, notches and outages; as well as harmonics and
power factor.
Modern electroniC equipment both causes and is
affected by the problem.
Power Quality is becoming one of the most important
issues in energy management today.

Electric Systems K -14


Harmonics

Harmonics are a multiple of the fundamental frequency.


If the fundamental frequency is 60 hertz, the 2nd harmonic
is 120 Hz, the 3rd is 180 Hz, the 4th is 240 Hz, etc.
Harmonics are usually generated by solid-state-based
equipment such as switching power supplies in PCs, DC
drives, variable frequency drives (VFDs), electronic
ballasts, arc welders and ovens.

Electric Systems K - 15

Actual Harmonic Graph

'.0

""Po
""
'.0'
'091

2UI
.. 8. " "
.0

. 0

'"
. 0

Electric Systems K - 16
Importance of Grounding
Up to 80 percent of PQ problems in
today may be caused by wiring and grounding
systems that met the NEe at the time, but do
not meet the needs of today's sensitive
electronic equipment.
The first step taken to deal with PQ problems
should be to inspect the wiring and grounding,
and clean and tighten all connections. Loose
connections come from vibration, oxidation,
corrosion, and age.

Elecmc Systems K - 17

Grounding (continued)
In a typical delta-wye main load center for a facility, the
supply system ground, the neutral connection of the
wye, and the equipment ground must all be bonded
together in that enclosure.
Each piece of equipment should be fed separately, and
with a ground that directly returns to the single ground
point at the load center (Frame steel grounds are not
acceptable for good PQ systems). This eliminates ground
loops. Note that ground leads must be run in the same
cable or raceway as the power leads

Elecbic Systems K - 18
Typical Facility Electrical
Distribution System

\/ ""-
Neutral
Ground
B

N
G
3<1>
YSystem

V L_L =480 V
V L-N = 480/-/3 =277V
IN = 0 in a balanced 3C1) system
Most facilities are upgrading internal distribution to 480 V

Electric Systems K * 19

Upgrade Neutrals
Many neutrals were not designed to carry any significant
amount of current, and are simply too small.
Unbalanced loads, harmonics, and especially triplen
harmonies cause neutral current to increase-can be up to
1.73 to 3.0 times the phase current.
Add neutrals-run a separate neutral for each single phase
load.
Oversize the neutral, or run parallel neutrals to several large
loads.

NOTE: Over sizing Neutrals amounts to "treating the


symptoms" it does not reduce the intensity of the harmonies.

Electric Systems K - 20
What Problems Occur Because of
Harmonics?
Circuit breakers tripping
Neutrals overheating (smoke, fire)
Panel or transformer overheating
RFI - Radio Frequency Interference
Errors/damage in Electronic Equipment
Digital clocks running fast
Failures in power factor correction capacitors

Electric Systems K - 21

Motor problems also occur


Increased motor losses and overheating
Power Factor decrease (from wave distortion as
compared to wave displacement)
Reduced torque and torque pulsation
Negative sequence harmonics - like the 5th and 11th try
to force the motor to rotate in the reverse direction and
cause torque pulsation. The 5th harmonic seriously
reduces motor torque .
Vibration & overheating
Reduces motor life, damages bearings and insulation -
extreme cases can result in motor "cogging" which
destroys couplings, shafts, and driven loads.

Electrlc Systems K - 22
IEEE 519 PQ Standards

Old standard was IEEE 519-1992.


Newest standard is IEEE 519-1998.
THD (E) is Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion.
For low voltage systems (less than 69 kV), the limits
are:
General Systems 5%
Special Applications 3%
(E.g. hospitals)

Electric Systems K 23

Mitigation of Harmonic Problems


Derate equipment (symptom treatment)
50% Transformers
70% Load centers
Circuit breakers
Neutrals
Install preventive equipment
Inductors
Harmonic filters
Isolation transformers
Locate near drive if possible
Connect back to "strongest" pOint of
power system - the load center

Electric Systems K - 24
Power Factor Considerations
What is the power factor?
How is the power factor computed?
What does a low power factor mean to electric
costs (Le.-tariff costs, PR losses, affect on pf)?
How can power factor be improved?
How will power factor correction affect the
system (Harmonics, capacity restoration,
resonance, etc)?

Electric Systems K - 25

Warning on Power Factor Correction


Before installing power factor correction
equipment-especially capacitors-in your facility,
make sure you perform a power quality test to
determine if there is little/no harmonics present
which could adversely affect the electrical
system.
Harmonic resonance effects can greatly increase
the current through the power factor correction
capaCitors.
Make sure to measure "true power factor" which
accounts for harmonics.

Elecbic Systems K - 26
T
Mug capacity-
total power
(kVA)

~
Foam-reactive power (kV AR)
Beer-real power (kW)

beer (kW)
Power factor =
Mug capacity (kVA)

Electric Systems K 27

Power Triangle

kW Real Power
PF =- - =- - - - - -
kVA Apparent Power

PF = cosQ)
Reactive
Power,
kVAR

Real Power, kW

Electric Systems K - 28
Total Total

80
80 KVA

KW KW
80 80

Induction Induction
Motor Loads Motor Loads

(a) (b)

Schematic arrangement showing how capacitors reduce total kVa by


supplying magnetizing requirements locally.

Electric Systems K - 29

Sample Power Factor Example


A facility is operating with a demand of 2000
kW. The 2500 kVA transformer is fully loaded.
How many kVARS are required to bring the
power factor back to unity?

kW 2 + kVAR2=kVN
kVAR2= kVN-kW2

kVAR = .J2500 2 - 2000 2 = 1500

Electric Systems K - 30
Sample Power Factor Problem
During my last energy audit I saw a 100 HP
electric motor that had the following information
on the nameplate: 460 volts; 114 amps; three
phase; 95% efficient - all at full load. What is the
power factor of this motor? / /
j'f:::: ~J -:/ eJ''{o f?
, i}}y.../}b 0 X tli( '\ {J'rj/o<> <>

Electric Systems K 31

kVAR Correction Calculation


Essential data needed at a given load
- Real power
- Power factor
Use a table such as the one on the next slide
- Go down the left side to the original power
factor
- Read the table factor under the desired power
factor
kVAR needed=Real power x Table Factor

Electric Systems K - 32
T'\",..,;....AI n"""~er Factor
OrigilW ----- - -
Power
Factor

kVAR needed
Real power
x Table
Factor
Where to Put Power Factor
M
Correction Capacitors

r----------------------------------,
I ~ I
MAIN D!STRI8UnON

i ---, I
: I I I) I I) i

iL_____ _______ t~;;:.f
___________________ -::-.....1I
Distlibulion
Molor r--- -----,
Stun,S $_ S I I
(Typ.) C1C _ I J
C2 L ________ j

';
~
CS

Electric Systems K - 34

Sample CEM Test Question

A facility is operating at a power factor of 70%


with a real power load of 2000 kW. How much
corrective capacitance in kVAR is needed to
improve the facility power factor to 90%7
(kVAR = Real power load in kW x Table Factor)

~~
~ o;~b
I.. v -- r "Jia
(.U -L0"
f:4F1(V'l '1Po~l ~JP'jl
/'/ ' \\J

Electric Systems K - 35
CEM Review Questions

1. If power factor correction capacitors are


located at the utility meter, but on the
customer's side of the meter, the power factor
inside the customer's facility will not be
improved.
A. True B. False
2. A facility has a 100 kW electric resistance oven
for drying parts. What is the power factor of
the oven?
A.O% B.50% C. 90% D. 100%
Electric Systems K 36

3. A facility has a motor that draws 200 kVA and


has a power factor of 70.7%. How many kWand
how many kVAR does it draw?

4. A facility has a motor that draws 200 kVA and


has a power factor of 80%. How many kW and
how many kVAR does it draw?

Electric Systems K - 37
Lighting Basics
and
System
Improvements

Ughting l- 1

Session Objectives

Discuss concepts and characteristics of energy-


effective lighting design
Outline principles and practices of good lighting
maintenance
Identify typical lighting energy conservation
opportunities
Demonstrate lighting economics calculations and
relationships
Work example lighting calculations

ughting L - 2
Lighting Basics
Lighting Quantity Lighting Quality
Technology Light Color
DeSign Ability to See Colors
Maintenance Glare
Impacts People &

Ughting L - 3

Lighting Quantity Goals


Identify and Meet target light levels
(Foot candles or LUX)

Efficiently produce light


(Efficacy = Lumens/Watt)

Efficiently deliver light


- Balance effiCiency with aesthetics, lighting
quality, visual comfort

Automatically controlliQhting operation (in low occupancy


areas, this principle should have a higher priority)

Ughtingl-4 ~
Quantity of Illumination

Inverse Square Law


I
-*
E = d2
E = Illuminance ill foot candles
I =: Luminous intensity in lumens
d = distance from light source
to surface of interest in feet

lighting L - 5

Amount of Light Required


For Specific Applications
We often use more light than is needed for
many applications and tasks.
- Light levels are measured in foot candles (or
lux, in Sf units) using an illumin~ce meter.
Fe = lumens / ft2 "~
Lux = lumens / m2 "\ ~
- Consensus standards for light'ieve'is'are set
by the Illuminating Engineering Society of
North America (lESNA.org).

Ughtlng l- 6
soU!'Ce: IESNA I I-tVJ!Lti

TYPE OF ACTIVITY RANGE OF


tLlUMtNANCE

Puti:l.l::~ wiIh dIlIm.&..m~1ng$ 2-3510

~e 06aWlliofl bt sMrt tenpOOl;Y \liio$. 5-7'4- U)W


~!MlM>ay}

Wo(U'O &p!lOO!l whare vlwaiiaR we O!l!y 1M5-20t>


llt'Ca&mlWi"j pantlnflB(!

Aml:l;IHii iigh1i~ fut eamputB UN .2O-as-3Q ro

Perfotmsnoo of vi&ual taiks


Hllh ~ &riafga iJz;gtlWt:el dit!!) 2O-39-00k

Metfum~t$~$lm 5O-15-100~

LON oonas.t or vary small' w.e 100..150-200k

low~",oo va'Ysrnali S@ova:it 200-300-500 fu


p?Oblglld ~lad

PetlOf'll'Sl.-:D of Vilry proIOI'\900 and OC!IGlg 500--700-10lfu


Vi2W! 1Qs1!a

Pe:fotmaoo<! of VillYspar.:la'l visual taaKs 01

atfr
HXXI-HiOO-2000w
",gtilmi!ty k:I.v eattm$t Mil wn~ :siz$

Some typical light levels needed are:

Parking lot 2 foot candles


Hallways 10 foot candles
Factory floor 30 foot candles
Offices 50 foot candles
Inspection 100 foot candles
Operating room 1000 foot candles

Ughting L-8
Lighting Quality

Color Rendering Index - CRI


Color temperature in Kelvins
Types of light sources

Ughting L - 9

Color
Color Rendering Index (CRI) \-- 100
Indicates the effect of a light source on the
color appearance of objects.
75 - 100 CRI = Excellent color rendition
65 - 75 CRI = Good color rendition
55 - 65 CRI = Fair color rendition
o- 55 CRI = Poor color rendition
Color Temperature
A measure of the "warmth" or "coolness" of a
light source.
< 3200K = "warm" or red side of spectrum
> 4000K ="cool" or blue side of spectrum

Ughting L -10
Color Rendering Index (CRI)
EXHIBfT3
TYl'lCAL CRI VALUES FOR SELECTED UGHT SOURCES

Scurce Typical cm Val""


it1OO1ide$OO:'ltAi~1'l '00
_ _I

C:.ol'iWhlta 112 82
WoonWM0T12 53

,-
~hLuI'OO1'l1"12 13-05
75-65
no a<>S5
~pad a<>S5
Mo""Yv."",( _ _dl
MutdHaido {cloorkoatrl) 6&10
t'%!h-Pl'e$Ut13 Sodum
"011"'
0.1_ ' '
WhiklHPS

Ughtlng l- 11

Color Temperature
0000
7500
71)00

6500
flOOO
5500
5000
4500
4000
asoo
;1000
2500
2000
1500
Correlated Color Temperature Chart
Ughting L 12
Types of Light Sources
I Incandescent
i
Tungsten Halogen
t Mercury Vapor (old, rarely seen.any more)
, Fluorescent - linear, U-tubes, CFLs
Induction lamps
Metal Halide (Poor color temperature stability)
High Pressure Sodium (yellowish)
Low Pressure Sodium (orange, mono-chromatic)
Laser lights
\ fLED - Light emitting diodes
Natural (sunlight)

Ughting l- 13

Efficacy Comparison of Lamps

~;:jo~$o:!sW#j i

~~Zl'o$SWI:I

--
Ughting L - 14
Light Source
Efficacy

Average Rated Life


Average rated life of a lamp is median value of life
expectancy of a group of lamps
- Time at which 50% have failed, 50% are surviving
- Fluorescent lamps rated at 3 hours on, 20 minutes off
per operating cycle
- HID lamps rated at 10 hours on, one hour off per
operating cycle
Increased frequency of switching will decrease lamp life
in hours, but typically increase useful calendar life
- Energy savings more significant than lamp costs

Ughting L - 16
Lighting Maintenance Principles

Light output of all lighting systems decreases over


time
Lighting systems are over-designed to compensate
for future light loss
Improving maintenance practices can reduce light
loss (depreciation) and can either:
- allow reductions in energy consumption
(redesign), or
- improve light levels
Group maintenance practices save money

Ughting l- 17

Lamp Lumen Depreciation (LLD)

... _. _.....L ........ .- ............ ! .

o 3 6 18 21 24

@ESooree;(lahltom Nalkmal Ughting Bureau


-~--.
Lighting System Design Methods
1. Lumen Method
Assumes an equal footcandle level throughout
the area.
This method has been used frequently since it is
simple.
2. Point by Point Method
The current method of design based on the
Fundamental Law of Illumination.
Requires a computer program and extensive
computation.

Ughting l- 19

Lumen Method Formula

N= FlxA
LuxLLFxCu
where
N = the number of lamps required
Fl = the required foot-candle level at the task
A = area of the room in square feet
Lu = the lumen output per lamp
Cu = the coefficient of utilization
LLF = the combined light loss factor

Ughtlng L - 20
Example of Lumen Method
Find the number of lamps required to provide a
uniform 50 foot candles on the working surface in a
40 x 30 room. Assume two 3000 lumen lamps each per
fixture, and assume that llF is 0.65 and CU is 70%.

N = 50X1200 = 44
3000XO.65XO.7

The number of two-lamp fixtures needed is 22.

Ughting l- 21

The Coefficient of Utilization (CU)


The coefficient of utilization is a measure of how
well the light coming out of the lamps and the
fixture contributes to the useful light level at the
work surface.
It may be given, or you may need to find it:
- Use Room Cavity Ratio (RCR) to incorporate
room geometry
- Use Photometric Chart for specific lamp and
fixture

Ughting L - 22
Room Cavity Ratio (RCR)
RCR = 2.5 x h x (Room Perimeter)/(Room Area)
Or, if the room is rectangular:

RCR = 5 x h x (L+W)/(LxW)

Where
L = room length
W = room width
h = height from lamp to top of working surface

Ughting L - 23

Example
Find the RCR for a 30 by 40 rectangular room with
lamps mounted on the ceiling at a height of 9.5
feet, and the work surface is a standard 30 inch
desk.
=
h 9.5 - 2.5
=7 feet

RCR = 5 x h x (L+W)/(LxW)
= 5 x 7 x (30 + 40)/(30 x 40)
= 35 x 70/1200
= 2.04

Ughting L - 24
Photometric Chart
...
I\CPOl"t l~~HlUn (":~O'f<~F'_FICI .t.:NTS
I~nmp: 400 Watt (';ICtu' OF lYl'JLIZATION
Lurnen!!<~ 50~OOO Zonnl CltvU:>' 'Methud
Mounting Surfacf>JI!.eudnnt ftfleeHve Flool:' CnvHy

'"''
RC 80 70 50 30
RVV 70 5{) 30 70 50 30 50 30 50 30

2
94
88
9.
84
89
80
9.
86

8.
86
7&
83
77
81
74
78
73
77
71
3 83 n 72 80 75 70 71 67 67 65
4 78 71 65 75 6<) 64 66 6. 63 59
'"~ 5 73 65 59 70 63 58 60 56 58 54
68 :58 66
"
7 63 54
52
48 61
58
S3
52
47
SS
51
51
46
5J
49
49
44
8 59 49 43 57 48 43 4(i 4-1 45 40
'> 55 45 39 53 44 38 42 37 41 36
lO ~q 41 35 49 40 35 39 34 37 3::'\

~.
Ughting L - 25

Example
Find the Coefficient of Utilization for a 30 by
40 rectangular room with a ceiling height of
9.5 feet, a ceiling reflectance of 70% and a
wall reflectance of 50% using the photometric
chart on the previous page.

The RCR from before was 2.04. Using RC = 70%


and RW = 50%, the CU is found as CU = 0.81, or
81%

Ughting l- 26
Fundamental Law of Illumination or
Inverse Square Law
I
E= d2
where
E = Illuminance in foot candles
I = Luminous intensity in lumens
d = Distance from light source to surface area of
interest

One foot candle is equal to one lumen per square foot


(One lux is equal to one lumen per square meter)

Ughting L - 27

Example
In a high bay facility, the lights are mounted on the
ceiling which is 40 feet above the floor. The lighting level
on the floor is 50 foot candles. No use is made of the
space between 20 feet and 40 feet above the floor.

In a theoretical sense - that is, using the fundamental


law of illuminance - what would be the light level in foot
candles directly below a lamp if the lights were dropped
to 20 feet?

Fe = 50(40 2/202) = 200 foot candles

Ughtlng l- 28
What to Look for in Lighting Audit
Lighting Equipment Inventory
Lighting Loads
Room Dimensions
Illumination Levels
Hours of Use
Lighting Circuit Voltage

lighting L " 29

Potential Lighting ECMs


"Right Sizing" Lighting
Task Lighting
Delamping
Incandescent Upgrades
-CFL or LED
Fluorescent Upgrades
HID Upgrades
Controls Upgrades
Daylight compensation

Ughting L - 30
Compare Lighting Power Density to ASHRAE/IES 90.1
Values
Example Whole Building Lighting
Power Densities (W1ft')

1989 199912001 2004/2007 2010


- Offices 1.63 1.30 1.00 0.90
- Education 1.79 1.50 1.20 0.99
- Retail 2.36 1.90 1.50 1.40
- Warehouse 0.53 1.20 0.80 0.66

Ughting l- 31

Three Major Areas for


Lighting Improvement

Much of the cost savings from new retrofit


lighting can be achieved in three major areas:
1. Replace incandescent lamps with fluorescent,
or compact fluorescent lamps (CFLs)
2. Upgrade fluorescent fixtures with improved
components
3. Install lighting controls to minimize energy
costs

Ughting l- 32
Applications of Compact Fluorescent
Lights

Task lights
Downlights
Wallwashers
Outdoor fixtures - even in low temperatures
Many kinds of fixtures available
Exit lights
Can be dimmed - so use in conference rooms
Can be used in refrigerators and freezers

lighting L - 33

. Upgrading Fluorescent Fixtures


Improved fluorescent lamps
T-5,T-8,T-lO,T-12 Tri-phosphor high CRI lamps
New low wattage (25/28) T-5 and T- 8 lamps
Super T-8 lamps, LED T-8 lamps
New long life lamps - 24k, 30k, 36k hours
New induction lamps
Electronic ballasts
Standard non-dimmable ballasts
Consider dimming ballasts
New programmable ballasts
Reflectors and Up-Down fixtures

ughting l- 34
T-12 to T-S Retrofit with 10% More Footcandles

What Does a Ballast Do?


A ballast does three things:
- Conditions the lamp to start
- Applies a high voltage spike to start the gas
discharge process J;
- Applies a current limiter to reduce the lamp IA ~ trl. 1?~eY
current to a safe operating level , jviV~~:;; # r
Ballast factor ~/Yf I ,5 fOh t, f./
- Normal light output (0.85-0.95);:r (?11/"qJ
- Can specify reduced or increased light output
in electronic ballasts with proportional
reduction or increase in power
ughting L - 38
Fluorescent Retrofits
Existing System: T-12 lamps with magnetic ballasts, or first
generation T-S's or T-5's
Retrofit Alternatives:
1. T-12 low wattage lamps (34W) - replace lamps only
- Less light, less energy consumption
2. T-S (32W) - replace lamps and ballasts
- Same light, less energy consumption, better color
rendering, less lamp flicker, less ballast hum
- Can operate 4 lamps per ballast
- Can be tandem wired
- Electronic ballasts can be parallel wired

Ughting l- 39

3. T-lO (42W)- replace lamps only


- More light, same energy consumption

4. T-lO (42W) - replace lamps and ballasts


- Much more light, same energy consumption, same
benefits as TS's

5. T-5 (2SW, 25W) - replace lamps and ballasts


- Same light, less energy consumption than TS's,
similar rumen maintenance.

6. New 2SW and 30W T-S's available


Super TSs with 3100 lumens (32W)

7. New 25k, 30k, and 36k hour life lamps available with
use of programmable start ballasts matched to lamps

Ughting L - 40
c.wfr.
Recent Lighting Technology

Induction lamps
- Long life -- 100,000 hours for
lamp & ballast
- Phillips QL lamps in 55W, 85W
and 165W
- New application with reflector to
replace metal halides as sign lights
for road and commercial signs. Last
four times as long

Ughting l 41

OSRAMjSylvania is the
other maker of long life
induction lamps
Icetron in 70W, 100W
and 150W sizes
Also 100,000 hours
Properties about same as QL lamp
- Efficacy around 80 LjW (150 W ICE)
- CRI 80
- Instant start, and re-start
- Operate in hot and cold environments

Ughting L-42
New Induction Lamps 2009

Smaller induction lamps are now available


New sizes are 12, 23 and 40 W
However, these smaller lamps are only rated at
30,000 hours life; efficacies are 60 - 70 L/W.
May be better choices than CFLs in some cases.
Larger induction lamps 70 - 150 Ware
becoming quite a bit cheaper now.

Lighting L 43

TSHO and High Bays


High Bay & Fluorescent TS/HO
(it's not just for HID anymore!)

Lamp and Ballast *


Lamp Maintained Light Wattage
4 - T5/HO Lamps 19,000 Lumens 242 watts
1- MVR250/U 13,500 293
1- MVR250/Pulse 17,000 288

6 - T5/HO Lamps 28,500 Lumens 363 watts


1- MVR400/U 23,500 458
1- MVR400/Pulse 33,000 456
* ( Impact of Fixture Design on Performance NOT included )

AND: Instant on, dimmable, choice ofcolors,


no color shift...
ughting L - 44
HPS/T-8 High Bay Comparison

Ughting L 45

Focusing Light can Save Energy

P*i*N#d4@k
. _R
IMIIMI hWn IIfIlIISI:UU _ U l

~~''''''''~oIiI_H~~_mlK
m
m~"oof6>l"'_~~0._.l>_fIH
LED Lighting
Proven applications:
- Exit Signs 95+% of all new exit lights are LED lights)
- Traffic Signals
Green 12" ball 140 W to 13 W LED
Red 12" ball 140 W to 11 W LED
Life 1 year to 7
years for LED
Cost $3 to $75 for LED
- Commercial Advertising Signs (Neon)
Neon 15 mm tube 3 W/ft
LED 15 mm replacement 1.03 W/ft

Ughting L - 47

New LEOs for White Light


Growth Area ... but beware of lamp life and lumen depreciation.

Watch for this technology to become more accepted as


development is rapid. Ughting L - 48
C\Cf(f
Parking Lot Example: "white" light
appears brighter to eye!
Parking Lot Example: "white" light
appears brighter to eye!
IIIIIIII
Total System Wattage 300W 141 W

Average Delivered Lumens per fixture


19,000 8,040
(photopic)
Average Footcandles (photopic) 1.96 1.01
Average Delivered Lumens (scotopic) 11,780 17,200
Average Footcandles (scotopic) 122 2.16

Photopic vision is how the eye perceives objects and colors under bright light.
Conversely, scotopic vision is how the eye perceives objects and colors unde
low-light condilions, such as a parking lot at night. The above measurements
show that LED lights provide more perceived lightat night while using much
less energy.

LED Examples: Before


LED Examples: After

Street & Parking lot lighting


, Parking garages
, Atrium
'Julmels
" ' Hazardous work areas
Sunlight
Natural lighting-often can supplement or
replace lamps
- Skylights
Best for new construction
With appropriate design, electric lamps can
be off for much of the day
Major complaint is water leakage, not
lighting issues
- Tubular skylights
Useful for multistory applications
Lighting l- 55

Tubular Skylight Examples*

*Beijing Eastview New Energy Technology Co., Ltd.

Lighting l- 56
Lighting Control Technologies

On/off snap switch


Timers and control systems
Solid-state dimmers
Dimming electronic ballasts
Occupancy sensors
Daylighting level sensors
Bank switching
Full circuit dimmers for Demand Response
Digital addressable lighting controls, DALI

lighting l- 57

Typical Lighting Operation


Building Type Annual Hours of Operation

3500
Education 2605

ughting l- 58
Energy Savings Potential
With Occupancy Sensors

Application Energy Savings


Offices (Private) 25-50%
Offices (Open Spaces) 20-25%
Rest Rooms 30-75%
Corridors 30-40%
Storage Areas 45-65%
Meeting Rooms 45-65%
Conference Rooms 45-65%
Warehouses 50-75%

lighting L - 59

CEM Exam Review Questions


1. The efficacy of a light source refers to the color
rendering index of the lamp.
A) True B) False

2. Increasing the coefficient of utilization of fixtures in a


room will in many instances increase the number of
lamps required.
A) True B) False

3. Which HID lamp has the highest efficacy - for the


same wattage?
A) Mercury vapor
B) Metal halide
C) High pressure sodium

Ughting l- 60
4. One disadvantage to metal halide lamps is a
pronounced tendency to shift colors as the lamp ages.
A) True B) False

(f)D
r9f!>
[0c
{j}1f
L-___________________ U~9hti_n9_L_-6_' ~_.
______________-~ ~
__
..

5. A 244,000 square foot high bay facility is presently lit


with 800 twin 400 watt mercury vapor fixtures (455 watts
per lamp including ballast). What are the annual savings
of replacing the existing lighting system with 800 single
400-watt high-pressure sodium fixtures (465 watts per
lamp including ballast)? Assume 8000 hours operation per
year, an energy cost of $0.05 per kWh, and a demand
cost of $6.00 per kW-month.

Solution

Ughting L ~ 62
Solution
AkW = (800 fixtures)(A55 kW/lamp)(2 lamps/fixture)-
(800 fixtures)(A65 kW/fixture) = 356 kW

Demand $ savings = (356 kW)($6/kW-mo)(12 mofyr) =


$25,632fyr

Energy $ savings = (356 kW)(8000 hrsfyr) )($0.05/kWh)


=$142,400fyr
Total $ savings = ($25,632 + $142,400)fyr = $168,032/yr

Cost = (800 fixtures)($400/fixture) = $320,000 ??


Ughting L - 63

7. The Light Switch Problem


(lust for Fun)
You must determine which switch on a three
sWitch panel on the first floor of a building controls
a light on the fifth floor of the building.

The other two SWitches are not connected to anything and there is
no way to see any light from the fifth floor without going up stairs.

You have no tools and you cannot take the switch cover off.

You can only make one trip up the stairs to the light. How can you
determine which switch operates the light?

Ughting L - 64
Solution
Turn on the middle switch and the right-hand
switch, wait 10 minutes.

Turn the middle one off and run up the stairs.


- If the light bulb is off and cold it is the left-
hand switch.
- If the bulb is off and hot it is middle switch.
- If the bulb is on it is the right-hand switch.

Ughting L - 65
Electric Motors
and Drives

Motors Ml ~ 1

Electric Motor Management

Why bother?
Electric motor basics
Electricity and electric motors
Energy efficient electric motors
Electric motor inventories and rewind policies
Motor drives
-VFDs
- Eddy current clutches
- Permanent magnetic drives
- Hydraulic drives, etc.
Electricity basics review
Motors Ml- 2
Electric Motor Management
Why Bother?
Electric motors use "upwards of 60%" of
all U.S. electricity and 45% globally*
Motor driven systems use over 70%
electric energy for many plants
A heavily used motor can cost 10 times its
first cost to run one year
On an average LCC basis, energy is about
95% of total cost of a motor
'US data from ACEEE, 2012; global data from Int1 Energy Agency, 2012
Motors Ml - 3

Motor Operating Cost Comparison


-Motors, like automobiles, have performance ratings,
depending on their size and configuration.
-Motor performance is measured by efficiency.
Automobile performance is measured by MPG.
Automobile 60 HP Motor
Purchase Price $25,000 $2,600
Annual Usage 12,OOOmiles 8,760 hours
Efficiency 20 mpg 93.6%
Energy Cost $2.50 Igallon 10 kWh
Annual Operating Cost $1,5001 year $41,8901 year

Motors M1 -4
Electric Motor Management
Why So Difficult?
Load on most driven systems is unknown at
least on retrofits
Very difficult to determine load accurately
through measurements
Electric motor management is FULL of
surprises
Yet, savings can be large (small percentage
of a big number is a big number)
Important note: Often oversized wiring
(above code) is cost effective in heavily used
systems as it reduces FR losses. (CDA and
Southwire Corp.) MotorsMl-5 <lCfe~

Electric Motor Management


Types of Motors
AC Synchronous motors /;'2 o~ 1,
Z~
- One to two percent or so (but larger HP)
- Large HP and slow speed applications typical
- Similar in construction to induction motors,
but more expensive
- More efficient, can be run at leading PF
- Can generate or absorb reactive power

Motors Ml - 6
Electric Motor Management
Types of Motors
DC Motors (older and/or large DC motors)
- Good for precise speed control and strong torque
properties
- Not efficient, (historically) high maintenance, and
higher down time (commutator and brushes need
inspection and maintenance)
- Newer brush less motors much better
- Less than 5% of the motors today are DC
- Replacing with a VFD driven AC motor may be cost
effective especially if down time is reduced
Motors Ml 7

New Technology DC Motors


New Brushless, Electronically Commutated DC
motors are much more efficient in smaller sizes,
and provide variable speed control. And are
higher efficiency at low load than small AC
motors.
- The stepper motor type may have more poles on the
stator.
- The reluctance motor.
Switched reluctance motor
Variable reluctance motor

Motors Ml - 8
Electric Motor Management
Motor Types Cont.
AC Induction motors
* p

- AC induction motors work on eleFtromagnetic If'" rJ,JS&.r c(vV-----


field principles rJf frofJ( vJ0S0 1""/" Irei pvl
- Lagging power factor of'/'P /~ Jv y d--\Y'l
- Many different types (ODP, TEFC, etc.)
- Approximately 95% of motors today are
induction
- Concentration for this discussion
- Run on single- or three- phase power (most)
Motors Ml - 9

Electric Motor Basics


Name Plates
HP _ _ (shaft power
design- output) / t
~
fi
~(\
VJ f (\1'
NLRPM (synchronous N /I~ /uJ '1
speed) ~,
FLRPM (running RPM at /
design load)
LRA (starting amps - 1
sec?) [()LIe ~ .'/t rrpl
FLA (amps at design load ftw.n
and voltage) f~,,(,( bD~ ,.. U
Volts (design voltage) . I"I-r,/ /,tHa}"/'-'
Max. capacitor size - (OiJJ'" r-""'-
Efficiency (test vs. J.
guaranteed) 16~ L {:JPr
Service factor -7 buuY Motors ~'(: 10
Name Plate Example One

Motors Ml - 11

Motors Ml - 12
Motor Efficiency Terms
Nominal efficiency
- Average efficiency obtained by testing a
representative group of motors
- legislative requirements are to meet or
exceed nominal efficiency
Minimum, guaranteed, or guaranteed
minimum efficiency
- accounts for variations in the population
- Allows for losses up to 20% more than
nominal Motors Ml - 13

Motor Efficiency Terms


Standard Efficiency-Pre-EPACT 1992
Energy Efficient
- Meet EPACT 1992 requirements
- About 4 or 5% more efficient than Standard Eff
Premium Efficient
- Meet EISA 2007 requirements
- About 2 or 3% more efficient than Energy Eff
- Earlier also known as ultra high efficiency, extra
efficient, etc.
Motors Ml - 14
Motor Efficiency Terms
- Efficiencies set initially by NEMA (National
Electrical Manufacturers Association)
- Requirement effective dates refer to
manufacture and importation, not sales
- Requirement effective dates later than
date of legislation
-Energy Efficient (EPACT 1992)-1997
- Premium Efficiency (EISA 2007)-2010
Motors Ml - 15

Scope of Increased and


Expanded Motor Standards in
EISA 2007
EISA is the Energy Independence and Security
Act of 2007. It went into effect on
December 19, 2010 for new motors.
Raises the minimum efficiency level for 1-200
horsepower (HP) motors covered by EPACT-92
tothe NEMA Premium level (NEMA 2006a,
Table 12-12) except for fire pump motors that
remain at the EPACT-92 level (NEMA 2006a,
Table 12-12).
Motors Ml - 16
New Motors Not in EPACT 1992
Come Under EISA 2007
In addition, EISA 2007 expanded the scope of
covered 1-200 HP motors to include:
- U-frame motors; Design C motors; Close-
coupled pump motors; Footless motors
- Vertical solid shaft normal thrust; 8-pole
motors
- All poly-phase motors with voltages up to 600
volts other than 230/460 volts (230/460 volt
motors are covered by EPAct-92)
Motors Ml - 17

NEMA MG-1 2006 Table 12-11


Used for These New Motors
The required efficiency level for these motors is
the "energy-efficient" level specified by NEMA
MG-1, Table 12-11. This extends MEPS
(minimum efficiency performance standards)
coverage to over 90% of motors 1-200 HP.
The Act extends MEPS coverage for NEMA
Design B motors from 201-400 HP at the NEMA
(2006a), Table 12'-11 (energy-efficient) level.

Motors Ml - 18
FULL-LOAD EFFICIENCIES FOR 60 HZ NEMA PREMIUM@EFFICIENCY ELECTRIC MOTORS
RATED 600 VOLTS OR LESS*
OPEN MOTORS ENCLOSED MOTORS
1800 RPM
3600 RPM 1800 RPM 3600 RPM
HP Nominal Minimum Nominal Minimum Nominal Minimum Nominal Minimum
Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency
1 77.0 74.0 85.5 82.5 77.0 74.0 85.5 82.5
5 86.5 84.0 89.5 87.5 88.5 86.5 89.5 87.5
10 89.5 87.5 91.7 90.2 90.2 88.5 91.7 90.2
15 90.2 88.5 93.0 91.7 91.0 89.5 92.4 91.0
20 91.0 89.5 93.0 91.7 91.0 89.5 93.0 91.7
25 91.7 90.2 93.6 92.4 91.7 90.2 93.6 92.4
30 91.7 90.2 94.1 93.0 91.7 90.2 93.6 92.4
40 92.4 91.0 94.1 93.0 92.4 91.0 94.1 93.0
50 93.0 91.7 94.5 93.6 93.0 91.7 94.5 93.6
60 93.6 92.4 95.0 94.1 93.6 92.4 95.0 94.1
75 93.6 92.4 95.0 94.1 93.6 92.4 95.4 94.5
100 93.6 92.4 95.4 94.5 94.1 93.0 95.4 94.5
125 94.1 93.0 95.4 94.5 95.0 94.1 95.4 94.5
150 94.1 93.0 95.8 95.0 95.0 94.1 95.8 95.0
200 95.0 94.1 95.8 95.0 95.4 94.5 96.2 95.4
300 95.4 94.5 95.8 95.0 95.8 95.0 96.2 95.4

*Adapted from http://www.nema.org/Standards/ComplimentaryDocuments/MG1 premium.pdf (date visited, 11/27/12)

Motors M1 - 19
Electric Motor Basics
Motor Speeds
Alternating current, thus speed will vary with pole pairs
(inside motor, pole pairs between stator and rotor)
One pole pair (2 poles) - one RPM per cycle (60 cps or
Hertz); two pole pairs - V2 rpm per cycle, etc .
Thus
60 cycles x 60 sec
SPEED sec min
number of pole pairs
SPEED = 3600, 1800, 1200, 900, 720, etc.
(no other choices) for 60 Hz power

Motors Ml 20

Electric Motor Basics ~


Sli P ~f\ / tftfl . /
Design Slip = (NLRPM - FLRPM) ~ifl\f\ /' fP
True Slip = (NLRPM - RPM measured) a N1,-
% Load = (True Slip)/(Design Slip) / " '
Perfect indicator but very difficult to
measure accurately (+- 1% typical)
Many don't use this - why?
- Difficult to measure accurately
- Large motors are more efficient than
small motors (more later)
Motors Ml - 21
Electric Motor Basics
Slip Example
FLRPM =
1760 (off name plate)
Design HP = 50 (off name plate)
Measured RPM 1776 =
NLRPM = ? (obviously 1800)
Design slip =
1800 - 1760 40 =
True slip = 1800 - 1776 = 24
% load = 24/40 = 0.6 or 60%
True load = 50HP(0.6) = 30 HP
See plot next slide, motors run very well at 60% load
This motor will run very cool, is not causing a problem,
so why bother!!
Motors Ml - 22

Input Current Versus Output Power


2f27i02
#3 Boiler ,:"n
REI. S,O. )()(~K:O;X~ 75 HP
"120.0

100.0

n80.0 ! ........ ... ....... L ............. L.................. , .....


g
~ eD,D
~
o
1$
~ 40.0 f,='-"-""c::: . ............. ...........+ ............. + .............................

20.0

0.0 .-.... _ ._ _-'-_L.,...._L__ ._, .... _........C.... _....~......... L .......... ___......L


M 1M _ .0 ~ _ _ ~ _ _ ~

Horse Powtlr

RELIANCE" In..field electric motor efficiency measurement


EL.ECTRIC.iIIS
Efficiency and PF vs. Load:
t."

% 40 60 lOb
% Rated Load .

Source: Electrical and Energy Management, lEES, Ga,Tech., Atlanta, GA.


Motors Ml 24 ~

Typical Efficiency vs. Load Curves for 1,800 rpm, Three-Phase,


60 Hz, Design B Squirrel-Cage Induction Motors

100

:?:
so
~'00hP 10 hp

...
u
~
1 hp

so
!
1:
"
I!
40

"
Il.

20 Note: The curves indicate a general


relationship. Values wi!! vary with
individual motor type and manufacturer.
0
0 25 50 75 100 125

Percent Rated Load


Source: NEMA 1999

Motors Ml - 25
Motor Performance as
Supply Voltage Varies
._._............ ......-._-_. --T--
..... +20
. _ ... _ _ _ _ _ .H

,jy
<.>
""
-= '(.' ~,py
+15 ~-",- f---- - -- --- ~
""
ex:
l?
~
~ q/-0~
0=

.....
"'
+10 ---"..... -
~~~
~~ ~<e-~ ~:!7
~
~

ex: p./"=:,

~ t,~/ p-'?-
+5
S
"'i;!;" 0 H. _ _ _ . . . . . . . . . . .

",,4 ", '- ~


.....
'" -5 - _ I--~
....... ;#
C>
"" ",,"'''' / '-

~~~~
'-
"'"
=
<.>
>-
-10
'- .......
-<>--?'
_ ";b ~o
.....
"" -15 ... ...

...
"
0"'"
~
$~
~-W ._....._.
~ -20
~# ____._L_.
-15 -10 5 0 "+5 +10 +15

PERCENT VOLTAGE VARIATION

Voltage Imbalance
Problems can occur because of voltage
imbalance between the three phases. This
can be a serious problem in motors.
Percent voltage imbalance is found as the
ratio of the largest phase voltage
difference from average, divided by the
average voltage.
For example, if we have 220, 215 and 210
volts, the voltage imbalance is Maximum
Deviation/Avg. Voltage.
5/215 = .023, orM~J1R~rcent.
Voltage Imbalance Impact
~oo

eo /
v
~ 60 /
.
.5

i! /
-.!! 40

/'
---
20
~
o 2 4 6 8 ~o

Perceftt Pha.e to Phase l~l.nc.

Source: Electrical and Energy Management, lEES, Ga,Tech., Atlanta, GA.


Mo1ors Ml - 28 ~

$$$$
Leave existing motors alone until they fail except:
- Exceptionally oversized motors (25% loading
or so)
- Sizes that are needed elsewhere (requires
inventory)
When they fail, maybe buy new energy efficient
motors (EPACT or Premium) instead of paying for
rewind (much more on this later)
If financial incentives are available, much more
may be done
Premium efficient motors need economic help in
much of the country (PUC, Utility, motor mfgs.)
Motors Ml - 29
Motor Basics-Motor Rewinds

Most rewind motors over about 10 HP


Typical rewinds cost 60+% of a new motor
New motor could be an energy efficient motor
Motor efficiency often suffers during rewind.
Average drop about 1% according to one study
and sometimes significantly more.
If efficiency drops, losses increases, motor runs
hotter and won't last as long

Motors Mi - 30

Motor Basics
Motor Rewinds Cont.
Rewinds can be done well. Use DoE
rewind specifications, inspect shop, and
periodically request tests. However, 1%
still seems valid
Why does efficiency drop?
- Oven temperature of burnout and cure
is critical
- Reassembly can cause more acute
problems Motors M1 - 31 C\Cr(f'.
Proposed Motor Rewind
Policy
If motor is NEMA Premium, go ahead and
rewind.
If failed ODP motor is not Energy Efficient, scrap
for copper and buy a new Premium motor.
If failed TEFC motor is not Energy Efficient,
scrap for copper and buy a new Premium motor
unless motor is larger than about 75 HP. Then,
rewind.
If rewind, use a good shop, use DoE
specifications ana periodically inspect
See reference, Horse Power, a DoE publication.
Motors M1 - 32

Electric Motor Management


Energy Efficient Motors
(Induction)
Energy efficient
- More copper - less resistance losses FR
or HEAT because of larger wire
- Lower loss core material
- Better fans and bearings more carefully
lubricated
- Better engineering design
- Longer and heavier
Motors Ml - 33
Electric Motor Management
Energy Efficient Motors
Energy efficient motor characteristics
- More efficient, and often higher power
factor
- Save energy and reduce demand
- Reduce load on cables, transformers,
etc. (note double whammy with higher
efficiency and higher PF)
- Speed is slightly higher (can be critical)
-Significantly lareJetlnrush (LRA)~~

$$$$
Watch carefully energy efficient motor retrofits
on centrifugal applications
Faster speed
- More volume (work)
- More power requirement (cube)
Re-sheave to lower speed?
- Same (or less) volume
- Reduced power requirement
- Watch retrofit applications in other areas also e.g.
screw compressors
Watch LRA and circuit breakers
Motors Ml - 35
Energy Efficient Motors
Calculating Savings
Power and energy savings depends of
efficiency of standard vs.energy efficient
motor
.
Power savmgs =kW =(HPXO.746XLF) - (HPXO.746XLF)
, EFF Sum EFF. EE

Energy savings = Power savings x Time


= kWeX Operating hours

Motors Ml 36
M

$$$$
Energy efficient motors (used 2000 hours or
more per year) are almost always cost effective
for new purchases
Energy efficient motors as an alternative to
rewinds is almost always cost effective (2000+
hrs) for all except large TEFCs (see earlier
discussion)
Premium efficiency motors are difficult to justify
economically without DSM (design-side
management program) help unless hours are
very liigh and energy IS expensive (bull frog is
already close to the pond)
Motors Ml - 37
Electric Motor Principles
Review
ELECTRICAL MOTOR PRINCIPLES

A three phase 50-hp motor with a load factor of 0.8 has an efficiency
of 90%, what is the kW electrical power input?
kW
50 HpxO.746-xO.80
1. kW = Hp 33.15kW
0.90

/ 33.15 kW
Motors M1 38

Electric Motor Principles


Review
2. For the motor in 1. If the PF =cos 9 =0.7 and voltage is 480 V,
what is the kVA and what is the amp draw?

PF = 0.7 = kW/kVA

0.7 = 33.15/kVA or kVA = 33.15/0.7 = 47.36 kVA

A'oo kVA - ;~kV)' - "')(0."'", _"'" k V /


I =47.36 1 ("3 x 0.480) =56.96 amps 33.15 kW

Motors Ml - 39
Electric Motor Principles Review
3. Next, we want to correct the PF to 0.90. What size capacitor is needed
and what is the impact on the amperage?

i1kVAR = 33.15 x Table Factor = 17.77 kVAR

You will find the Table Facto above in PF table (see Section K)

New kVA =33.15/0.9 =36.83 kVA = 36.83 = (kV)I;l3


I = 36.83/(0.480;13) = 44.30 amps

Thus, PF correction dropped amperage~7'36


(upstream of the capacitor) from 56.96 i1 kVAA=17.77
to 44.30 amps or 22% / ~
~ 36.83
Also, new kVA = ;13 kV I = 36.83 kVA .t2:.==----_----:::-=_-.J
33.15
Motors Ml - 40

Electric Motor Management


Single Phasing
Single phasing is the loss of one phase in a 3
phase system
Causes
- In building or plant
- Pole hits
- Tree limbs
- Animals
- Lightning
- In other words, this does happen

Motors Ml - 41
Single Phasing Cont.
Each 100 C rise in temp. reduces motor life 50%
In single phasing, only one phase pairing
remains, leading to large amperage increases
and HEAT
NEC 430.36 states that if fused, all 3 phases
should be fused. Similar statements for thermal
overload devices
Further, these overload protections should be
sized on "actual loads" rather than name plate
(i.e. devices will trip more quickly)
Phase current increases by sq.rt.3 in single
phasing (remember the temp. increase rule)
Motors Ml - 42

Motor Sample Problem


A recent advertisement said a premium
efficiency 50 hp motor is available at 94.5%. It
would replace a motor that presently runs at
90.7%. Given the parameters below, calculate
the cost of operating both motors and the
savings for conversion:
- Motor runs 8760 hours/year
- Demand cost is $10 per kW month
- Energy cost is $0.06/kWh
- Motor runs at 80% load all the time
Motors Mi - 43
Motor Sample Problem

Motor Sample Problem


Cost to operate premium efficiency motor
-Demand

-Energy

-Total
Savings
Motors Ml - 45
Tools to Help
The following software packages are available free from OIT of DoE.
Contact OIT Clearinghouse 800-862-2086 or clearinghouse@ee.doe.gov
They are also downloadable from the DoE web site.
- MotorMaster: An energy-efficient motor selection and management
tool. Motor inventory management, maintenance log tracking,
efficiency analysis, savings evaluation, energy accounting, and
environmental reporting
- Pump System Assessment Tool (PSAT): Efficiency of pumping system
operations. Pump performance and potential energy and other cost
savings
- ASD Master: Adjustable speed drive evaluation methodology and
application software. Available from EPR! also.
- Steam Sourcebook: Guide to improved steam system performance.

Motors M1 - 46

Additional Motor Problems


In session J, work problems J6,J7,J8 and
J9.

Motors Ml - 47
Motors and Drives

Motors Ml - 48

Electric Motor Management


Drives
Motors are fixed speed devices likely
running between NLRPM and FLRPM
Other speeds on the driven end have to
be engineered (which will affect the load
on the motor)
Because of the "fan" laws (pumping or
blowing) centrifugal devices are desired
applications for varying CFM or GPM
Motors Ml - 49
Electric Motor Management
Fan Laws
(Centrifugal Devices ONLY)
CFM 2 = CFM1(RPMiRPM 1) 1st law

Motors Ml - 50

Electric Motor Management


Fan Laws Example
A 40 HP centrifugal blower is on a forced
draft cooling tower. It is basin
temperature controlled but conversion to a
variable speed drive is being considered.
When the blower is running at V2 speed,
what is the impact on the CFM and what is
the HP requirement?

Motors Ml - 51
Electric Motor Management
Fan Laws Example
New CFM is .Jv old CFM
(}1- ___ :5 1ff
New HP requirement is: iy-~D/

These type savings are why variable


speed drives are so popular today
Motors M1 - 52

Electric Motors
Variable Volume Options
Outlet damper control (see sketch, location 1)
Inlet vane control (see sketch, location 2)
Magnetic clutching (see sketch, location 3)
- Eddy current clutch
- Permanent magnetic clutch
Variable Frequency Drives (see sketch,
location 4)
Hydraulic drives, variable sheaves, etc.
Motors Ml - 53
Electric Motors
Variable Volume Options
1
Sketch

3
Motors Ml - 54
4

Variable Speed Drive


Alternatives Performance
The next page shows performance
expectations from an older EPR! report
The page after that shows performance
from a more recent PNL test
A later slide shows an "average" VAV
loading profile. It can be used as a
default loading if better figures are not
available. Quick Fan from DoE presents
another default possibility.
Motors Ml - S5
LOAf.) FRA011QN."-,
Typical Power Consumption of Various Control Systems
Motors M1 - 56
45

40 4$>oi;
40

36 '~iV
35

30 .... '"

15

10

800 1000 1200


'"
OM",
-* -+

Motors M1 - 57
Electric Motor Management
Selection of Best Option
Outlet damper control
. - Simple and effective
- Not effiCient, infrequently used
- Great candidate for conversion to others
Inlet vane control
- Simple and effective
- More efficient than outlet damper, but
significantly less than other options, fairly
frequently used
- Great candidate for conversion to others
Motors Ml 58
M

Electric Motor Management


Selection of Best Option
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD)
- Probably most efficient
- Competitive cost
t- Harmonic concerns (input and output)
- Remote (clean area) installation
- Multiple motors may be connected to one
drive providing higher savings, but sizing is
critical
- Motors and load must be agreeable to VFDs
Motors Ml . 59
Variable Frequency Drive
Example
A large (50 HP) blower with inlet vane control
drives a VAV system operating 6500 hours per
year. Energy costs $0.04/kWh. What is the
total savings per year for removing the inlet
vane control and replacing it with a VFD?
- Assume the performance data in slide 56 and the
loading data in slide 61 applies
- Construct an Excel spread sheet to do the caiculation:i

Motors Ml - 60
Electric Motor Management
Selection of Best Option
Outlet damper control
. - Simple and effective
- Not efficient, infrequently used
- Great candidate for conversion to others
Inlet vane control
- Simple and effective
- More efficient than outlet damper, but
significantly less than other options, fairly
frequently used
- Great candidate for conversion to others
Motors Ml - 58

,,

\
Electric Motor Management
Selection of Best. Option
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD)
- Probably most efficient
- Competitive cost
{ - Harmonic concerns (input and output)
- Remote (clean area) installation
- Multiple motors may be connected to one
drive providing higher savings, but sizing is
critical
- Motors and load must be agreeable to VFDs
Motors Ml - 59
Variable Frequency Drive , \

Example
A large (50 HP) blower with inlet vane control
drives a VAV system operating 6500 hours per
year. Energy costs $0.04/kWh. What is the
total savings per year for removing the inlet
vane control and replacing it with a VFD?
- Assume the performance data in slide 56 and the
loading data in slide 61 applies
- Construct an Excel spread sheet to do the calculations

Motors Ml - 60
/

\
VFD: Default Loading Profile
,--_., ..." . , . , ,

32~~~-T~~~~~~~~~
TYPICAL VAV SYSTEM
DUTY CYCLE
--cf.
UJ
:e
.-...
~ 16
-
~

a:
w ," " '
0..
o

LOAD FRACTION f%)


Motors M1 - 61
Variable Frequency Drive Example

Annual Savings for a Large Air Handler


Motors Ml - 62

Variable Frequency Drive


Example
Calculation for 50% load row in Spread
Sheet:

(50HP)(O.746kWjHP)(O.72-0.20)(O.23)(6500hrJyr)($O.04jkWH) ; $1159

Spread Sheet repeats this for all rows


-

Motors Ml - 63


Electric Motor Management
Selection of Best Option
Magnetic clutches (permanent magnet or
eddy current)
- Bulky and heavy on motor shaft
~- No harmonics
- Close to same savings as VFDs, but less

Motors Ml - 64

$$$$
Choose the technology that your staff
understands and likes to use
You probably don't want to mix
technologies in a given facility
Most efficient is VFD followed closely by
magnetic clutching followed (way back) by
inlet vane and outlet damper controls

Motors Ml - 65
$$$$
Concentrate on centrifugal or axial applications:
- Chilled water pumps, cooling water pumps,
etc.
- Blowers on cooling towers or VAV (variable-
air-volume) HVAC units
- Axial fans on induced draft cooling towers
- Use square law curves of savings for axial
fans (probably very conservative)

Motors M1 - 66

$$$$
For cooling towers, work on air side as
opposed to water side
- Larger motors
- Doesn't affect operation as much
(freeze protection, biological control,
etc.)
- Multiple cell towers may be a good
candidate for one drive on multiple
motors Motors Ml - 67

-
Electric Motor Management
Axial and Reciprocating
Centrifugal laws do not apply
More difficult to predict savings but axial
works well (use squared curve to
approximate all but recip?)
Certainly, improved soft start operation
and perhaps control)
Obviously, savings if converting from
constant volume to variable volume
Motors Ml . 68

$$$$
Variable Speed Drive
Applications
Any large centrifugal blower or pump that runs a
lot!
- Constant volume? Convert to variable volume
- Variable volume with inlet or outlet control
Chilled water pumps, large campus
Cooling water pumps
VAVs using inlet vane
Forced draft (blower) cooling towers
Motors Ml - 69
New Technology Options

For variable speed applications in small air


handlers and small HVAC systems, there
are several new technologies that may be
more energy efficient than AC induction
motors with VFDs.
SR motors - switched reluctance motors
VR motors - variable reluctance motors
PM motors - permanent magnet motors
Electronically commutated motors
Motors Ml ~ 70
Sustainable Green Buildings

Introduction to Sustainability,
ENERGY STAR for Buildings,
Green Globes, LEED Programs,
And ASH RAE 189.1

Updated - July 2011

Sustainability Defined
Design Ecology Project:
Sustainability is a state or process that can be maintained indefinitely.
The principles of sustainability integrate three closely intertwined
elements - the environment, the economy, and the social system - into
a system that can be maintained in a healthy state indefinitely.

Brundtland Commission of the UN:


Development is sustainable "if it meets the needs of the present
without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their
own needs."

ASH RAE defines Sustainability:


"Providing for the needs of the present without detracting from the
ability to fulfill the needs of the future."

N-2
1Qft(f1
Sustainable Design - Green Buildings
Are designed and constructed in accordance with practices that
significantly reduce or eliminate the cradle to grave negative impacts
of buildings on the environment and occupants in five broad areas:

Sustainable Site Planning


Safeguarding Water and Water Efficiency
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy
Conservation of Materials and Resources
Indoor Environmental Quality

All relate back to the previous definition of Sustainability

All of these are contained in the LEED Standard (Leadership in


Energy and Environmental Design)

N3 I~I

Benefits of Green Buildings


Environmental - reduced impacts on natural resource consumption
Economic - improves the bottom line - savings through efficiency and
productivity
Health and Safety - enhanced occupant comforVhealth
Community - minimize strain on local infrastructures and improve the
quality of life
Reduced Operating Costs - primarily through energy savings - lower
energy bills by 20% to 50%
Optimized Life - cycle economic performance vs. minimum first cost
emphasis.
Increased Building Valuation - use the formula: asset value increases at
ten times the reduction in annual operating cost per sq. It basis (CAF)
Decreased vacancies - improves tenant retention & gives a marketing
edge
Reduced liabilitv - improves risk management, Le. no mold

N4
-
Energy Efficiency is the First Step
to being Green
The Energy Manager determines how "green" a new or existing building
will be, in terms of greenhouse gas impacts and fuel consumption, The
Energy Manager needs to playa leadership role in the green building
process, regardless of the system or methodology used,

BOMA - Kingsley Quarterly:


The Building Owners & Managers Association (BOMA) and Kingsley
Associates devoted an entire publication to this concept showing that
energy costs represent 30% of a typical building's annual budget, and is
the single largest operating cost.

Energy Information Administration:


Commercial buildings account for 18% of the total U,S. energy
consumption.

N-5

ENERGY STAR@:
The First Step to Sustainable
Green Buildings
The ENERGY STAR for
Commercial Buildings Program

N-6 latrCrl
Portfolio Manager
and
EPA's
Energy Performance Score

N-7

Benchmark Using Portfolio Manager

Free, online, benchmarking tool for existing buildings


Measures whole-building actual energy performance using
easy to understand 1 to 100 score
Tracks energy intensity, cost, emissions
~ Normalizes for weather, operating hours, occupant density,
and other characteristics
~ Provides low-cost "pre-audits" of building energy use
Helps meet regulatory requirements
Provides ENERGY STAR label for buildings
Also used for LEED EB (existing buildings)

N-8
Importance of a
Comparative Metric
Is 60 MPG high or low s 90 kBtu/SF/YR high or low
for this automobile? for this building?

EPA's National Energy


Performance Score Scale

The score scale overlays a


1 to 100 scale
over national data,
giving relative meaning to
energy use

N - 10 Ic..wtrl
How Scores are Calculated
Most based on the Commercial Building Energy
Consumption Survey (CBECS)
v'National survey conducted by the Department of
Energy's Energy Information Administration
v'Conducted every four years
v'Gathers data on building characteristics and energy
use from thousands of buildings across the U.S.
The building is not compared directly to other buildings
entered into Portfolio Manager
Statistically representative models are used to compare
your building against similar buildings from CBECS

N - 11 I~I

Building Types Eligible to Receive an


, ENERGY STAR Score
Uo..,LIJ ~ v-

I fr titvlj'
Yif( tYIf j t!~h/' Bank/Financi
81
Courthouse Data Centers Dormitories Hospitals

/0/ i~/
;J.-; ftj~
Hotels Houses of K~12 Schools MedicalOffices Office Buildings
Worship

New in 201l!
Senior care
Communities

Retail stores Supermarket Warehouses Wastewater


Treatment Plants
N -12
~''''''II Buildings Can Benchmark

Even if a building is not eligible to receive a score ...

Benchmark the building against itself and look at trends


in historical data
Compare the building to others in a portfolio to create an
"internal benchmark"
Compare the building's energy use intensity (EUI) to the
national average for that building type to set
performance targets

N - 13 I~I

User-Friendly Data Inputs

Examples
N - 14
Ways to Obtain the Score or EUI
Single Building Manual Entry
./ Enter building and energy consumption
information directly into Portfolio Manager
Excel Data Upload
./ Upload data into Portfolio Manager using an
Excel template (for multiple buildings)
Automated Benchmarking Services
./ Use an ENERGY STAR Service and Product
Provider to have the rating automatically
integrated into your energy information and
bill handling system for a portfolio

N -15

.J
-a
c z
fa
J!J
-~ '"
"'...,
~i
...,s
c cu
cu >
S
~
0
I-
UCL
o S
C ....
Energy Efficient Buildings Are
A Market Differentiator!

",. 30%
~.~
." 25%
~=s
coO 20%
0"
e-,!'l
15%

>00
o
00" 10%

*,~ 5%
0%

liI:Renlal Rale Primlium 15.50% 11.60% 8%

2.50% ,6%, 3% 1.33%

See www.imt.om/ratingayaluefor more information

N - 17
1Qff(it1

Tools and Resources to Improve


Building Energy Performance

N-18
Identify and Establish Priorities
Across Your Portfolio of Buildings

opportunities are in
..2j-7--'~~ lower quartiles, where
there is the greatest
for

N -19
Leverage ENERGY STAR Tools
to Plan Upgrades
Building Upgrade Manual
ENERGY STAR~'

Financial Evaluation Tools Building Upgrade Manual

iIii. . . . . .
- Building Upgrade
Value Calculation =~:.;::.--
~-~"-~.

- Financial Value
Calculator
...n.Bdiot""'
_. __.. l .... ~ .. _"~'"....,,.""_~ ... oI."""'Irwo_~_-...
0101,,~"'~"[o"''''''''''_''_'''~'''''''''_'''-'''''_
"'-n_~nIo'ooI"H_"'''_Io __ .",,_,_''''_'''''IiI_''_II_~...r.
_ .......... -, ...... ..,..... _
- Cash Flow Opportunity _._. 1--..
'o"'*,.~fIo<Iw.t<._

Calculator
",-_ ..,.,'_; ....".,I""'1!Nr>1
s.-r_ ~ _rtooo
_~6iI I, WI_R.. .

<__ ...... ~l'nIkdw."'*bn


I ='~"
- ".... P-"p~>'I
...... ...
' ,

Live and online trainings !!!!!lEl !llE!E!iil

on best practices
---
............-
IIS'GI'SlAAIln.j

-,~",I
c::Jl.ii!
c=::::::iil
c:::Jiiii]

N - 20

L .... : L . . . . ~: L. l [
Commercial Building Design Tools
And Best Practices
Leverage guidance for designing commercial
buildings to achieve ENERGY STAR
. Use EPA's Target Finder tool
./' Set an annual energy target for building designs
./' Compare energy use from simulations with energy
performance goals
./' Monitor impact on performance as design is
modified
Achieve "Designed to Earn the ENERGY STAR"
recognition .
./' Must achieve a target rating of 75 or better using
Target Finder. Must have at least 95%of
construction documents generated; have no utility
bills; and have a Statement of Energy Design
Intent signed by a an RA or a PE.
N - 21

Recognition Opportunities

N - 22
Earn the ENERGY STAR for
Commercial Buildings

Over 12,000 buildings have earned


the ENERGY STAR to date
Applies to a one-year period of energy
performance - buildings maintaining
an energy performance score of 75
can apply for the label each year
Superior Energy
Management!


1 50

75
.
100
Percentile of Commercial Building Population
in terms of Energy Performance
N - 23
1 1 1 J 1 1

ENERGY STAR
Statement of Energy Performance

Validates information STATEMENT Of ENERGY PERFORMANCE


Sample Facility
-""--
entered in Portfolio
B~In:"l'2;>9l)"1,S.
J'm't2_cllI ~E~"""1 ro, ~009;
041:e :JP-~K t'UI~: ~tZ~.='5! D4a.:eIi'~:M~ 2S<,.2OO!l-

Manager F..:IIItb'
$=~F~
Q) ~ a~d
)\($n;I"",.VAl2.."'C1
F\lIoIllIt'k~
T~~~~
:r-<l~ AS-C~
1'lI1l'f.3x.. V"':i!Z:l31
31G-1St-37S7
P~oont.N!_1\:r Iesw~
"S
"l'jiIS J'S,c.i$kerl
Fl!f<I\:I!I:.. 'Wt.~2tl!1
3*lS"37a7
~~!.I~~=

Stamped and signed by YloMButI(;a!.!G


01'<>'10" Fl\:QT Am ~ N;1!'Ce

EMJ:elI Fe~~ ftWU~$ ~f--mm~ tOO

a Licensed Professional ~!W_IWUH,S~a

..,.,-
I~:a:,<j~ :r.~G"
~B'i G:I:.osru),,- ~

../ Professional .""""0-


7>~El=1I't {tS\lj

$M: ~\I.9l.l.hl\\n
~

.,"';::
~~er>.!1l!ie~UR'"!
Green""",..,
~~ I5'nm*"~~M=~

Engineer
:

OEtl!Itltrt.o>OIWbIm.t_~
~~!.p<>=c",

../ Registered Architect --


~~A~COmpul(,_
~iII!"'~~EV1
N:tI:ooIIIA~~eiEU1
'Io:::>I!liI;~O!"~~~~$>:ur=Ul

MM1G_tryillYn_fCt_CQg'Envfm~
.-
's
~~
ro

P:l'ore<rck>mOl S'nirInlHlr
Cc~ I..ken:te~; 12:$4$
1$I_:wt

Required for a building '~"""k<:~~)4Jf:IQIi~


k~TII.=I~~CQml~
.,...,..
'iN
.E
ZlSI -FWIm1l

-
_~'!~n "'0"9 ~"~.V""~2:l<Il
:rn~3cr7l'

to earn the ENERGY ~~~~~~~~~~~~1:.=~~',w~""----"----


,!='~tm..~~..::e."~~_....,~"",
::="'~~~.at~~~_<tt~_~M;r.._~
_ _,,,-",o"t>_
__ ~_""'~~.
STAR

N - 24
Role of the Licensed Professional
Verify that:
./ All energy use accounted for accurately
./ Building characteristics are properly reported - and
that at least 50% of the facility's gross floor space (not
including garages and parking lots) must be
comprised of an eligible space type as shown in slide
N -12 .
./ Building is fully functional in accordance with industry
standards
./ Indoor environment criteria met
Validate the Statement of Energy Performance (SEP)
and Data Checklist by signing and stamping the SEP
and Data Checklist
N -25 10tCf1

Green and Energy Goals


LEED EB Points

Prerequisite! 80 9
69 Required
81 10
11
73 2
83 12
74 3
85 13
75 4
76 5
89 15
n 6 91 16
78 7 17
79 8 95 18

N - 26 1Qff(t1
Additional Recognition Opportunities

ENERGY STAR Leaders for


organization-wide improvement
' Benchmark portfolio of buildings
' Show improvement of 10%, 20%, 30%, etc.
' Average portfolio score of 75 or higher
Designed To Earn the ENERGY STAR
for commercial building design projects
ENERGY STAR Partner of the Year
Awards for top energy management
programs

N-27 IOCN'I

Remember ...
The First Step to Green is BLUE!

The role of the Energy Manager is to maintain a focus on energy


efficiency in building operations & management and throughout the
green building process

Whichever green building certification you are considering (LEED,


Green Globes, etc.), it is important to ensure that buildings are energy
efficient
Requiring new construction to be Designed to Earn the ENERGY
STAR can provide an energy efficiency "insurance policy"
Requiring benchmarking after new buildings are operating will ensure
they are performing as designed
Green Building Rating and
Certification Systems
Although there are a number of green building rating
systems worldwide, the following two are commonly
used in North America:
Green Buildings Initiative's Green Globes System
The United States Green Building Council's Leadership
in Energy and Environmental Design, LEED, rating
system.

A Question frequently asked, 'Why are there green buildings rating systems
when we already have Energy Star?"
Response, "Energy Star is focused exclusively on energy, green systems focus
on energy and the environment, what's called sustainability; for sites, water,
materials, indoor environmental quality, and energy."

N - 29

The Green Building Initiative


Green Globes (www.thegbi.org)
A Better Way to Build
The mission of the Green Building Initiative is to accelerate the
adoption of building practices that result in energy-efficient, healthier
and environmentally sustainable buildings by promoting credible and
practical green building approaches for residential and commercial
construction.
GBI is a non-profit 501 (c)(3) organization governed by a mUlti-
stakeholder board of 15 directors featuring representatives from
industry, NGOs, construction, architects and academic institutions.
Green Globes: This is GBI's green building guidance and assessment
program and offers an effective, practical and affordable way to
advance the overall environmental performance and sustainability of
commercial buildings.

N-30
Elements of the Green Globe
Assessment Program

Comprehensive environmental assessment protocol


Software tools that speed and simplify online
assessment
Best practices guidance for green construction and
operations
Qualified assessors with green building experience
Rating/certification system

N - 31 laetfl

Personnel Certification Program


Two Green Globes Professional Types:
Green Globes Professional- receive formal training and
are qualified to offer project technical support and
consulting for projects.
Green Globes Assessor - these are highly experienced
industry professionals who complete extensive training
and testing and are authorized to perform third-party
assessments on behalf of GBI.
Alberici Corporation Headquarters
This two-story, 11 O,OOO-square foot Class-A office building in St.
Louis, Missouri achieved Four Green Globes in recognition of
leadership in the incorporation of energy and environmental
considerations in planning and construction.

-
Green Globes Tools
(Ref: www,thegbi,org)
Green Globes is a revolutionary green building guidance and
assessment program that integrates a comprehensive environmental
assessment protocol, software tools, qualified assessors with green
building expertise, and a rating/certification system. Together, this
combination of tools and services integrate to offer an effective,
practical and affordable way to advance the overall environmental
performance and sustainability of buildings .

The Green Globes software tools and ratings/certification system are


based on the recognized and proven Green Globes assessment
protocol, thus environmental impact is comprehensively assessed on a
1,000 point scale in multiple categories: Energy, Indoor Environment,
Site Impact, Water, Resources, Emissions, and ProjecVEnvironmental
Management.

N - 34 1Cltf\P1
.

Green Globes Tools e~m=IIl:~


(Ref: www.thegbi.org/green-globes-tools/)
New building projects are enhanced by the use of Green Globes New
Construction software tool and the Green Globes LCA Credit Calculator.
Existing building environmental management and operations can be
enhanced through the use of the Green Globes Continual Improvement
for Existing Building software tool. Qualified third party assessors (with
expertise in green building design, construction and management)
conveniently interface witl> project teams and building owners dUring the
assessment process to review progress, make enhancement
suggestions, and validate environmental achievements for building
projects. Both new and existing buildings can be bench marked and
recognized for their environmental achievements by pursuing a formal
Green Globes Rating/Certification.

With opportunities to eam from one to four Green Globes, depending on


the level of performance achieved, Green Globes rating/certification IS
suitable and practically attainable for a wide range of construction
projects and existing buildings.

N - 35 I~I

LEED Programs

Leadership in Energy and


Environment Design
through the
US Green Buildings Council
USGBC

November 2009
N-36
The US Green Building Council

Mission Statement
"To transform the way buildings and communities
are designed, built and operated, enabling an
environmentally and socially responsible, healthy,
and prosperous environment that improves the
quality of life."
- Formed in April 1993 and led by D. Gottfried, a
developer, M. Italiano, an environmental
attorney, and R. Fedrizzi, head of environmental
communications for Carrier Corp.

N - 37
J I ] J )

The Growing Family of


LEED Building Rating Systems

Family of Rating Systems

. LEED!:
II .. '.':?-'~~"'..~-~~.'.'-:"-~ ':~~:.':':~::'.~ ..~~:~:. ;
for for for for for
New Existing Commercial Core and Homes
Construction Buildings Interiors Shell (2008)
(2000) (2004) (20Q4) (2005)
(Operations and
Mainenance)

por building owners and For building owners and For building owners, For developers and For residential building
design teams that service providers that tenants and design design teams that owners, developers and
address the new address building teams that address address the new design teams that
building design and operation and on-going commercial interiors building design and address the new
construction or major upgrades and design and installation, construction process for residential building
renovations process. performance process. (Note: process buildings where the design and construction
Also referred to as improvements. can be driven by either interiors are not part of process.
LEED 2.0. owners or tenants.) the initial design
process.

\
N - 38
LEED Programs for:
../ New Construction
../ Existing Buildings: 0 & M
../ Commercial Interiors
../ Neighborhood Development
../ Core & Shell
../ Healthcare
../ Schools
../ Homes
../ Retail
../ Laboratories

N - 39 I~I

EED NC 2.2 and v3-2009


LEED NC is in transition during 2009 from version 2.2 to
Version 3- 2009 .
On 1st July 2009, v3-2009 became official
Projects registered before v3-2009 took effect were
registered as 2.2
Projects registered as 2.2 will have the choice to change
to v3- 2009 or remain 2.2.

N 40 I~I
LEED v3-2009 Discussion
Structured around the familiar 5 elements of Sites,
Water, Energy, Materials & Resources and Indoor
Environmental Quality.
Not a teardown and rebuild of LEED 2.2 but a
reorganization and reweighting of credits.
More emphasis on credits that reflect climate change,
energy efficiency and cost efficiency. Energy
Engineers and Energy Managers, here's our chance.
Regionalization is part of the Bonus Points

N41

LEED v3-2009 Discussion


The Water Category now has a 20% water reduction
prerequisite. Previously, there was no water
prerequisite.
Four rating systems have been reweighted and now
have 110 total available, made up as 100 base points
and 6 Innovation and 4 Regional points.
These four are LEED NC for Commercial and
Institutional, Core & Shell, K-12 Schools and LEED
EB-O&M
In LEED v3-2009, there is an Innovation credit for
documenting sustainable cost impacts.

N -42
LEED v3 2009 Family Updates
2009 New Construction for Commercial and
Institutional Facilities. Includes variations for Schools
and Core & Shell
2009 for Commercial Interiors, CI
2009 Existing Buildings Operations & Maintenance
2009 Homes
2009 - Retail for NC and CI
2009 - Neighborhood Development
Healthcare - April 2011

N - 43

LEED Related Programs


\, .1. Building Certification
.~ - Certified, Silver, Gold, Platinum
2. Professional Accreditation programs
3. Green Building Certifications Institute, GBCI
4. LEED Training Workshops
5. Local Chapters
6. Educational Resources
- Web Site www.usgbc.org

N 44

J
USGBC Green Buildings
Certifications Institute

GBCI, established by the USGBC in January 2008, provides third-


party project certification and professional credentials recognizing
excellence in green building performance and practice. This
includes:
Maintenance of the building certifications processes including the
online version
Verifying the eligibility of applicants for professional accreditation
The professional credentialing maintenance program, i.e.
ongoing training such as CEUs.
Maintenance of the exam programs and administering the exam
process

N - 45

LEED Professionals
In 2009, the USGBC released a revised
accreditation program for professionals:
LEED Accredited Professional - those who
passed the old tests last given in the Spring
of 2009 are grandfathered in

New Programs
LEED Green Associate
LEED Accredited Professional in NC, EB,
CI,C&S, Schools, etc
LEED Fellow
N -46 Ic.wcrl
LEED Green Associate
Requirements: Satisfy eligibility and pass the exam
LEED GA is for those who want to demonstrate green
building expertise in non-technical fields of practice.
The GBCI has created the LEED GA credential,
which denotes basic knowledge of green design,
construction, and operations.
LEED GA candidates need to have done one of the
following in order to be eligible to sit for the exam:
Attend an education program that addresses green
building principles. Any of USGBC's workshops or
online courses satisfy this requirement.
Worked in support of a LEED-registered project.
Worked in a sustainable field of work.
N - 47 I~I

LEEDAP
Requirements: Satisfy Eligibility and pass the Exam

The LEED AP signifies an advanced depth of knowledge in green


building practices; it also will reflect the ability to specialize in a
particular LEED Rating System. The LEED AP exam is divided
into two parts. The first part is the LEED Green Associate exam,
which demonstrates general knowledge of green building
practices. The second part is a specialty exam based on one of
the LEED Rating Systems.

Eligibility Requirements: Candidates must have experience in the


form of documented professional experience on a LEED project,
within the last 3 years, with verification through LEED Online or
employer attestation.

N -48 I~I
LEED Fellow

LEED Fellows become part of an extraordinary class of


leading professionals distinguished by their years of
experience and contributions to the standards of
practice and body of knowledge for achieving
continuous improvement in the green building field.

The first class of LEED Fellows were nominated in


January 2011.

N-49

LEED Statistics - As of April 2011

More than 40,000 commercial and industrial projects


have gone through or are in the process of LEED
Certification, representing 7.9 billion square feet of
construction space in 50 states and 117 countries.
Austin Business Journal - by Ginger Christ, Ashley
Furness, Dayton Business Journal, Austin Business
Journal Date: Thursday, April 14, 2011, 1:35pm COT

There are over 200,000 LEED Accredited Professionals


as of 2011

N50
LEED NC V3-2009

LEED for NC and Major Renovations

Sample Technical Review for a


Commercial Building

K-12, C&S, CI, are slightly different

N51

LEED for NC V3-2009


Credit Categories & 110 points available
Sustainable Sites 26 possible points
Water Efficiency 10 possible points
Energy & Atmosphere 35 possible points
Materials & Resources 14 possible points
Indoor Environmental Quality 15 possible points
Innovation & Design Process 5 possible points
LEED Accredited Professional 1 possible point
Regional Priority 4 possible points

.il.. 4 Levels of Certification


vr::: - Certified 40-49
- Silver 5O-S9
- Gold 60-79
- Platinum 80 and above

Note: that AEE's CEM skills are applicable to more than half of the total available
points on Water, Energy and IEQ.

N - 52 1(lINti
ASHRAE Advanced Energy Design
Guides, AEDG

FREE PDF Download


http://www.ashrae.org/publications/page/1604
Good "prescriptive" startto energy efficient design
Breaks down the country into Climate Zones - each
Zone having own requirements
Covers insulation, walls, windows, HVAC efficiencies,
lighting watts/sq ft and more.

N - 53

LEED for Existing Buildings:


Operations and Maintenance

V3-2009

November 2009
N54
LEED EB: OaM

What's new and improved with LEED EB:O&M?


- Streamlined reporting
- Fewer prerequisites
- Greater focus on operations and maintenance
- Ease of scale for use in greening large portfolios
of existing buildings
- More rewards for measured environmental
performance

N55

Prerequisites and Credits


Similar categories as for other LEED Rating Systems:
- Sustainable Sites
- Water Efficiency
- Energy and Atmosphere
- Materials and Resources
- Indoor Environmental Quality
- Innovation and Design Process
- LEED-EB Accredited Professional
- Regional Priority credits

N -56 IQlf(pI
j

J
LEED 2009 EB Minimum Requirements
Comply with environmental laws
Be complete, permanent Building or space
Use a reasonable site boundary
Minimum of 1,000 square feet
Serves more than 1 FTE occupant
Commit to sharing energy and water data
Gross floor area to be no less than 2% of the gross
land area within the LEED project boundary

N - 57

The LEED EB: O&M - Rating Scale

4 Levels of Certification:
LEED-EB Certified 40 to 49 points
Silver Level 50 to 5 points
Gold Level 60 to 79 points
Platinum Level 80 points and above

N - 58
LEED-EB: 08tM - Point Distribution
Points
26 Sustainable Sites
14 Water Efficiency
35 Energy and Atmosphere
10 Materials and Resources
15 Indoor Environmental Quality
100 Base Points

4 Innovation and Design Process


1 Documenting Sustainable Building Cost Impacts
4 Regional Priority
1 LEED Accredited Professional
110 Total Points Available

N - 59 Ic.:wtfl

How To Download the LEED Rating


Systems
Go to the U.S. Green Building Council Web Site at
www.usgbc.org/leed
Choose Rating System
Click on the rating system you would like to download
for free.
Note that the Reference Guide must be purchased if
desired.

N - 60
r.

The LEED Process


"It Begins in the Beginning"
Team Must Define & Agree on "What is Success"

Integrate the design TEAM on Day 1 of Design


LEED Coordinator meets "in the beginning" with owner and design
team
Identify environmental motivations
Understand goals, objectives, barriers to success.
Determine LEED Level desired
r Discuss LEED impact on the scope of project team responsibilities
Use the following checklists as the "Road Map" to Success.

N61

ASHRAE and USGBC


ASHRAE Standard 189.1

Intro to ASHRAE Standard


189.1 High-Performance Green
Buildings and the GreenGuide

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ . - . - . _ ..- ...
ASHRAE GreenGuide
Third Edition November 2010
Title - The Design, Construction and Operation of Sustainable Buildings
Covers the need-to-know information on what to do, where to turn, what
to suggest and how to interact with other members of the design team in
a productive way.
Features new information on guidelines on sustainable energy master
planning; updates on teaming strategies; information on how issues
related to carbon emissions affect building design and operational
decisions; building information modeling (81M); strategies for greening
existing buildings; updates on newly developed green building rating
systems and standards; and compliance strategies for key ASH RAE
standards. Also, the GreenTips found throughout this edition highlight
techniques, processes, measures or special systems in a concise
format.

N - 67

CEM Test Review Questions


1. LEED-NC includes the following four levels:
A) Certified, Gold, Silver, and Bronze
GWCertified, Gold, Silver, and Platinum
C) Bronze, Silver, Gold, and Platinum
D) Certified, Gold, Bronze, and Platinum

2. For a building to be ENERGY STAR eligible, ___ of the building


space must be used by the primary use identified in the Portfolio
Manager Application.
A) 25% 50% C) 75% D) 100%

3. When using the ENERGY STAR Portfolio Manager, the applicants'


--4--
building rating must be to qualify for the Energy Star Label.
A) 20 or greater , )

B) 50 or greater -...I
C) 75 or greater
D) 95 or greater
N68 Icvrcrl J

J
, 1
-...I
CEM Test Review Questions - Cont.
4. LEEO uses the ENERGY STAR rating system for:
A) New Construction
fl3) Existing Buildings
Cj Homes
0) Commercial Interiors
E) None of the above

5. LEEO-NC point categories do not include:


A) Sustainable Sites
@)J Lighting
C) Energy and Atmosphere
0) Water Efficiency

N -69
Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning (HVAC)
Systems

HVAC -1

Why Bother?
HVAC systems use lots of electric energy
- 20% for commercial and institutional
buildings
-13% for residences
- Industrial refrigeration can consume more
than 50% of the electricity at a facility

HVAC-2
Why Bother? (cont)
Provide environmental comfort for;>eopl
in residences and other bUildings~~
Many different machines
Many possible configurations
Oesigns are generally unique
- Present many opportunities for savings
Many older system designs are inefficient
- Present significant retrofit savings
HVAC-3

Simple Systems
Residential systems are direct expansion
COX) "split systems"
- Outdoor unit is compressor and
condenser
- Indoor unit is evaporator
Rooftop Units CB.TU) are OX
-Compressor and evaporator in same
unit
- Examples are large warehouse ct-I"'I,"':U'

OX-air is directly oooIed in evapo ,

..J
Simple Systems
Evaporating a liquid requires energy-
usually in the form of heat
Heat in the room air evaporates the
refrigerant in the evaporator
- Residential located in attic or closet
- RTU on roof with condenser
Fan blows warm room air across evaporator
- Heat taken from air
-Cold air sent to space
HVAC-S

Simple Systems
Evaporated refrigerant vapor goes to the
condenser and it is compressed
- To condense a vapor it must be cooled
and give up energy
Fan blows outdoor air across condenser
- Refrigerant is condensed to liquid
- Heat goes into outdoor air

HVAC-6
Refrigerant Properties

Condenser must be hotter than


outdoor air
Evaporator must be cooler than
indoor air

HVAC7

Refrigerants
Mostly artificial, engineered substances
Methane molecule, CH 4 =1 carbon (C) and
4 hydrogen (H) atoms
-R-12=replace H atoms with 2 CI and 2 F
atoms, CCI 2F2 (CFC class)
-R-22=replace 3 H atoms with 1 CI and 2
F atoms, CHClF2 (HCFC class)
Chlorine CI depletes the ozone layer
HVACg
Refrigerants
CFC's-not produced in the US since Jan 1,
1996; world-wide production now banned.
HCFC production is to end by 2030.
US production of equipment using R-22
ended Jan 1, 2010. (use R-410a)
See the Montreal Protocol and related parts
of the US Clean Air Act

HVAC -9

. Refrigerants
The group of fluorocarbons apparently
least harmful to the ozone layer are the
HFC's-hydrofluorocarbons having no CI.
-R-134a and 410a are HFC's
New refrigerants
- Positive impact on ozone, but still GHG
- Negative impact on energy efficiency,
somewhat restored by new designs

HVAC -10
Refrigerants
Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP): ratio
of the impact on ozone of a chemical
compared to the impact of a similar
mass of R-ll.
- R-ll (CFCl 3 ) ODP defined to be 1.0.
-ODP of the HFC's is zero (no
chlorine).

[http://www.epa.gov/ozone/defns.html; date visited 11/29/07]

HVAC -11

Vapor Compression Cycle

EXPANSION
VALVE

COMPRESSOR

INSIDE AIR

HVAC -12
Large Buildings and
Facilities
More complex, with additional systems
Chillers
- Large energy consumers
-Combine evaporator, compressor and
condenser into single unit
- Usually electric motor drive
Gas-engine drive and dual-drive
models available

Large Buildings and


Facilities
Fan blows room air across chilled water
(CHW) coil in air handling unit (AHU)
-Air enters coil at 1V75 of and is cooled to
1V55F.
- Heat from air goes into CHW
CHW approaches coil at 1V42 OF and
leaves at 1V54 OF
-CHW returns to chiller's evaporator
section where it is cooled
HVAC -14
Large Buildings and
Facilities
Refrigerant moves heat Q from evaporator
to condenser
- Heat Q is removed in condenser
- Heat Q goes into water in cooling tower
loop (or into air in air-cooled chiller)
Water goes to cooling tower
- Some is evaporated, taking the heat Q
from the rest of the water
- Heat Q winds up in atmosphere
HVAC -15

Large Buildings and


Facilities
Condenser
- Air-cooled chillers use
outdoor air to remove the
heat from the refrigerant
- Liquid-cooled chillers
-
typically remove heat
from the refrigerant with
water from a cooling-
tower loop
HVAC-16

Lt)W Loot 'Irr-f"VL

~v LDul
Diagram of a Typical Chiller
850 F Condenser Waler 95 0 F

Condenser

Expansion
Valva
High Pressure Side
Motor
Low PressureSide

Evaporator

Chlll&d Water
44'F 54'F

HVAC -17

Large Buildings and


~
Facilities
Performance values (peak efficiency)
- Large centrifugal water-cooled chillers
",0.45 kW/ton (EER"'27)
- Large air-cooled chillers
",0.9 kW/ton (EER"'13)
Not directly comparable-water-cooled
chillers require'more peripherals, but still
more efficient than air-cooled
HVAC -18
Large Buildings and
Facilities
Added complexity
-CHW loop with pumps
- Possibly cooling tower loop with pumps
Reasons for complexity
-Costs significantly less to move heat in
water than in air
- Cooling towers more efficient and
economical than air cooling
HVAC-19

Cooling Towers
Work by evaporating water into atmosphere
1000+ Btu of heat go into the atmosphere
for each pound of water evaporated
Typical Chiller System

1 Coo!
I-
I
1
I~~m
~I
Air.mrnll!ng ""it
coolillg ooil
HV~ E001m; adapt!!d from EPA

How it all fits together


People and other sources add heat Q to air
Air goes to AHU
- Heat Q goes into CHW increasing its temp
-Air gets cooler
CHW goes to chiller
-Heat Q goes into (evaporates) refrigerant
- Water gets chilled again

HVAC22
Heating
Except for heat pumps, heating is simpler
Small systems
- Direct-fired natural gas or oil furnaces
- Electric resistance heat furnaces
- Electric resistance baseboard heating
Larger systems
- Steam or hot water boilers may supply
heat via coils in the AHU's
HVAC23

Fans
Fans are everywhere in HVAC systems
- Commercial fans and blowers use
140,000 million kWh/year in US (worth
about $14 billion)
1>--.Remember-a pound of air costs more to
move than a pound of water (and the Heat
capacity of air is % that of water}
Big savings from proper fan management
-By varying speed (much more late~--=
HVAC-24
Fan Efficiency Guidelines
Fan Efficiency Guidelines (FEG) are
coming
Fan efficiency requirements scheduled to
appear in model codes and standards in:
-2013 ASHRAE 90.1 (Energy Standard for
Bldgs ... )
-2014 ASHRAE/USGBC 189.1 (Design of
High-Performance Green Bldgs ... )
-2015 International Energy
HVAC25

Fan Efficiency Guidelines


ASHRAE 90.1 will apply to most fans >5
hp
FEG reflects efficiency of fan only
European approach differs
- Fan Motor Efficiency Guidelines (FMEG)
address efficiency of fan-motor system
Effective Jan 1, 2013 for fans 125 W
(1/6 hp) to 500 kW (670 hp)
Temperature Control
Strategies
Vary supply air temperature while keeping air
flow rate constant-CAV or constant air volume y
approach i~u4 (r0
;J. Vary air flow rate while keeping the supply air ~~~ 'V
temperature constant-VAV or variable air volum /
system.
Vary the supply air temperature and the flow rate
as in a variable air volume reheat system.
HVAC-27

Relative Humidity Control for


Comfort
Humidification-Adding water vapor to air.
Dehumidification-Removing water vapor from
air.
-
- Accomplished typically by cooling the air
below the dew point
- Air may then be too cold for comfort
- Reheat is used to reach comfort conditions
Either way, energy required is at least 1000 Btu
per pound of water.
HVAC-28

-
Humidity Control
Rotary heat wheels can control humidity
and temperature
Rotatllm Heat ond Moisture
Of Wheel E:r.chonVfr

Huted and
Humidified Air

Worm Dry
Eltboult Gos
Hot Humidified
E"lIoll,t GOI

Duo:twork

*B.l. Capehart, et aI., G!Jidg to Energy Management 5th ed., Fairmont Press, 2003, p. 321.
HVAC~29

Humidity Control
(Graphic courtesey of HeatPipe Technology)

lt1\jtea.$et!60n:~ri$iit$',

HVAC-'. 1~5~ "TI


Air Delivery Systems
Single duct, single zone system
Zone is controlled by single thermostat
Single duct, terminal reheat system
Multizone system (, 0 ~~
Dual duct system ./ \lfJ 0~' .
Single duct, variable air volume system
- Most common system installed in large
commercial buildings
Fan coil system HVAC-31

VAV HVAC Systems


High efficiency because of use of variable speed
drive on the supply air fan.
Zone thermostat typically sends signal to local
terminal box (VAV box) above ceiling.
- Too cold, damper closes to restrict air flow
(must maintain minimum flow for ventilation)
- Pressure goes up in supply trunk to terminal
box
- Static pressure sensor signals fan controller to
slow fan to bring pressure back in range.

HVAC -32
Power and Energy in Air
Conditioning
One ton of Ale = 12,000 Btulhr
- A ton is a measure of Ale power, and is used
when sizing systems, or when determining
electrical demand.
One ton-hour of Ale = 12,000 Btu
- A ton-hour is a measure of Ale energy, and is
used when sizing storage tanks for thermal
energy storage (TES) systems, or when
determining electrical energy consumption.

HVAC 33

Performance Measures
Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER)-ratio of
cooling output in Btu to the energy in Wh
to operate system.
Btu of cooling output
EER =- ------
Wh of electric input
Btu/hr of cooling output /
W of electric input
EER is typically measured at fixed indoor
and outdoor conditions.
HVAC-34

--7 \3
Performance Measures
Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (SEER)
-Accounts for typical variation in outdoor
temperature.
- Higher than EER; used for units up to
10 tons

HVAC -35

Performance Measures
Coefficient of Performance (COP)-a more
technical term, sometimes used

COP Heat removed from cold space or delivered to hot space


Energy required to operate system

For cooling, COP and EER are related

EER
cop=--=-
3.412~
HVAC-36
Some Magic Numbers for EER and COP

EER= Btu/h of cooling output


W of electric power input
~'
COP = EER /3.412 Btu/Wh

kWin 12 3.517 (Z
-
ton EER COP

HVAC-37

Heating Seasonal Performance Factor

Measures cold-season performance of


electric heat pump
Ratio of heat output in Btu during heating
season to Wh of energy input.
A typical electric heat pump may have an
HSPF of 8.65, and an SEER of 11.6.
COP = HSPF
3.412~:

HVAC -38

"-
,~::
Examples
1. A 10 ton cooling roof top A/C unit has an EER ~)'1
of 12. What is its COP? ~ ;;;-\0
2. A 10 ton cooling roof top A/C unit has an EER
of 12. What is its kW input load at full capacity?
3. A 10 ton cooling roof top A/C unit has an EER
of 8.5. What is its COP?
4. A 10 ton cooling roof top A/C unit has an EER
of 8.5. What is its kW input load at full
capacity?

HVAC-39

Absorption Chillers
Produce large quantities of chilled water using
little electricity.
Need large source of waste or low-cost heat-
hot water or steam
No CFCs. Most use ammonia and water or
lithium bromide and water.
Characterized by low efficiency.
Single stage-COPs about 0.6 - 0.8
Two-stage-COPs about 1.0 - 1.2

HVAC -40
Gas-Engine Driven Chillers
Significant electric demand savings
Good part-load performance
Heat recovery from engine (CHP) likely needed to
be cost-effective
Most applications in areas with high demand
rates and low or moderate gas rates
Available from manufacturers
Some manufacturers have dual-drive (gas and
electric) available

HVAC -41

HRU - DeSuperheater
Recover heat from the 1V200 OF hot refrigerant
gas exiting the compressor.
Cold water (50-70 OF) can be heated to 140 to
160 OF.
Heat recovered is about 2500 Btu per hour per
ton capacity of the AC unit or air cooled chiller.
Commercially available: HVAC suppliers, or for
example, Doucette Industries in York, PA or
Trevor-Martin in St. Petersburg, FL.

HVAC -42
System Improvements
Separate 24/7 loads; use dedicated,
independent systems ..
Install VSD's on chillers, fans and pumps
Use economizer cycle when possible
- Cool with cooling towers where possible
Reduce HVAC load by improving envelope
(Section R)
Upgrade controls (Section V)
HVAC -43

System Improvements
Consider other equipment/technology (see
appendix)
-Chillers with magnetic bearings & VFD's
- Two-stage evaporative cooling
- Chilled beam systems
..:.. Variable refrigerant flow systems
- De-superheaters

HVAC-44
CEM Review Problems

1. In a vapor compression cycle air conditioner, the


refrigerant is always in the vapor state.
A) True B) False

2. A roof top air conditioner has an EER of 9.2. What is its


COP?

3. Reheat may still be needed in an HVAC system even if


the outside temperature is very high.
A) True B) False

HVAC -45

CEM Review Problems


7.h _
~-
4. A roof top air conditioner has an EER of 13.5. What is
its kWjton rating?

5. How many kWh is used to provide 120 million ton-


hours of air conditioning with a system having a COP of
3.0? Use kWhjton-h = 3.517jCOP.

HVAC-46
Boilers and Steam
Systems

Main Topics
Boilers
. Combustion
-Applies to boilers and other fired
systems (furnaces, kilns, heaters,
incinerators, thermal oxidizers, etc)
Steam Systems
-Steam generators (boilers)
- Distribution systems
Energy Conservation Opportunities
2
Why Bother?*
Boilers used 8,100 trillion Btu in 2005
-43,000 industrial boilers
-120,000 in commertial buildings
- Consumed 40% of the energy used in
those two sectors
- Few are electric
- Most produce steam, some produce hot
water
'Numbers from Characterization of the u.s. Industrial/Commercial Boiler
. Population, Environmental Analysis, Inc., Arlington, Virginia, 2005.
3

Basic Boiler Types

Firetube Boiler , Watertube Boiler


-focus of discussion
-Common in commercial bldgs

4
5

US Boiler Size Rating System


Boilers are rated in terms of input heat
rate in MMBtu/hr or boiler horsepower
output.
~. 1 boiler hp=33,475 Btu/hr
A 77% efficient boiler consumes
13 MMBtu/hr of fuel. What is its hp?

6
US Boilers
Most are skid-mounted package boilers
- Include connections for fuel, steam line,
water supply, exhaust stack and
electricity
- Most are under 600 boiler horsepower
70% ( tv 114,OOO boilers) are less than
10 MMBtu/hr heat input ( tv 225 bhp)

Boiler MACT
National Emission Standard for Hazardous
Air Pollutants (NESHAP) for Industrial,
Commercial, and Institutional Boilers and
Process Heaters
-Known as Boiler MACT for Maximum
Achievable Control Technology)
- Emission and "work practice" standards
by EPA as required by Clean Air Act

8
Boiler MACT
Initially issued 2004 by EPA
"Final" rules issued March 2011 and
immediately stayed by EPA
Amendments issued December 2011
Conservationists, industry, and courts
have been involved in controversy
Rules possibly effective soon with
compliance required about 2016?
9

Boiler MACT
An array of fuel types, boiler and process
heater sizes, emission standards and rules
has been on the table.
- Planning (by industry, commerce, and
institutions) has been based on rules in flux
- Planning must continue-some
organizations will spend millions and have
trouble meeting the deadline

10
Boiler MACT
Larger (> 10 MMBtu) units burning coal or
biomass likely will see greatest change
-Controlled pollutants: HCI, Hg, PM or TSM
(total s.elective metal) and CO?
-Annual testing and tune up, monitoring,
record keeping and reporting?
- Facility energy assessment?
- Sometimes expensive control equipment
11

Boiler MACT
Generally, smaller 10 MMBtu/hr?) units
burning natural gas or refinery gas will see
least effect
- Tune up at least every 2 years or 5
years?
- Facility energy assessment?
Boiler MACT information derived from Burns and McDonnell white paper, An Overview of
s
the EPA IndustrialBoiler MACT Rule, 12/2011, by Don Wolf, PE, and National Emission
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Major Sources: Industrial, Commerdal, and
Institutional Boilers and Process Heaters; Final Rule (40 CFR Part 63) 3/21/2011, US EPA

12
Boiler Controls
Modern modulating systems control firing
rate based on load.
-Air/fuel ratio is set by mechanical linkage
-Best systems set air and fuel flow.
independently based on measurements
of O2 in stack.
Older, simpler systems were on/off, or
high-fire/low-fire based on load.

13

Boiler Efficiency
Combustion efficiency-Ratio of fuel
energy input to that expended in boiler.
- Most energy goes to steam
-Some is lost from boiler walls
Fuel-to-steam efficiency (FTSE)-Ratio of
fuel energy input to energy in steam.
- Usually a few percent lower than
combustion efficiency
- Relatively constant with load
14
Boiler FTSE Efficiency vs. Load
Boiler size in hp, pressures in psig.
r'4A1lJRAl GAS
IBOU.ER
SI2E

Table from Boiler Efficiency Guide, Cleaver Brooks, Thomasville, Georgia, 2010

15

L ...~ l [.... [ I I I I [
Key Efficiency Issues
1. Fuel type
2. Stack gas composition ..... J; \10Yi~
3. Stack gas temperature~ -? yNI
4. Heat exchange within the boiler-related
to stack gas temp
5. Radiation and convection from boiler
surfaces-handled at factory by design
First three are most important

16

Boiler Fuels
Most boilers burn natural gas
Natural gas after processing is about 96%
methane gas, CH 4, (simplest hydrocarbon)
Know price point (point of use cost) for
switching if that is an alternative

17
Boiler Fuels
Other boiler fuels
-#2 fuel oil (similar to diesel)
- #6 fuel oil (thick, viscous liquid, may
require heat to move in winter)
-Coal
-By-product gas (e.g., refinery gas)
-Waste fuel (e.g., wood waste, rice hulls,
msw)
18

Combustion Efficiency
In any closed combustion system such as a
boiler or a furnace without secondary air,
combustion efficiency is determined by
exhaust gas measurements
The goal is to be able to carefully control
the fuel and airflow to ensure complete and
efficient combustion.
Excess air is important and too much
excess air is expensive.
CH4 + 202 ~ CO2 + 2H 2 0
+ _02 + _02
+ _N2 + _ N2
19

i
-'
Measuring Efficiency
Typically by electronic instrument with
probe in stack measuring:
-02 level
- Stack temperature rise (STR) above
boiler room temperature
Other possible measurements
-CO, NOx, 5 2, unburned fuel

20

. "
,,;~.
",,,of 5 O?.
?,/ ;> "

Natural Gas
Flue Gas Analysis vs. % Combustion Air
24

./ I'\.
.......

.... --
....
~.:;; i'--..
~ t--..
2

f2 ~ ~ v ---
d;';

.. ~
........ '<:
I'\. A

0
Kot.
eo 40 20
~ V
o. 20 40 eo 89
"DlFICIEWC"I:' OF AIR "EXCESS AIR
~ eo Be 1'00 120 140 160 1ao
ID

21
Excess Air
Promotes complete mixing in the burner
Avoids excessive CO formation (major
safety issue)
Adds N2 which carries heat out the stack
Control is based on O2 measured in stack
-Automatically (02 trim) or manually
adjust air/fuel ratio with cams, linkages,
etc on front of boiler
22

Combustion Nomograms
Graphically show effects of
-Fuel type
- Too much excess air
- High stack temperature
Also give combustion efficiency and CO 2
(Modern electronic flue gas analyzers
typically have the nomogram information
in memory and display efficiency directly)
23
80
~
~

0 " .. '" .:,~ . . . . . ~,


. .- "
,
..
.
.,. . . . . . . . .
-' .',- ...
-f ..... ' ..........' 4
- ~..
..
.
. -, .- _ i ,.,"-",.:,
-. - ,
t ...... ~ it .",~_.,ii
..
.
~'t,
....... t ... '.-. '0.

,
... ,..., ....

., ':'_i'~. ',.- .. ~-
. . .
.. ., +tf *, . . . . ._ , ., ...--, '. ';,\' ...

'

..
;
:, 1fjltf:
.. ..
.
. : - _ : jI>- _
.
..,
.
, -' -,

,,1'.1\'1':


~
.
,<ti04'f':.:

1.. f .....

'.,1 . ' ._.. ""._ .......

,"

"- to

..t_ * .. ..
72 , .. ~ .as
f.'r'.- '. -..... ~
. . .
. . .:
11 . . . . .e . . . . . . . . I ............... ,',_,,,

10

11
..
... . . .
. ..
.
~
10 " .. _ ' ' ' ' ''-' t., , ... oj ~ l'~_'" .:. ,-_~ .. ;',"_; it ~,"-' ,-, .:!II< .. _'" ... ,_.:. ''''"'' ......

5 .. ..
..
~ >Ii , l ..

.. .-f"." __........ -.,,,


,,;

Q t ,.: t' '"


... .........,! .-.,. " ........_-:' .-........ :. -.'..... ., -z--' ....... -.
g . . . .
~
.
~
-'

..
II .- t .-~. e,:" .0,. , ..

it. . . . . . , ' . . . . . . . . . . , .
t .. .- .. ",--J!- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " . . . , . . . , . . f .. -,
:.
. . ,t
=1
"
.' ...... 'II!"
'
..... ,.-....
"J
,f, *,.1.- '_11" ....., " ... jo , ' . '",:# ._
- '.. ..

"a
t)

IL.
II 11-_"

-.' ......
.f'"

_{..... If.'~


" '.... ---. : .'''' .:~ ~'i'" ........;.-.-----.... ~t:" .,'.
..
..

t_
,",'II" -+ ~,:
..

... .... "' ... r.-":......
~.-

~



_f ,

c .5 .-
'-!l.t.- '" -.,; ~:-_. _ ~
',!"f"
t.
fI, . . . . ~ ~""-"",, ~"
J!
. . . . . _.... :

.1
). 3
'...... (t ..... -,ti". ":f' t-~.Ii;; ~} I>~ ':';'--'l'~'."" oi {.)o !~... ~' "_-:0;'"

.... fI ir ..
fI-

.-
~.
,

II! "

II .-",.- :

i
..
* ..-
';co:. ~~~. t
.

f' .... ~
. '~ . -.
,.i_t-..... ~.~ .:.'..... _-,~-
.>- .', , _.' ....... " ...
. : ' -, ....

~-
_.
, . . .
-_. '. .-' .. .
1/

...,: ;,:. , . "


~ .... -_

$,'" .'. -:" . .:. ~ , ... -.

2 ...
.,., ~ ':f. 'Ui,." .''; .-, ., " .... ,
,
",'
.., . . . "
lI ..._., '.
~"-,, .';.. ,-._ .... ~ ~ "'l!-

. .
" i ~ ... ~ ..
1

- \ " ..... i~:"'" ,,_, , ..
~ .
i ..... ;.,.".,. .. ",-.....'" ;\ '" '.'" '"
- -.
of

. .
"'j ~ -., ...... .; .. -""ii" .. ~_ ..;._ ...

0
,
'.~
,
".',-,-*-**." .... ,"
..
, N


: ._..-.:_.-: -1fII':- .iii"ft "
; li't-'-."


,. i'i,:+qOl.'
.






"
~
~
.,.~.-~i
"A


..


_~
.'*tt'.

~,~* .>t:._.~

..,..""
g
t .....
"1f~.i(.t.



w
I)

71

1.


,t .,
,. . .
-.-.'.~ :.) t: ._-._-. ,'.--,'.); . tit,-.,_.~) -. ~ ...:. +,i!! tc* .'. {(,.-.-.*- ._.',., .-'t .'I1'."".'. ~~ .-.__.
~_
.
:1.l
, . .. . . . . . . . . . . .1..'

Ii- . , .
.- If

,~:-~
- '.--'

.....
-. '. --.
.- .- --.lti~_'-.-if
"t

-:<.,--t4. _. ~ .,."-,, ."


''':.-.:~-'-,tj..:.,., I-i:).. .-.- I ._i +;J .. ~ ,:.:t
- "
"':

,. . ., ii, ,', ~ -,. ,.

-: t-..- -.'.".,_." .:. . ._ *'*-: !'. !t,",.~ :.,.:-* ~ :' - .:-

JcI J

:.'~ .'.44;':*_. 4 ; . . li.:.f If.
..,.
/t._
. . .
If"
,.- ......
_.
'fo.
. _

iIl,,.
. .

:- -'-'~'-~'*i~~<'-~~:j.i ,,.. ~)~i*:.- ':.''---~ ,.'~:.,i~-~,'~.:~:",,:,: .;-_.ii *'~ .tjl ~'*:.:4',......,.


.-,-"., t
.'
'.
.-

.
.-'t: ," '.
...
,.
""~t',~ f)_. -. ,",.",. l! 't_.:.-.-.. ,;.) ._._'f:.,.: ':' _j!-
' , . "_~-~
,
,

-.'.' .

'tI, __
_ .,
.._,

..-.,
." t
.'.-(*_-.,o~_i'. ,.:'*) .~:11- ,. .. *l~ -.:~-._ .._.-*,J-t *' ._-~ j'
-f #'.
-.
'
~,.' ..
uf
I '_,.,fI-.''.',_" .', '. . ..
:'., _11
-t,
'._;'!,:, ' '.-*'.i -. -,.iI *' ,if--.-'.' '.: ., '. .'
:;-*-,~*'. -~-. '~} -c6:'~ .:~ ~ i,J;:.'fIt 'i-,~ * ~ _,"* -~, ,f,.,i .-.,.- -._ ~ .'_.-._.~~_ _. _

~
..
12'
>-f ,.. if .' ... .", -.'
:.- .. ---- '. -,.' ----- .,,- - ,,>#< ,'
t.'-'t
-:'"o;,"''';,4!l'.,j'-*:t',_ ~r" .,I!'~.~:,.Jf.'.:. ~._'*~ ~-~ ,.~;'_~
~-,-: _.t ...~., .
.. ,_.e._,. ,
."
,
,.
,-
.,
to

-.
".._
It ")t
t:
*'
..

J.
. ~.- -' -",.- , " ___ ,._ - - - 'if; _ , , .. _ ., 'f it
-4!";*' .~. fF."': ........:f.':'*_'tt:,.:.Il'. ~:.".!lO_ :'-"t".~ "11:~<*-" .'~li:r:'~-.4, .. *_._+:: -,t.'lt *: l;

::1
_f!:

.- .' .. -,,- .. '" *


'.' .. -4
..-.'..-~lu*-'J)':-":-~''l"'*~-;",*,\tJ "*,*.JI,~.-.,,,,-.,.t,.-.~,.~.t,.Ot
$,
_ .. ."
~...~.:.'._.'

I C~~l
.. ..

:

..
-t,
$,

..
.'
~~.~.. t~.I~(
,

- -. ,.
..
-~
*
.,
~
'*
.,

f)/::::


of! ".
.'

It
,.*.... .....


.:

.:

1 ..... ":-.........; *......,....... ~ J+.l :.~,. *~ ... * ~ "';;:

. '~:-~'
;~
.;

:.- !
.,
< .:" ...

'l
JI, _-II
!
*'
!,

:
,-.
,:
26
Important Efficiency Gains
For a given fuel
- Boiler tune up-adjust flue O2 amount
- Lower stack temp (lower STR)
Add combustion air preheater-also
applies to other fired systems
Add economizer heat exchanger for
-up to 4% efficiency gain*
Clean sooted or scaled surfaces
*Boiler Room Guide, Cleaver Brooks, Thomasville, Georgia, 2011

27

Pre-heat Air or Water


Flue Gases
heat)

~=- Proposed
intake air

Current =::=~===
intake air.

28

J
Efficiency Improvement Savings
Example 1) A 20MMBtu/hr boiler consumed 19,000
MCF last year of natural gas at $4/MCF. The boiler
operates at 6% O2 and 700F Stack Temperature Rise
(STR). What are the savings for tuning to 3% 0 2 7

Fraction of Fuel Savings = (Effnew - Effold)/Effnew


Fuel Savings = Fuel Savings (in decimal form) x Fuel
Consumption

29
II'
j
,
,
.. ,~
.
_ -i
..
~

I
, 1" _, .' ,I. ~ , _"I, __ ~ '" ,.
~ iii ,1+ ,;~.,.. ~J i ~ _!;-. l ~~:~-~~ I!<~-;o'_~ ~-'i'l''-~I'' I ~ ~* r I ~ t'~1"'! J' ":."" "t,!.ll.,., t 1! ._!~ ~
,


,. .
III t-IIJ~J~~i'~";.I;A-"'t.J ~ ..
, ,


,
14
iI .. j.".
, .

....,~-~;~,. .... _.
,
~i'" '!' ,"';',..~

11~.,~'li.II.OII.-~ i<~'~ .. ,;4.,-~"'




10 ,
_."III;1.tIIlIJ

~.
<!o-"ir't,";~-'!f_'!"'t _ 't!l' ,
"'-'I'SU!'t:t.

,
" . . . . . . .I1 4l1fl .",11". 1._,1.,.
,

'11111!<~_'''.~'+_I''~+
,
, ,"" ~ t~,_,
,.~ .... t


i ..
'I" i-~ iii"
-100
I Ji ~ l>;i
I
old.-... "- ... ,.:.,,,_
~ "-~,".-.'Ol
; , -_~"."". "'- ~ .. ~-

...'.
t

I
- '-.
M

"
I,

to, i , i I '._.1:11, . .. . . . . II Ji ;J:_.t __" ~ '8., , ... "


'!
_'"
"f'
Ii
,
I *-""'-.I-i,. 1,11;;-1 i,IUI.


,
, .. ...
-


, -., .. ..
~"'" -~
7
11.11" I

~.I i iii
..
",~ ..... oj
,
",;..,~!!'._.,!!, Ill?
t "t
!I'~l' ,,\,,~! 1 ~ ~ ~
~
..

t JI

~, 'I!
. It::- ... ,,1I.1
',l

Ii
I" 4 ,
0" I<l ~-. {~~, 1i'll"', 'If" .". ~.'II.'.~" J;~,'''fJ;I;.Io'''~ ."" l>,,"_~"'''''' ~o!l'~:.~
"'. .Ie,

,,'i!-? II n." n
I ~ ,. 1 - 11
I . I J 4
1'111:,. \11.. lI.oj,! ""~,,. !,~o~,,_{, ,~" f"-'~ .,". ~., _. t ',1 lIT-l.<J ~.;lo i Ut.-.,,~ jd II- i ..
>

.
II- Ii< it -lI


,
t. ~ ~ I, , ,~. .. ~,
'!'~'''' {'f t ,f !l1I;~.,"l ;r,.~ t,:~" ~j, ~.~:"~!I'., i oj." "-.l ~ r ''I'~'... 11'11 ;r:l f ",II. .j 11 . I

-- ~
, , , .
.. ~If ;i,
31 J i

1 .~"" ~;.~~ .... "' .. 'I! , , ; ""'I!'" ... i",~illll i '~~lI.'J -.,~,.~ . . . ~ i' ~ .. ~ l.~ .. j.. .. "' .. . -0 .. i.;i~'~" ...i ,j, ...
I ,
.. .. . 'I! " " "

(I
J
Efficiency Improvement Savings
Fuel savings?
Effo1d = 74.5% Effnew = 77%
Fuel savings = (77 - 74.5)/77 = 0.0325
or 3.25%
Fuel cost savings =
19,000 MCF $4.00 $2,470
0.0325 x x MCF = yr
yr

31

Efficiency Improvement Savings


Example 2) An economizer is added to preheat boiler
makeup water that will reduce the stack temperature
to 500F. What is the fuel savings?

Effo1d = 77% Effnew = 81%

Fuel Savings = (81 - 77)/81 = 0.0494 or 4.94%

Example 3) What is the excess air in percent for 3%


02?
Answer: 15%

Example 4) How much CO 2 is in the stack gas?


Answer: 10%
32
Scale and Soot
For both firetube and watertube boilers, clean tubes are
important.
Waterside scaling can lead to an important loss in efficiency.
Scale is a good insulator, thus as scale forms the temperature
of the fireside must increase to do the work on the waterside.
- Good water treatment is essential. It may be necessary to
periodically shut the boiler down and remove scale.
The figure on the next page gives expected energy loss in the
amount of steam producea as a result of scaling.
- Reverse osmosis water treatment will almost eliminate
scaling problems.
Soot on the fireside has a similar effect.
- Running good combustion systems slightly on the excess air
side minimizes soot. However, soot blowers may be
required; especially for certain fuels, and periodic brushing
of gas fired systems may be necessary. This brushing is
likely required about once a year.

33

ENERGY LOSS FROM SCALE DEPOSITS

7%r------.------.-----~------,

I '
... +-~--____:_--+---_I.IOH1RO.._cONTI5i"""'---__I
E !
N
~ 4%
G
Y
63%+-----~----~~----~~--~
S
S

O%~----_+------+-----~------~
o/e4 1/64 2/64 3/64
SCALE THICKNESS (INCHES)
SQUI\CE. "Ho,", to eon".. , PoU.t 11'01>
Doo .. o ... ', ct. ..... ., Enllln .... lng.
p. 17<1_17$.

34

..J
Boiler Pressure
Common pressure gages read the amount
of pressure above local atmospheric
pressure (denoted as psig)
To get absolute pressure from an ordinary
gage, add the local pressure (usually 14.7)
Charts and tables we need are in psia, but
gages read psig.
- Thus we must convert.
35

Boiler Pressure
~. Ppsia=Ppsig+14.7 or rounding off,
PpSia=P psig + 15
An office building boiler's pressure gage
reads 12 psi. What is the absolute
pressure?
An industrial boiler operates at 595 pSi.
What is the absolute pressure?

36
Steam
And
Steam Systems

37

Why Steam?
163,000 commercial and industrial steam
boilers
Boiler fuel costs are significant
Many energy conservation opportunities
Steam is an excellent source of constant
temperature heat (made from water that is
- Non-toxic and easy to handle
- Widely available and inexpensive)
38
Steam System
W-II-

39

Water Basics
1 Btu raises the temperature of 1 pound
of liquid water 1 of
1 Btu/lboF is "heat capacity" or "specific
heat"
Reference energy (called enthalpy "h" or
a
"H'') for water is at 32 OF
How many Btu's are in 1 Ib of water at
1. 82 of ? --7) 0 bttv
2. 212 OF? ~ I ~ 0 '0/:-.-,
40
Steam Generation Basics
Latent heat refers to energy needed to
boil (or condense or freeze or thaw)
- Latent heat changes are at constant
temperature
At 1 atm pressure, water boils at 212 of
-A latent heat change
- 970 Btu are needed to change 1 Ib of
liquid water to steam at 212 OF
41

Temperature VS. Enthalpy


Properties of Steam
. psig)
(@ 147 psia - 00

.

350
300
250
\ 18
....
Latent Heat of
Vaporization (Work) H'g
..
1192.6

T
..:l 1150.9
~ 200
~ 150
/ ,,/
c.
~ 100
1J-1OO ' '9
I- .~50
50
~~O
o
o 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Enthalpy (h)

42
Steam Generation Basics
Water can be liquid at higher pressures
than 14.7 psia.
- Vaporization occurs at higher temp
Most boilers of interest are "saturated"
steam boilers-meaning no heat is added
to the steam after the water vaporizes
For these boilers Saturated Steam Tables
give all the necessary information

43

Saturated Steam Tables


Two leftmost columns give the one-to-one
relationship between the pressure and
temperature at which water boils
Hf or hf column gives energy in liquid water
- Note hf values at 32F, 70F and 212F
Hf9 or hfg gives energy required to vaporize
the water-970.3 Btujlb at 212F
Hg or hg column gives hf + hfg
-the energy in saturated steam
44
Saturated Steam Table
~~.
lh,. ,_

~Omm2 __
cal t!,~l~~ H INI! !lDwu 11)1"
lUll' Ulfm!~ !~ am lMU; ~m
o.tt.i4 j),ila 11",' 21m ! ~~. l.'~ l.l~
M~ fiJ1ti JJfIU IT!)IJ lUi IB.i 11'lU '
02511 1J,~$ 110M ID.,G UISU iOl.'
oa OJlIm8 11&1 .,.41. If*t! ll:E.l
0.. U~1 tW IIU lRU l{EJ
fi
:II
OAIIl Ilftlll'O -.1 .,~ mm lR!t.7 Uo:tl
llMH olqlll R4 MA 1iIiOO ~.,,1 111.1
lD ua OJW7, IRA IRA nM 3Nl,~ UllI.a
HI
11$
1.' o.mco
I.ttHQ.G1.aa
...
lM'JI
,DJi
tsJJ
I'm EJ 1113.5
17495 lllU 11171
W$ ~ ,~ WJI 111m m1B lm~,o I~
IR!
ill!
111
&111
lU'l
UI
(:I".
~4

0.111&
17M
1'1Z1
_
17m
na
Q
iliAIIi' I~ Uto.t
~".M taz llllU
i.
WS EU 11k!
!~U o.OUll 1lU1 ~.u 1.W !aJ.2. 11m '
l!t U4I jfI.fI~R1 ..e,~ ~II llMJ.t IBU 1l~1
Us I)m~ alilA iH .,M IfIDII m,t UIJI
liUU Dill,,')!;.. 11,u l1&B lUi.?
1_ 0.0112 &.18 .eo' 1~J7 l1l1M
IN
17.11 o.mm a.ll 13.11 1... U2J
m'm 0,01'11 lUM 19.111 lllll UI7.i
W q O,QI'II lLD 153m ~4 UmJ
IU &1310,01101 l~ 13'lt 1\1.. llE4J)
at lun O';J. U.1I lLifl
Mit ,oltli IIU i\,j\'f'll1.l/.:. '';''''''''''':It
"' .. ""." ....
w"",,,,
~,al.-:t [ ~I.

Superheated Steam
When saturated steam is heated, its
temperature will rise and it is called
superheated steam.
This steam is called superheated, or dry
Both pressure and temperature are
needed to determine its enthalpy.

46

Properties of Water Including


Superheat at 100 psia
Tsuperheat
= +200F

Ttap H20 T8oillngH20 THSatSteam Tsteam


TH2O = 32F = 72F = 328F = 328F = 528F

h, =0 h, =40 BtU/lb h, =298 Btuilb hg=1187 Btuilb hg-1291 Btuilb

hr = Enthalpy of Saturated Liquid (ready to boil)


hg = Enthalpy of Saturated Vapor (steam)
hrg = Latent Energy

47
Properties of Saturated Sleam and Saluraled Waler[femperalUre)
Volum~ ft'nb Enthalpy,' Btunb Entropy, Btullb F
J!
'Thmp p"", Tom~
F psia
Water Evap Steam Wattr Evap Sream Water Evap SW""
l 32
"
0,l1li8.19 ODl601
'I,
3305 3305
" HI
0,02
Hit
1075S
H,
1075';
"
0,0000 2.1873
sa "
2,1873
F

32
1
35 0.09991 O.oJ602 2948 294S 3,00 1073.8 1076S 0.00&1 2.1706 2,1767 35
40 0.12163 0.01102 2446 2446 8,03 1071.0 1079.0 0.0162 2.1432 2.1594 40
45 0.14744 0.G1602 2037.7 2037.8 13.04 1068.1 1081.2 0.0262 2.1164 2.1426 45
50 0.17796 0.01602 1704.8 1104~ 1~05 1065~ 1l1li3.4 0.0361 2,0901 2.1262 50
60 0,2551 0.01603 1207.6 1207.6 2M6 1059.7 1087.7 . 0.0555 2.0391 2.0946 60
10 03629 0.01603 B~3 l1li3,4 38.05 1094.0 1092.1 0.0745 1.9900 2.0645 70
80 Q.5068 O~1107 633.3 602.3 1$.04 101$,4 I036A 0.0932 1.9426 2,0359 80
90 0.69111 0.01610 468.1 4SS.1 58,02 1042.7 1100.8 0.1115 1.8910 2.0036 90
100 03492 0.01613 S5M 35Q.4 68.00 1037.1 m5.1 0.1i95 12530 1.9825 100
110 12750 0.01617 . 265.4 265.4 77.98 1031.4 1l09.3 0.1472 l.8l05 1.9517 110
120 1.6927 0.01620 203.i5 20$.26 87S7 1025.6 1113.6 0;1646 1.7693 1.9339
130 120
2.2230 ODI625 157.32 157.33 97,96 1019.8 1l17.! 0,1817 1.7295 1.9112 130
140 2.6462 0.01629 1228 123.00 107.95 1014,0 U22D 0.1985 1.6910 1.8895
150 140
3.718 0.01634 97.0; 97.07 117~5 10082 1126.1 0.2150 1.6536 1.8686 150
160 4.741 0.01640 77.27 7729
,
1 127.96 1002.2 113D.2 0.2313 1.6174 1.8487 ' 160
i 170 5.993 Om645 62.04 62,09 137.97 995.2 11342 02473 1.5822 1.8295 110
i Iii!) 1.511 0,01651 50.21 50.22 148.00 990.2 1138.2 0.2631 1.6460 1.8111 Iii!)
! 190 9.34l1 0.01657 40.94 40,96 158,04 984.1 1142.1 . 02787 1$148 1.7934 190
[ 200 11.526 0,01664 33.62 33.64 16B.09 977.9 1146.0 0.2940 1.4S24 1.7764
210 200
14.123 0.QI671 27.SO 27.82 l7at5 971.6 1149.7 0.3091 1.4509 1,7100
I 210
212 14.696 0.01672 26.78 2620 lSO,17 970.3 mo.s 03121 1,7568
1.4447 212
220 17.186 0.01678 23.13 23.15 ISS.23 9652 0.3241
1153.4 1.4201 1.7442 220
230 20.779 OmES5 19.364 19.381 198.33 958.7 1157.1 0.3339 1.7290
13902 230
240 24,969 0.01693 16.304 16~1 208,45 952.1 1160.6 0,3533 1.7142
1.36119 2411
Z50 29$2; 0,01701 13.802 13.8l9 218J9 945.4 1164.0 0.3677 1.3323 1.7000 250
260 35.427 0.01709 n.71S 11.762 228,76 93~6 1167A 0.3819 U043 1.6862 260
270 41.816 0.01718 10.042 10.060 23BS5 931.7 1170.6 03960 1.2769 1.6729 270
280 49200 0.01726 &627 8.644 249.17 924,6 11m 0.4098 1.2501 1.6599 280
290 57J50 0.01736 7.443 7AIO 259.4 917.4 1176.8 0.4236 1,2238 1.6473 290
300 67.036 0.01745 ' 6,445 6.466 269.7 91M 1179.7 0.4372 1.1979 1.6351 300
310 n,6/ 0.01755 5.609 5.526 28M 902.5 1182.5 0.4506 1.1726 1.6232
I: 89,64 0,01766 310
4.896 . 4.914 290-4 894$ 1la52 OA640 1.1477 1.6116 320
11739 0.01787 3.170 3.7SS 3!1~ 878.8 1190,1 0.4902
360 15Ml 1.0990 1.5892 340
0,01811 2.939 2.967 33ZJ 862.1 1194A 0.5161 1.0;17 1.56/8
380 195.73 360
0.Q1B35 2.317 2.336 353.6 844.5 U98.a 0.5416 1.0057 1.5473
380
400 24726 0.01664 1.8444 1,8630 375.1 0_ 0.9117 1.5274 409
825.9 1201D
420 308J8 0.01894 1.4S1111 1.4997 3%.9 8062 120$.1 0.5915 0.9165 1.51J8O , 4ZO
440 381.54 0.01926 1.1976 12169 419~ 7854
460 12044 0.0161 0.8729 1.4S9() 44S
466.9 0.0196 0.9746 0S942 441.5 763.2
480 12042 0,6405 0.8299 1.4704 460
6862 0.02110 0.7972 0$172 4645 739,0 1204.l 0.6646 0.7811 1.4S!s 4IW
500 6SO,9 0.0294 0.S945 0.6/49 4873 7143 1202.j 0.6090 0.7443 1,4333 500
520 812.5 0,0209 0.5386 0.5598 512.0 687.0 1I99~ 0.7l33 0.7013 1.4146 520
540 962,8 ~0215 0.4437 Q.4651 S3M 657.5 11943 0.7378 0.6577 1.3954 640
560 113M O.ll221 0.3651 0.3871 562.4 6263 1187.7 0,7626 . 0,61!2
560 13262 13757 560
0.0228 ~2994 0.3222 589.1 58M 1179.0 0.7876 0.5673 13550 560
600 1643.2 0.0236 0.2438 o.z675 61).1 550.5
620 1785.9
1161.7 0.8134 0.5195 13560 600
0.0247 0.1962 o.zzos 64iS 5063 1lSB,i O~
540 20593 0.4689 1.3l192 620
0.0260 0.1543 0.1902 679.1 464,6 1133.1 0!816 0.4134
6SO 2365.7 1.2821 640
0.0211 0.1166 0.1443 714S 392.1 1107,0 02985 03502 1.2498
680 271JS.6 0.11804 560
M309 0.Ul2 758.5 310.1 1068.5 OS3SS 0.2720 1.2086 620
100 30943 Q.0366 0.03B6 M752 822.4
705.5 320B.2 112.7 9952 0.9901 0.1490 1.1390 700
0.0508 0 0.11508 900,0 0 900.0 1.0;12 a 1.0612 701.5

1. I. the balance of SW"" enthalpy is denoted by Hin place of k to avoid conlusien with heat tIansfer roeffioient

Courtesy 01 Oeponmenl 01 Mechanical Ens"ee'''9. Stonlord Un.e"~

48
.

Properties of Saturated Steam and Saturated Water (Pmure)


Volume, ft'nh Enthalpy,' Btullb Entropy, lltullb F Energy, Btullb
Press.
~
Press.
psi, Water Evap Sttam Water EVllp Steam Water EVllp Sttam Water Steam psi.
VI vk v, H, H" H,
" 'I, " . ", ",
0.0886 32.018 0.01602 3302,4 3302,4 0.00 lm.S 1075,5 0 2.1872 2.1872 0 10213 0.0886
0.10 35.023 0.01602 2945.5 2945.5 3.03 1073.8 1076.8 0.0061 2.1705 2.1766 3.03 10223 0.10
O.IS 45.453 0.01602 2004.7 2004.7 13.50 1067.9 1081.4 0.0271 2.1140 2.1411 13:50 1025.7 0.15
0.20 53.160 0.01603 15263 1526.3 21.22 1063.5 1084.7 0.0422 2.0138 2.li60 21.22 1028,3 0.20
OJO 64,484 0.01604 1039.7 1039.7 32.54 1057.1 1089.7 0.0641 2.0168 20809 3254 1032.0 0,30
DAD 72.869 0.01606 792.0 792.1 40.92 1052.4 1093.3 0.0799 1.9762 2,0562 40.92 1034.7 0.40
0.5 79.586 0.01607 641.5 641.5 47.62 1048.6 1096.3 0.0925 1.9446 2.0370 47,62 1036.9 0.5
0.6 B5.21B 0.01609 540.0 540.1 5315 1045.5 1098.7 0.1028 ['9186 2,0215 53.24 1038.7 ~6
0.7 90.09 0.01610 466.93 466.94 5B.10 10427 1100.8 0.3 I.B965 2.0083 58.10 1040.3 0.7
O.S 94.3B 0.01611 411.67 411.69 62.39 1040.3 1102.6 0.1ll7 1.8775. 1.9910 62,39 1041.1 M
0,9 98.f4 0.01612 36Ml 368.43 66.24 1038.1 1104.3 0.1264 I.B606 1.9870 66.24 1042.9 O.B
1.0 101.74 0.01614 333,59 333.60 69.73 1036.1 ll05.B 0.1326 1.8455 1.97Bl 69.73 1044.1 LO
2.0 126.01 0.01623 173,74 In)6 94.03 1022.1 1116.2 0.1750 1.7450 1.9200 94,03 1051.8 1.0
3.0 141.47 M1630 ll8.71 118,73 109.42 10ll.2 1122.6 0.2009 1.6854 ['8854 109.41 1056.7 3.0
4.0 152.96 0.01636 90.63 90.64 120.92 1006.4 lI273 0.2199 1.6438 1.8626 120.90 1060.2 4.0
5.0 162.2<1 0.01641 73.515 7l.5l 13020 1000.9 1131.1 0.2349 1.6094 1,8443 130.16 1063,1 5.0
6.0 17nos 0.01645 61.967 61.98 13&03 9962 1134.2 0.2474 [,5820 1.8294 138.01 1065.4 6.0
7~ 176.84 0.01619 53.634 53.GS 144.83 992.1 1136.9 025Bl 1.5587 1,8168 144.Bl 1067.4 7.0
B~ 182.B5 0.01653 47.328 '7.35 150.B7 988.5 1139.3 0.2676 1.5384 I.B060 150.84 10692 B.o
9.0 188.27 0.01656 42.385 42.40 156.30 BB5.1 1141.4 0.2160 1,5204 1.7964 15518 1070.8 9.0
10 193.21 0.01659 38A04 3SA2 161.26 SSZI 11433 0.2836 1.5043 1.7B79 161.23 1071.3 10

14.696 212.(1{) 0.01672 26,782 26.BO 180.17 970.3 1150.5 0.3121 1.#17 1.7568 180.12 1077.6 14.696

15 213.03 0.01673 26.274 2~29 18121 969.7 115Q9 03137 l.4415 1.7552 lBl.16 1077.9 15
20 227.96 0.01683 20.070 20.087 1%.27 960.1 1156.3 0.3358 l.3962 1.7320 196.21 1082.0 20
30 250~4 0.01701 13.7266 13.744 .21B.9 '9452 lI64.1 0.3682 1.3313 1,6995 2182 IOS7.9 30
<10 267.25 0.01715 10,4794 10,497 236.1 933.6 1169$ 0.3921 1.2844 1.6765 236.0 1092.1 40
50 2B1.02 0.01727 SA967 B.514 250.2 923.9 1174.1 0.4112 1.2474 1.6566 250.1 1095.3 SO

60 292.71 0.01738 7.1562 7.174 262.2 915.4 1177.6 0.4273 1.2167 1.8440 262.0 1098.0 10
70 302.93 O.0174B 6.1675 . 6,205 212.7 907.B 1180.6 0.4411 1.1905 1.6316 272.5 1100.2 70
60 312.04 0.01757 5.4536 5,471 282.1 .900.9 1183.1 0.4534 U675 1.6208 281.9 1102.1 aD
90 320.28 0.01766 4.Bm 4.B95 290.7 B94.6 llB5.3 0.4643 1.1470 1.6113 290.4 1103.7 90
100 327,B2 0.01774 . 4.4183 4.431 29B.5 888.6 11B72 0.4743 1.1284 1.6027 29B.2 11052 100

120 341.27 0.01789 3.7097 3.72S 312.6 Bn.s 1l90.4 0,4919 1,0960 1.5879 31~2 1107.6 120
1<0 353.04 O'o]B03 3.2010 3.219 325.0 868.0 1193.0 0.5071 1.0681 1.5752 324.5 1109.6 140
160 363.55 0,01815 2.8155 2.834 336.1 859.0 1195.1 0.5206 1.0435 1.5641 335,5 1111.2 110
160 313.08 0,01827 2.5129 2.531 346.2 850.7 1196,9 0.5328 1.0215 1.6643 345.6 11125 180
200 3Bl.80 0.01839 22689 2.287 355.5 842,B 11983 0.0438 1.0016 1.0454 354.6 1!13.7 200

250
300
400.97
417.35
350 . 431.13
4Q() 444.60
0.01B65
O,OlSBS
0.01913
0.0193
1=
1.3064
1.14162
1.8432
1.5427
1.3255
1.1610
376.1
394.0
4092
424.2
825.0
808.9
794.2
IBM
1201.1
1202.9
1204.0
1204.6
0.5679 0.9585
0.BB820.9223
. 0.6059 0.8909
0.6217 0.8630
1,5264
1.5105
1,4968
1,4847
375.3
392.9
408.6
422.7
435.7
l1l5.!
lll7l
lllB.1
1118.7
ll1B,9
250
300
350
400
450
450 456.28 0.0195 1.01224 1.0318 437.3 767.5 12048 0.6360 0.8378 1.4738

900 4.7.01 0.0198 0.90187 0.921. 449.5 155.1 1204,7 0,6490 0.814B 1.4639 447.7 1I1B.B 900
550 476.94 0.0199 0.82183 0.8418 460,9 743.3 1204.3 0.6611 0.7936 1.4547 45B.9 1I1B 550
900 486.20 0.0201 0.14962 0,7698 471.7 732,0 1203.7 0.6123 0,7138 1.4461 469.5 lllS.2 600
700 593.08 0.0205 Q.61505 0.8556 491.6 7101 1201.8 0.692B o.nn l.4304 488.9 1116,9 700
aoo
800 51B21 . 0.0209 0,54809 0.5690 509.8 689.6 1199.4 0.7111 0.7051 1.4163 506.7 lllll

900 531.95 0.0212 0.47966 0009 526.7 669.7 1196.4 0.1279 0.6703 104032 523.2 lllM 900
1000 0,42436 0.4460 54~6 65Q.4 1192.9 0.7434 0.6476 1.3910 538.6 1110.4 1000
544.5ll 0.0216 553.1 1107.5 1100
lIOO 556.28 0.0220 037663 0.4006 551.5 651.5 !l89.1 0.7578 0.6216 1.3794
1200 567.19 0.0i23 0.34013 0.3625 511~ . 6ll.0 1184.8 0.7714 0.5969 13663 566.9 )1043 1200
1300 571,42 0.0227 0.30722 03299 5115.6 594.6 11802 0.7843 0.5733 1.3577 580.1 110o.a 1300

0.27871 0.301B 598$. 576.5 11753 0.7956 0.5507 13174 592.9 1097.1 1400
1400 587.07 0.0231
1500 0.2m 611.7 5SS.4 1170.1 0.8085 0.5288 1.3373 6051 1093.1 1500
69620 0.0235 025372
2000 635.80 0.0257 0.16256 0;)883 672.1 466,2 11383 O.Bli25 0.4256 1.2881 662.6 1068.6 2000
2500 666.11 0.0286 0.10209 0.1307 731,1 361.6 1093.3 0.9139 0.3206 12345 naB 1032.9 2500
3000 695.33 0.0943 0.05073 0.0850 80l.B 218.4 1020.3 0.972B 0.1B91 1.1619 7B2.8 973,1 3000

3208.2 705.47 0.0508 0 0,0508 906.0 0 906.0 1.0612 0 1.0612 875.9 875.9 3208.2

eou,""y 01 Deoa_nt 01 Mechanicol Engineering, Stanford Univenily

49
Prop!rtles 01 Supemeated Steam and Compressed Water (Temperature and Pressurel
~"pliis.
'llmperature. F
I"t, temp) 100 200 300 400 500 500 700 BOO 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400

!Il M1SI 3925 492.3 511.9 571 531.1 590.7


H 68.00 1l5a2 119;.7
.001.74) , 0.1295 2.05092.1152
1241.6 128Il.6 1336.1 1914.
2.1722 2.2237 WOO 13144
,. 0.0151 7~14 9024 102.24 11421 126.15 138.00 150m 151.94 113.85 185.71 197.70 209.62 22l3 23MS
51_~~~=--~~~~---~
~,~~~~--~~~~~~~~~
, 0.0151 3B.B4 41.98 51.03 57.04 6).03 59.00 74.98 SO.94 B691 9227 9B.B4 104.SiI 110.76 m.72
wl_~I~~~--~~-----~
~,~~~~~~-~~~~~~~=

___
v 0.0161 0.0166 29.899 lJ.SS 37.985 41.9& 45.971 49.914 53.946 57.9lO 61.905 65.882 6925S 73.883 77NJ7

gl-~~-~---~--~--~
-,~~~~~~--~~~~~~~
v
281~~~ __
0.0161 0.0166 22356 25,428 2MS7 _
31466 _ _ 49.405
3UiS 37.438 40447 43.435 46,420
~~~ __52.3iB _ _
51.370 58352
~s~_~~~~~ ~~~=~

~HU~_~ __
v 0.0161 0.Ql66 11.036 l2.624 lm5 15.685 _ __
17.19; 18.699 20.199 21.197
~~
lJ.l94 _
24.6119 26.183 27.011 29.168
~_~

~,~-~~~~~~~-~~~~~
v 0.0151 0.0166 7257 8.354 9.400 10.425 11.438 12445 13.450 14.452 15.452 )5.450 17.448 18.445 19.441
wIU~~~=~~~~---~~~
(292.71), 0.1195 Q.2939 1.6492 1.7134 1.7681 12168 1.86l2 1.9024 1.9410 1.9774 2.0120 2.0450 2~765 2.1068 2.l359
v
wl~~~~~
0.0111 0.0166 0.0175 6.216 7.018 _
7.794 _
8.560 _
9319 10.075 10229
__ ll.51l1 _
~.1
12331 _
13.OS1 _
13329 14.577 ~

m2.04), ~!295 02939 0.4371 1_ 1.7349 1.7842 1.8289 12702 1.91189 1.9<54 19800 2.0131 2~445 2.0750 2.1041

~IU_~~
y 0.0151 0.0156 0.01)5 4S15 _ 1~16 _
5.588 _ 6.B33 7.443 8.0511 8.655 9258 9.6W 10.400 1l.05II 11.559
~~_~~~_~

-,~-~~~~~~~~~~--
, 0.0151 0.0156 MI'I5
~H~~_~~~~~_~_~~_~

~,--~~~~~~~~~~~-
~0786 ~6141

__
5.1637 5.6831 6.1928 6.7006 72060 7.7096 8.2119 8.7130 92134 9.7130

v ~0151 MI66 0.0175 34661 3.9526 U1l9 42585 529;5 5.7354 1.1709 5.6036 7.0349 7.4552 7.8946 ~233
.
H
~
~
~
_
~
_
~
_
~
_
~
~
~
~,---~~~~~~~~~~-~

___ __
v OnlSI MI66 0.0175 3.0060 3.4413 3.1l48O 4.2420 4.629; 5~132 5.3945 5.n41 5.1522 6.5293 6.9055 72811
.IM~~~~~~=~ __ ~ __ ~

~,~ ~a~~~~~~~~_=

H, U
0.0111 0,Ol66
__ MIl!; 2.6474 3.0433 3.4093 3.7621 4.1084 ,,4505 4.7907 5.1289 SA657
~~~~~~_~ __ 5.8014 _
6.1363 U704 ~

~' ~~~~1_~~~~~~_

v M1S1 MI66 017423596 2.7247


209H~_~~ __ __
3.oss; 3.3783 3,6915 '.0008 4:1T/ 4.6126 4.9156
~~~_~
52191 _
5.209 5.B219 ~

~,--~~~~~~~~~~~=-
, atlS! 0.0166 om74 0.0196 2.1504 2.4662 26872 2.9410 3.1909 3.4382 3.6937 19278 4.l709 4AI31 ~6S41
m I 18.66 168.53 27~05 375.10 1263.5 lll9.0 1371.5 1411.4 14753 1527.6 1580.6 1634k 1688.9 17442 lWO.l
(400.97) , 0.1294 o.m7 0.4318 0.5667 1.5951 1.6S02 1.597S 1.7<1(15 1.7101 1.8113 1$514 1.8858 1.9177 1.9482 1.9775
v 0.Ql61 0.0156 0.0174 0.0166 1.7965 2.0044 2.2163 2.4407 2.5609 2.SSSS 3.0643 32688 3.4721 3.0146 32764
300 I 18.79 118.74 270.14 375.15 1217.7 13152 1368.9 14213 1471.6 15262 1579.4 16333 118M 1743.4 1799.5
(417.35) , 0.1294 o.m7 a.307 0.5665 1.0103 1.6274 1.6756 1.7192 1.7591 1.7964 1.8917 1.6652 1.8972 1.9213 1.9572
v 0.0IS1 0.0166 M174 a0166 1.4913 1.7028 l.Ji970 2.11632 2.2652 2.4445 2.6219 2.7!18\) 2.9730 3.1471 3.3205
356H 18.92 158.65 27024 375.21 llS15 1311.4 1356.2 14192 1471.8 1524.7 15m 1532.9 1687.1 1742.1 '1798.9
(431.73) , 0.l293 0.2935 ~4S57 o.ss64 1.54a3 1!1l77 1.657J 1.7009 l.7'l! 1.7187 1.8141 1.8477 1.8798 19105 1.9400

400 I

~H_~_~~~~~

~6~

LSee Nok 1
__

'lllble 1.
~~~~~~~~~~~~
__
v 0.0IS1 aOI18 0~174 0.0152 11641 l.4763 1.6499 1151 1.9759 21339 2.29111 2.4450 2.S9S7 27515 2.91)37
69.05 168.97 270.33 37127 1245.1 1307.4 1368A 1417.0 1470.1 1523.9 15769 16312 1666.2 1741.9 1798.2
(44<.60) , 0.1293 Q.2935 OA36S 0.5663 1.52112 1.5901 1.6406 l.885O 1.7255 1.7532 1.7938 1$515 1.1647 1.5665 19250

v 0.0151 0.0166 onl7. 0.0166 0.9919 1.1584 1.3037 lA397 1.5708 l.1m 12lG 1.9507 20746 21977 2.3200
~_~~_

~, 1 .. uM _,

50
Properties of Superheat.d Steam and Compmss.~ W,ter(Tempemtum and Pressure)
Press.,psia 'Thmperature, F
(saL temp) 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1600
0.0161 0.0166 0.0114 0.018610.,944 0.9456 1.0126 1.1892 13008 104093 1';160 1.6211 l.1252 1]2114 1.9309
69.56 16m 210.10 375,49 1215.9 l29O.3 1351~ 1'08.3 1463.0 1511.' 151l.9 1627,0 llm6 1131l.B 1795.6
01292 02933 DA362 0.\657 1.4\90 1.5329 1.5844 1.6351 1,6769 1.7155 1.7511 1.1859 )]184 1.8494 1,8192
i' omll 0.0166 0.0114 ODl86 00204 07928 0$072 1.0102 1.l071 1.2023 12948 1.111111 1.4151 1.5847 1.6530
701) H 69.84 169,66 270.89 371.61 467.93 1281.0 1345.6 1403.7 1459.4 1514.4 1559.4 1624.8 1680) 11372 119<3
(503.08) , 0.1291 0.2992 0.4360 05655 0.6SB9 1.5090 15073 1.6154 1.6581) 1.6910 11335 1.1619 t;B006 1.8316 lMl1
v 0.0161 M166 0.0114 ODI86 0.0204 0.6714 0.1828 0$159 0.9631 1.0110 1.1289 1.l1l93 12i85 1.3669 14446
.SOO H 10.11 169.89 211m 375,73 481.BJ 1211.1 13ll.2 1399.1 1455] 1511.' 1;;'9 1622.1 16789 1735.0 1792.9
(518.21) , 0.1290 02930 OAS58 0.5652 0.6SB5 1.4869 1.5484 1.5900 1.6413 1.6807 1.7175 1.1522 1.7851 1~184 1.8464

0.Ql61 MI66 0.017. M186 0.0204 0.5869 0.8968 0,1113 0.ES04 0.9262 0.999& '1.0720 U430 11m 1.2925
900 ;; 70.S1 170.10 27l.2' 375.84 48M3 1260.6 133~7 139~4 14522 15Q8.5 1564.4 162M 1677.1 1734.1 1791.6
I(531.95) , Q1290 01929 0.43570.5049 0.6681 l.4659 1.5311 1.5322 1.6263 1.6662 1.7033 l.1382 1.7713 1]1)26 1.8329
! 1000 v 0.01610,0166 0.0174 0.0186 0.0204 ~5131
0.6000 0.6875 0.7603 O.ll29l 0.8986 0,9622 1.026, 1,II9O! 1.1529
H 70.63 17033 271.44 37526 487.19 1149,3 13259 1319.6 1448.5 1504.4 1561.9 161a4 16153 1m.
17S1l.3
(544.58) , 01289 02928 004355 0.5647 0.$76 1.4451 151.9 1.5377 1.612' 1.6530 1.6905 1.1256 1.1589 1.7905 1.8207
00161 MI66
_HU __ 0.0174 _
00185 0.0203 M531 0.5440 '0.6186 Ma61 0.1505 0.8121 0.8723 0.9313 0.9894 1.0468
~=_~~~_~~~~

1556.28), 0.1289 01921 0.4.>"\3 0.644 06872 104259 1.4996 1.5542 1.6000 1.6410 l.I787 1.1141 1.7475 1.7193 1.8097

~HM~
v 0~161 0.0166 0.0174
__ ___
00185 0.0203 OA016 0.49OS 06515 06250 06845 07418 0.7914 0.8519 MOOS 0.9584
=~~~ ~~_~

~,~-~-~~~~~~~~~~~
v 0.0161 0.0166 0.0174 00185 0.0203 0.1176 0.4059 DAm 0.5282 0.5809 0.6811 0.6798 01272 07137 aR195
1400 H 11.65 17114 27119 37... 481,65 1194,1 1196.1 1369.1 14332 1'93.2 1551.8 1609.9 1668.0 1726.1 1785~
~,=-~-~~~~~~~~~~~

1100 H
0.0161 0.0166 0.0173 0.0IB5 0.1l202 0.0236 031!5 0.4Ol2 Q.4555 0.5031 0.5482 D.5915 0.6336
0.6748 O.1ll3
7221 17l.iS 27257 376.69 487.60 616.77 1279.4 1358,5 1428.2 1486.9 1546.! 1601.6 1664.1
17232 1782.3
I 1604.8n: 0.1286 0.2921 0.4344 0,5631 0.6851 MI29 1.4312 1.4968 1.5478 1.591! 1.6312 1.6618 1.7022 1,1344 1.1667
001111 0.0165 0.0173 00165 0.0202 00235 02906 03500 OJ9i8 0.442! 0,4835 0.5229 0.5809 0.5980 0.6343
. lBOO H 12.73 172.15 272,9\ 376.93 487.56 611,58 1261.1 1347.2 1417.1 14SQ.6 1541.1 16012 1660.7 17201 1719.7
,1621.02) , 01284 02918 0A341 05526 0.6843 0~109 1.4054 l.4768 1.5302 1,5753 1.6156 1.6528 1.681! l.7201 1.1516

~H=
v 00160 0.0165
__ o.om 00184 ~~
~020100233
01488
__ 03072 0.1534 0.3942 ~4120 MillO 05027 0.&65 0.SiS5
~~~~_~~~

1635,00), 0128) 02916 0.4337 0.5621 ~68l4 ~3091 1.179' lAl)8 1,5138 1.5603 1.0014 1.6991 1.6743 1.700; 1.7389
v 0.0160 0.0165 0.0173 0.0184 0.0200 0.02lI0 0.1681 01293 02712 0.306S 03390 03692 0.3980 0.4236 0.4529.
ZlOOH 14,57 173.74 27427 371.62 487.50 612.os 1l76.) 1303.4 1386.1 1457.5 1528.9 1585.9 1647.8 17092 1710.4
1038.111 & 0.1280 02910 0.4329 0.\609 0.6815 0.8048 1.3016 lAl29 lA766 1.5269 15103 1.6094 1.64$ 1.6796 1.1!l6
v 00160 MI!5 0.0172 0.0183 0:0200 0.0228 0.0982 0.1159 02161 01484 02770 0.1033 0J28l 0.1122 03763
3000H 75.88 114.83 275;22 318.41 467.52 610.08 1060.5 1267.0 13632 1440.2 '1509.4 1574~ 1638.&. 170lA 17!U
(695.3l) Q.lm 02901 D.432IJ 0.5597 0.6736 MOOS 1.1966 lJ692 1.4429 1.4976. 1,5434 1.5841 1.6214 1.6561 1.6888
v 0,01111 0.0165 0,0172 0.0.183 0.0199 0.0227 M3351 ~168S 0.1981. D2S01 01576 0.2327 0.306\ 03291 0.3510
3200 H 16.4 175.3 275.6 371.7 487.5 609.4 BOOB 12\09 13514 1433.1 . 1503B 1570.3 1634.S 1698.3 17612
OOS,OO) 0,1276 0.2902' 0,4317 0,5592 0.6788 0.7994 0.9111S 1.1515 lA300 lA866 1.5335 1.5749 1.6126 1.6471 1.6IlO6

v 0,0160 0.0164 M172 0.0183 0.0199 0.0225 0.0307 01364 0.1764 02068 ll2326 02661l 027S4 o.a99I 0.1198
-Hm~oo~m_~~~~~ __ ~~
,

~H.~~_~~_~~~~

,
__
01274 02899 04312 0.5515 O.om 0.7913 0.9508 1.3242 1.4112 1.4709 1.5194 LS618 l.IOO2 IBSS1l 1.6691
v 0Q1!9 00164 00172 0.0182 0.01980.022l 002117 0.IOS2 01463 0.1762 0.1994 0.2210 02411 016111 02783
~_

0.1211 02B9l 0.4304 0.513 0.6710 O7lM 0.9343 L2154 l.3S07 1.4461 104976 1,5411 1.5112 !.6117 1.6516

~Hrum~_~~
v 0.0159 0.0164 o.om 0.01111 0.0196 0.11219 011268
__ 0.0591 ~1038
~_~~
0,1312 0.l529 0.1718 0.1890 02050 ll.2203
__ ~

01265 0.2881. 0.4287 0.5550 0.6726 ~7SIlO OSI53 1,1593 1.120) 1.4001 lASS! 1.5Il61 1.5481 1,III6l 1.6216
v 0.0159 00163 0.0170 MI80 0.0195 0.0216 011256 0.0397 0,0751 0.1020 01281 01391 01544 01684 0,1117
~Hm~~m_~~~I __ ~~~_~

s 0.1258 .02870 0A271 0.5528 0.6693 0.1821 0.9026 1.0176 1.2615 1.1574 1.4229 lA74S 15194 L5593 1.5962

~HWOO
v o.otss 00163 0.0170
_ 0.0180
__ 0.0193 0.0213 0.0246 0.0334 0.0513 0.1IS16
~~_~~_~~~ml.l
~1004 D.1160 0.1298 0142. 01642

s 0.1251 02859 OAlre 0.5107 0.5663 0.7717 0.8926 1.0350 1.2iJS5 1_171 1.904 1.4466 1.4938 1.1351 1.5735

51
Superheated Steam Example
Consider installing a turbine to reduce the T and P
of superheated steam from 1200F and 200 psia
to 700F and 180 psia, and generate some
electrical energy.

a)How much energy are you capturing from each


pound of steam by changing the enthalpy?

b)The boiler runs 24 hrs/day, 7 days/wk, for 50


weeks/yr and sends 3,000 Ib/hr to the turbine.
How much money are you saving if the cost of
electricity $0.10/kWh? Assume that the generator
is 100% efficient.
52

Solution
1200' 700'
a) dh = h200 - h180 = 1635.4 Btu/lb - 1375.3 Btu/lb

= 260.1 Btu/lb
b) $ savings:
260.1 Btu 3,0001b 24hr 7 day 50 week
= Ib
x
hr
x
day
x
week
x
yr

6,555 x10' Btu 1 kWh $0.10


= yr
x
3,412 Btu
x
kWh

= $192,100/yr

53
Steam Traps
Condensing steam gives up its energy at
constant temperature and the liquid
condensate must be removed.
Three purposes of steam traps
1. Remove liquid condensate
2. Remove non-condensible gases such as
air
3. Hold back live steam
54

-~"1 olfl"v-15~
Inverted Bucket Steam Trap LV IV. /""'" ,J;:
_!",'{ LiM - ~
/jJI}1 e,~ pvoW5
fJI,J

NOlmCJ1st~:&ap
Opwatkm
(lnvt!tri~dBf..leket)

55
Steam Traps
Prone to failure, they are a major source
of steam leaks
Routine trap diagnostic and maintenance
program is highly valuable
Call vendor or manufacturer for orifice size
needed for leak rate
Other types include float, thermostatic,
and venturi traps
Normally not insulated
56

Boiler Blowdown
Water, not steam, is removed
Top or surface blowdown
- Removes impurities
- Controls concentration ofTDS (Total Dissolved Solids)
- Usually continuous and low flowrate
- POSSible source of heat for makeup water or flash steam
Bottom or mud blowdown
- Removes sediment settled on bottom of boiler
- Usually intermittent and brief with high flowrate

57
Boiler Blowdown

Steam.;o S(tIlds

Top

. ....
Contllluo'UlI'

- .- . -
DloW(io>wn

.....
Mud
BlowdowD.

Sbdl&Tube
lie,,,,, Ex(!l::ianger
.Prell","l ~~ter Make Up W:akr,
Some.Sollds

58

Top Blowdown Heat Recovery


Unit*

*Fig 1-16, Boiler Room Guide, Cleaver Brooks, Thomasville, Georgia, 2011

59
Flash Steam Recovery
Flash steam occurs by lowering the
pressure on hot, liquid condensate
The liquid water hastoo much energy (is
too hot) and loses energy to the
appropriate temp by evaporation.
Resulting flash steam may be used for
- Deaerators
- Process needs
60

Flash Steam Recovery Vessel


r--~SatLraled
Vapor Supply

LIlW-Pressura
Hlgh-Pr8Ssur~ Flash Vessel
COOIJertSaie
----{,I,.......---i
stmTIifl
saturated
Vapor L..,
COntroller

SatUJatad
l.kJ!id
Condensate
DIScharge
'---~-r-
'---_-.l.'"'l..._ _
-

61

j
Flash Steam Recovery
Removing heat from the blowdown may
be necessary to meet sewer requirements
After flashing the steam, the remaining
liquid can be cooled by heating make-up
water
The amount of steam produced is given
by

Frae t IOn Flash ed = H f (high pressure) - H f (low pressure)
Hfg(low pressure)
62

Flash Steam Example


1000 Lb/h of blowdown at 120 psia is sent to a
pressurized tank at 50 psia. How much low pressure
steam is produced?


Fraet IOn Flashed = H f (120psia) - H f (50psia)
H fg (50 psia)
% Flashed = 312.6-250.2 =0.068 or 6.8%
923.9
Mass lost = (0.068)(1000 Lb/h) = 68 Lb/h

63
Condensate Disposition
Reusing condensate saves
1. Energy
2. Water
3. Water treatment
4. Sewer charges

64

Condensate Recovery
Atmospheric pressure recovery
- Most common system
- Limited to 212 of
- Less expensive than pressurized system
High pressure recovery
- Requires pressurized system
- Recovers hotter water with more Btu's I
~

65
When is Condensate Recovery
Not Cost Effective?
Recovery is over considerable distance in
an existing system
Condensate is contaminated

66

Boiler and Steam Plant ECO's


INCREASE BOILER EFFICIENCY
1. Reduce Excess Air to Boiler(s)
2. Provide Sufficient Air to Boiler(s) for Complete Combustion
3. Install Low Excess Air Burner (s)
4. Repair/Replace Faulty Burner (s)
5. Repair Natural Draft Burner(s) with Forced Draft Burner(s)
6. Install Turbulators in Firetube Boiler(s)
. 7. Replace Existing Boiler(s) with New More Efficient Boiler(s)
8. Install a Condensing BoilerlWater Heater
9. Install a Pulse Combustion BoilerlWater Heater
10. Install a Small Boiler for Summer Operation
11. Clean Boiler(s) to Eliminate Fouling and Scale
12. Improve Feedwater Chemical Treatment to Reduce Scaling
13. Optimize Boiler Loading When Using Multiple Boilers

67
Boiler and Steam Plant ECO's
INSULATION
14. Install Insulation on Steam Line(s)
15. Install Insulation Jacket(s) on Steam Fitting(s)
16. Install Insulation on Feedwater Line(s)
17. Install Insulation on Condensate Return Line(s)
18. Install Insulation on Condensate/Feedwater/Deaerator
Tank(s)
19. Install Insulation on (Domestic) Hot Water Line(s)
20. Install Insulation on (Domestic) Hot Water Tank
21. Install Insulation Jacket on Boiler Shell
22. Install Insulation to Reduce Heat Loss

68

Boiler and Steam Plant ECO's


REDUCE BOILER LOAD
23. Repair Steam Leak(s)
24. Repair Failed Steam Trap(s)
25. Reduce Boiler Blowdown
26. Return Condensate to Boiler(s)
27. Shut Off Steam Tracer(s) During Summer
28. Shut Off or Turn Back Boiler During Long Periods of No
Use
29. Change Boiler Steam Pressure
30. Replace Continuous Gas Pilot(s) with Electronic Pilot(s)
31. Install Stack Damper(s) to Reduce Natural Draft Heat Loss
32. Pressurize Condensate Return System
33. Reduce or Utilize Flash Steam
34. Reduce Boiler Load and/or Steam Requirement
69
t.:vrcr
Boiler and Steam Plant ECO's

WASTE HEAT RECOVERY


35 .. Install an Economizer to Preheat Boiler Feedwater
36. Install Heat Exchanger to Preheat Boiler Makeup or Feedwater
37. Install Heat Exchanger to Recover Blowdown Heat
38. Install Recuperator to Preheat Combustion Air
39. Recover Waste Heat to Supplement (Domestic) Hot Water
Demand
40. Recover Heat from Boiler Flue Gas to Supplement Bldg Heat
41. Install Heat Recovery Steam Generator on Incinerator
42. Direct Contact Condensation Heat Recovery

70

Boiler and Steam Plant ECO's


OTHER
43. Vary (Domestic or Heating) Hot Water Temp. Based on Demand
44. Eliminate Air Conditioning in Boiler Room
45. Install Back Pressure Steam Turbine for Cogeneration
46. Switch to a "Self-Help" Natural Gas Source
47. Request Change to a Different Utility Rate Schedule
48. Switch to a More Economical Fuel Source
49. Install Heat Pump to Supplement (Domestic) Hot Water Demand
50. Replace Electric Boiler(s) with Natural Gas Fired Boiler(s)
51. Install a Satellite Boiler
52. Install a Variable Frequency Drive on Pump(s) and Fan(s)
53. Replace On/Off Control System with Variable Firing Rate

71
Compressed Air Systems
and Pump Systems

Why Bother?
Industry uses most compressed air (CA)
- Larger compressors
- More end uses
- More complex systems
-Savings potential up to 30% often quoted
Commercial/Institutional buildings
- Smaller compressors for pneumatic
controls
2
Typical Commercial Building
System
Reciprocating compressor
<15 hp
Located in mechanical room
Pressures typically 15 to 25 psig
Very small flow rate of air 1 cfm)
On-off control
Spends most time "off"
Very little savings opportunity
3

Layout
"""'" -
......
Compressed Air Systems
Supply side
-Operates within a specified pressure range.
- Delivers an air flow rate which varies with
demand
Flow rate measured two ways
- SCFM at 68 OF and atmospheric pressure
-ACFM at actual intake temperature and
pressure
5

A Simplified Block Diagram Includes distribution,


storage and end use
Includes compressor and air treatment

SUPPLY SIDE

6
Typical Industrial System
Screw compressor
100 hp or more
Pressure range 110 to 130 psig
Large air flowrates
Sometimes called the "fourth utility"
Sometimes the most expensive utility cost

Industrial Compressors
The vast majority of industrial compressors
are rotary screw package units
-5 to 500 hp
-0.16 to 0.22 kW/scfm
- Up to 2,500 scfm

8
Industrial Compressors
Reciprocating compressors
older design
<1 hp to 1,000's of hp (smaller units
used in commercial bldgs)
Centrifugal compressors
125 to 5,000 hp
Both capable of high flowrates
(> 100,000 cfm) and pressures
(> 10,000 psi) 9

Other Supply Side Equipment.


1. Air intake-pressure drop should be ~2 psi

2. Relocate air intakes to cooler .... ,...,,;+;,.,....... *


Air Intake ,0/0
30 7.5
50 3.8
70 o
90
110 (7.6)
"MD Oviatt and RK Miller, Industrial Pneumatic Systems Fairmont Press, 1981, p. 49.
Relative to 70"F

10
Other Supply Side Equipment
Receivers: storage devices to
smooth demand on compressor
- Can significantly reduce demand
fluctuation on compressor controls
- 2 to 4 gallons per scfm (varies a
great deal)
- Located before dryer (wet), after
dryer (dry), throughout plant, and
at large loads

11

Other Supply Side Equipment


After coolers: Air leaves a compressor at
approximately 100% RH.
- Cooling removes significant moisture; must be
trapped and drained (exhausted)
- Air cooled or water cooled and they are quite
cost effective; save energy in dryer and
provide dryer air.
- Water cooled more effective but water should
be used elsewhere or reused through small
cooling tower
12
Other Supply Side Equipment
Dryers: Further reduce dew point to avoid
moisture in plant equipment
- Refrigerated: cools air to about 40 of and reheats by
precooling incoming air. Thus, dew point around 40 of.
Not dry enough for many plants.
- Desiccant: chemically removes moisture saturating
media which must be dried before reusing. Usually two
stacks. Expensive but dew point around -10 of.
- Deliquescent: similar to desiccant but wet material is
removed and replaced.

13

Other Supply Side Equipment

Filters - Downstream of the compressor, removes


particulates, condensate and lubricant
When di~ pressure drop increases resulting in
throttling effect

Example:
100 hp compressor@ 8 cents/kWh
Annual energy cost: $63,232 (assume cant. oper.)
One in-line coalescing filter w/ 6 psi pressure drop
(Assume 2 psi drop when filter is new) possible ......
I. Savings
4 psi drop costs 2% of annual energy, or $1265
A new element for this filter is $375
14
Compressed Air Uses
Primary use is to power pneumatic tools.
- Smaller, lighter and more maneuverable.
- Variable speed and torque control
- Safer compared to electrical devices
Other uses include
o Packaging o Filtration
o Conveyors o Controls Systems
o Dehydration o Aeration
o Refrigeration
15

Compressed Air: Major


Areas of Waste
1. Leaks
2. Excessive pressure
3. Poor control
. 4. Inappropriate/poor use

16

, )
i
Air Leaks
Leaks should be monitored on a regular PM
schedule-consider ultrasonic leak detectors
Cost of CA Leaks @ 80//100 psig
Hole diameter '. Leak rate ... Cost@ .'

(SCFM) .. . ". $293lMMcf .


1/32" 0.82 II 0.99 $115 II $139
1/16" 3.27 II 3.96 $46071 $557
3/16" 29.43 II 35.65 $4140 II $5014
Leak rate charts such as this assume both
a round hole and an orifice ,..,..,:>tTi,,..i,,,,
17

Air (and Steam) Leak Charts


Real leaks
- Are not through nice round holes
-Orifice coefficient is unknown
- Many cannot be observed
Assigning an "equivalent hole size" is only
an estimate, possibly with great error
Even so, often it is a suitable method to
support repairs techs should be doing as a
normal part of their duties
18
'1 Excessive Pressure
~ Rule of thumb-each 2 psi of pressure
vr reduction reduces compressor energy
consumption 1%.
Investigate pressures needed for safe and
effective equipment operation.
- Often system pressures are between
110 and 130 psig when need is 90 pSig
or much less.
Leads to artificial demand
19

What is Artificial Demand?


Question: If a system
needs 80 psig, and
100 psig is supplied,
what happens to the
other 20 psig?

J
20

I
l
--..i
Artificial Demand: The More-is-
Better Philosophy
Answer: Supplying 20 extra psig will force the
system to consume 20% more air flo~ resulting
in 20% waste
Artificial Demand is the difference between system
air flow at optimum operating pressure and the
flow consumed at the actuarpressure applied to
the system
Any unregulated air demand will add to artificial
demand as system pressure is increased above
the minimum pressure to ensure proper
functioning
\
21

Controls and Pressure


Impact of control
on average
system pressure*
Minimum --
-.
"'"
pressure is
maintained. --
""""""'"
-..
--
--
""""""'
"""'" "
OO~Mniwm

"""""

'Compressed Air System Impacts of Controls on System Pressnre


Controls, Compressed Air
Challenge, US Dept of Energy, 22
1998
Compressor Control Strategies
Start/Stop - motor is turned on (100% hp) or off (0% hp) in
response to a set pressure band
- Efficiency depends on air storage; a low cost solution but can cause
premature motor failure w/ excessive starts
- Used for reciprocating and rotary screw
Load/Unload - motor runs at constant speed, but unloads the
compressor lto ~25% hpj when the discharge pressure is adequate
to meet needs of the applications
- If air demand is 60% of machine capacity, then it would spend 60% of
the time running loaded .
Modulating - throttling air inlet valve to match demand. For
rotary screws, air delivery can ranSJe from 0 to 100% of capacity,
but due to higher compression ratios don't deliver equivalent
horsepower savings- e.g., 10% delivered flow consumes 60% of full
load hp (least efficient control method for rotary screws)
................ ' ... '

Reevaluate control scheme Possible.


23 t Savings ... '

Compressor Control Strategies


( cont.)
Variable Displacement - utilizing a turn valve or spiral valve
design to shorten the length of the airend to reach a more constant
pressure
- This is a very complicated, high cost approach

Variable Speed (or Frequency> Drive speed up or slow down


motor with a variable drive motor to meet a constant pressure
- This is also high cost, but is the most efficient approach

24
latCfl
Control of Multiple Compressors
Cascading set pOints (old technology)
- Stop or start compressors to meet demand
- Individual compressor ranges added, leading
to large overall range
Use a remote (not in compressors) PID control
loop to dispatch multiple compressors
- Dramatically reduces control differential and
smoothes operation
- Can be extremely cost effective
25

What Else Should We Look For?


One compressor (trim compressor) should
be operating at part load-other
compressors should be either on or off.
Can some CA applications be switched to
motor-driven systems?
Is there a regular leak repair/prioritization
system in place?

26
Inappropriate/Poor Use
Condensate drains stuck open
Blowing: drying or cooling parts, personal use
Sparging: Aerating or agitating liquid
Dilute Phase Transport: transporting solid, such as
powders in a diluted format
Open Hand-held Blowguns or Lances
Vacuum Venturis: shop vacuums, drum pumps
See appendix for ways to determine inappropriate
use

27

Typical Industrial Demand


Typical Components of Demand

III Normal Production


.. Leaks
o Artificial Demand
o Poor Applications
Dynamic Losses

j
Other Demand Side Issues
Distribution lines: get air where needed
and provide further storage
- Large lines are good for systems
operating full time (often 4 inch)
- All lines should be "looped" so air comes
at any need from two directions
Traps and drains: traps and drains located
throughout system to remove moisture.
Can be a large source of air leaks.
29

Other Demand Side Issues


Distribution drop should not be more than about
10% (90 psig at tank to supply 80 psig to tool)
so receivers, better looping, etc. may enable
pressure to be dropped without affecting tool

30
l~1
A Few Energy Savings Ideas
Engineered Air Nozzles
Use 33% less compressed air for
same blowing capacity, compared
to round orifices
Heat Recovery - 85-90% of compressor input
energy is lost as heat, even for an ideal compressor. Fully
loaded 100 hp compressor generates 250,000 Btu/hr, like
39 1,500 watt electric space heaters (although not high
temp).

31
I~I

Air Compressor Heat Recovery


Heat recovered from air compressors'
Compressor Size. Hp Heat Available. Btu/min
40 1870
100 4660
125 5830
150 6990
200 9330
300 14,000
400 18,700
*From Sullair screw compressor data

32
Need More Information?
Compressed Air Challenge
- National effort to improve compressed
air system performance.
- Collaboration of users, manufacturers,
consultants, utilities, government and
others.
- www.compressedairchallenge.org/

33

US DOE Information
Two tools available from Advanced Manufacturing Office
CAMO)
- Air Compressor Optimization
Savings estimates for minor changes such as
reducing pressure and using vortex nozzles for
cleaning .
https:lfsave-energy-now.org/EM/tools/Pages/AirCompressor.aspx
- AIRMaster+
Downloadable or online
Estimates savings and paybacks for selected energy
efficiency measures.
Pump Systems

Pumping Systems
Big energy consumers in most
manufacturing plants, commercial facilities
and other large buildings.
Often oversized and not managed well.
Hydraulic Institute estimates that 20% of
the cost of existing pumping systems can
be saved through good engineering
analysis.
This section explores how to obtain those
savings. 36 Icrrcrl
Why bother with Pumping Systems?

1. 20% savings (average)


2. Design drawings, specs, etc. usually not
available
3. Almost all facilities have significant pumps
4. Normally electric motors drive pumps
(expensive)
5. Once corrected, pump systems tend to stay
corrected
6. Running a pump one year costs more than
purchase price

37

Typical Pump System*

0U1UT'IELOClTY
v,

HEAT
EXCHANGER

PUMP

*Drawing Figure 1 from Energy Reduction in Pumps


and Pumping Systems, Hydraulic Institute. Photo
courtesy Oklahoma State University Industrial
Assessment Center.

38
Pump Systems

Pump systems really two systems


1. Pump
2. Flow channel or piping (let's follow the industry and
call this the "system'')
Pumps are often oversized due to
- Conservative design
- Change in operation
Pump oversizing may cause
- Throttling
- bypassing
39

Pump Systems
Throttling
- restricting the outlet flow of a pump
- commonly done by partially closing a valve
- like controlling speed with foot on brake at
constant accelerator position
Bypassing
- install piping circuit to divert part of the outlet
- diverted flow is commonly put back into inlet

40
Pumps
Most pumps have two common features
- Driven with electric motor
-Centrifugal
Major energy conservation possibilities
- VSD on electric motor
- Use two or more smaller pumps so
unneeded capacity can be switched off
- ModifY the centrifugal pump
Trim or replace impeller
41

Pump Equations

Pump power is proportional to the product of the head H and the


flow rate (capacity) Q divided by the pump efficiency:

P_pg HQ( HQ)


g, Eff Eff x 3960

[If Q is in gal/min and H is in feet, P will be in hp in the second


equation (for water at 68 deg F)]
Important savings can be obtained by
- Lowering the flow rate
- Reducing the head.
- Operating at best effiCiency point (BEP) for pump effiCiency
'="""'="""=
42
Centrifugal Pumps
Pump* Impeller*

direction
of
rotation
)

'" Goulds pump, courtesy drillspot.com


*Rizhao Jinfeng Mach Co, courtesy
alibaba.com ...~-_
43
IQetfI

Now Consider the System


Side
The system is the flow channel, piping, tanks,
reservoirs, etc.
Energy required to push (or pull) fluid through is
proportional to these items (simplified)
- Pressure increase required (P2 - P1)
- Height increase of final exit over intake (Z2 - Zl)
- Difference in velocities squared [(V2)2 - (V1)2]
- Friction in the flow channel (represented by hf)

44
System Equations

Pressure head, Hp,"s" H in pressure units (psia)

- pg (Z2- Z]) +p- (V2 -V])+-hf


H pres-P2-P]+- 2 pg
2
gc 2gc gc
Elevation head, Helew H in elevation units (ft)

[p is pressure in psia, z is elevation in ft, V is velocity in ft/sec, h, is


the friction head in ft, p is density in Ib/ft3, 9 is 32,2 ft/sec2, and 9c
is 32.2 ft'lbmflb,sec 2]

45

System Energy Conservation


Lower the pressure differential
- Can the pressure in the discharge tank
be lowered, for example?
Lower the height differential
- Are you pumping up the side of a large
reservoir only to allow the fluid to
plunge to the bottom?

46
System Energy Conservation
Lower the speed of flow
- Lower flow rate
- Lower velocity at spray nozzle exits
Lower the friction
- Are you pumping through heat exchangers or chillers
that are not in service and could be bypassed with
shorter, less restrictive channels?
- Aging pipes can increase friction due to corrosion and
uneven wear

47

Pump and System Curves


Pump Curve (larger impeller) System Curve

I
-0
ill
I
'"
Veloci and Friction Hea
Elevation Head

Pressure Head

Volume Flow Rate, Q

48
Centrifugal Pumps-
Effect of Impeller Diameter

4. Create a "Family of Curves" for same pump by


changing impellers

49

Pump Type Summary

1. Centrifugal pumps-high capacity, low


viscosity
2. Multistage centrifugal pumps-higher
heads (pressures)
3. Reciprocating pumps-higher head
(pressures)
4. Rotary pumps-higher viscosities

50
More Information Available
Hydraulic Institute
- non-profit trade and standards
development association
- See http://www.pumps.org/
US Department of Energy
- Has VSD calculator for pumps at
- http://wwwl.eere.energy.gov/manufacturing/techdeploymentimotors.html

51
Building Envelope

What is a building
envelope?
Separates building interior from exterior
environment. Generally includes:
- Exterior and interior walls, and ceilings
-Roofs
- Foundation
- Fenestration (openings or what fills
openings)
Doors, windows, vents, etc.
- Insulation 2
Why bother?
Envelope condition affects
- HVAC equipment operation cost
- Occupants' sense of well-being
Difficult problem for retrofits
- The existing system usually "works"
- Changes are expensive
Highly important for new construction
- Energy manager should be on new building
design team! I"'=~~
3

Envelope Interactions
Envelope interacts with environment to
provide cooling or heating load to HVAC
system
Affected by temperature, solar radiation
and weather
Covered by terms such as .J
- Heat gain and loss
- U-factors and R-factors
4

i
....;

. ,
!
...l
Thermally Light and
Thermally Heavy
Thermally light - A building whose heating and
cooling requirements are proportional to the
weather driven outside temperatures, e.g.,
homes, shopping centers, and commercial office
buildings
Thermally heavy - A building whose indoor
temperature remains fairly constant in the face
of significant changes in the outdoor
temperature, e.g., plastic injection molding
facility or building with a high heat generating
device or area inside.
5

Heat Loss and Gain


Heat is lost and gained through the building
shell.
Consider a three-quarter inch plywood wall.
T;n

inside
air film
outside
air film
6
Basic Heat Flow Equations
Conduction heat losses through walls and ceilings

q
Ax~T
LR
[BtU]
hr

Heat loss is proportional to the area A and the


temperature difference LlT between inside and outside.
:m is the sum of the resistances of everything that
resists heat flow.

LR = R inside air film + R plywood + R outside air film

Basic Heat Flow


Equations
The equation often is written

q = UXAXdT = UMT
[ Bhtrll]

where U (the U-factor) is the overall thermal conductance.

U=_l_= 1 [ Btu ]
LR R TOtal hrfeoF

8
Surface Air Film
Resistance (Buildings)*
Wall or roof Direction of R,
position heat flow (hrft2 .oF/Btu)
Still air
Horizontal up 0.61
Horizontal down 0.92
Vertical horizontal 0.68
Moving air
15 mph (winter) All 0.17
7.5 mph (summer) All 0.25
Data from 2001 ASH RAE Fundamentals Handbook American Society of Heating, Refrigerating
and AirConditioning Engineers, Inc., Atlanta, Georgia. p. 25l [QK]

Wall and Insulation


Resistances
R can be obtained from the conductance C, given for
a specified thickness of material,

R=!
C
Note that C and U are the same, C = U
If the conductivity k is given, R can be calculated
knowing k and the material thickness th in inches.
th /c!l~~Sj
~ R=-
k
10
Conductances (C) and Conductivities (k)
Table 11-2-

I!c~n:~
I ::andUC'
MatErial I DesaiptiOn
",- ~
I
I, ~.mtbuard
Gypsum Of' plasrer 1>oam".1/2 in
... Z.:!S
Building 1 PI}wood 0.80
b.'lards 1 PJ),wood..l/4 in. 1.07
Sheathing (impregnated or coated) .38
Sheathing (il'~tW. Of"<;;t">!\ted} 25/32 in. &.49
I Wood film-imnlbo3rrl 1).1" 1.40

Slaukct and edt


I
I
M.iI\l:@iwOO fibers (rock..s~ Of S'WI:s)
WoodfU*.r
0.17
.25

Insulating \ Boards and stal:>s;


i ().39'
)lli\WriitJ.1 Ccilulat gliiSS
c _ .17 I
I
Ghss.fibl.y
fn.sulcthig roo! decL.2 in. 0.25 I 0.18

CSMnt as U value,
ilCoruh.tcti\,1ty given in Biu+W,fQ-n2."f
bConductante given ill tku/h"It4+()F
Sourc~ Ext:racti!d with pmflission from ASHRAE Gltidumd DatuM, 1965. Reprinted with.
prnnl'iSIDi\ from t.he lrane Q;.." La ~ \\tt 11

Basic Heat Flow Problem


What is the rate of heat loss through a three-quarter inch
plywood wall if the inside temperature is 60F and the outside
temperature is 30F and windy? The area of the wall is 100
square feet. Include surface films.
The C value for % inch plywood is 1.07. R=l/C =

,/
Summation of R = Rr,lmin + ~Iywood + Rr,lmout = /.? t J

q = A Ll.T/:LR=UA Ll.T
12
Basic Heat Flow Equations

How could we reduce the heat flow?


Often the answer is insulation-a simple and
inexpensive way of adding more resistance to the
denominator of the equation

13

Composite Wall Example


A 160 ft 2 wall is exposed to an inside temperature of 75 OF
and an outside winter temperature of 40 of in windy
weather. The wall consists of W' plywood, 3 W' of
fiberglass board insulation, and W' gypsum board. How
much heat is lost through the wall? Include surface films.

fv./ DII+- H~ 1-6 G'2S +-ltf-rtJ ''-Hf~LfV


I<-~ 15'1 Q r S\,11 fl yJ
' lb-e (3) :/ I)
h k 'I-
l)I..,~ ,H'q
14
Basic Heat Flow Equations
Temperature varies with time of day and season, so we
often resort to this heat conduction equation

Q= UxAxDDx24 [B;:]
where DO is HOD or COD. Annual units are 0 F d
yr
UxA or UA is the conduction part of the overall Building
Load Coefficient (BLC).
Other parts include infiltration, ventilation, and slab-on-
grade factor.
'5

Degree-days
Heating degree-days (HOD) and cooling degree-days (COD)
are separate values and are specific to a particular
geographic location.
The degree-day concept assumes:
./ The average building has a desired indoor
temperature of 70 F.
./ 5 F of this is supplied by internal heat
sources such as lights, appliances,
equipment, and people .
./ The base for computi~g degree-days is 65F. oft

'6
J

J
Degree day - example

Assume a period of three days when the


outside temp averaged 50 F each day.
The number of HDD for this three-day
period would be:
HDD = (65 of -50 OF) x 3 days = 45 of -days
= 45 degree-days.
(The units of DD are Fdays/yr.)

17

Example
A wall has an area of 100 ft2 and has a thermal
conductance of 0.25 Btu/ft2hF. If there are
3000 degree-days in the annual heating season,
what is the total amount of heat that must be
supplied by the heating system?
0.25 Btu 2 3000 of . days _24_hr_s
Q= x 100 ft x X
ft2 . hr . of yr day

= 1.8 MMBTU/yr
= 1.8 million Btu for the annual heating
season (not a rate like Btu/h)

18 Ic.wtrl
Insulating Metal Surfaces
Why bother insulating hot metal surfaces,
for instance, in steam systems?
- Equipment that was never insulated.
- Damaged insulation.
- Insulation removed for a repair and
never replaced.
- Insulation is generally inexpensive with
short payback
19

Insulating Metal Surfaces


Personnel safety is often a concern.
Insulation can bring the Touter insulation to the "safe
touch value"
130:5 T safe touchl OF :5 150*
=
For Touter insulation T safe touchl the thickness ~nsulation
of insulation needed is

t. . = k. . R [ThotsUrface - TouterinSUlatiOn]
Insulatton InsulatIon surface T . . _T.
outermsulatton arr

*w. C. Turner, Energy Management Handho9k 5th Edition, Fairmont Press, 2005, p. 457.

20
Insulation Software Tool
The North American Insulation Manufacturers
Association (NAIMA) has a useful insulation
program, 3E Plus
3E Plus calculates
- Insulation thicknesses
- Energy loss and gain
- Economic thicknesses
- CO 2, NOx, and carbon equivalent (CE) reductions
Useful software can be downloaded from
http://www.pipeinsulation.org

21

Air and Water Heat


Flow Problems
Air: Sensible Heat Only - The ASHRAE method

:::: [CFMX 0.0751b x 60 minJx[0.24 BtUJX~T


q fe hr IboF

[ hr
q ::::CFMxl.08x~T BtU]

Sensible heat only goes with AT

22
Air and Water Heat
Flow Problems
Air: General

q =[
CFM 0.0751b 60
X ft3 X hr
min] x Llli

q =CFMx4.5xL\h
[ BhtrUJ
where t;,.h = enthalpy in Btujlb (combined sensible
and latent heat for moist air)
General goes with iJh

23

Duct Loss Example


10,000 CFM of air leaves an air handler at 50 of. It is delivered to a
room at 65 OF. There was no air volume loss due to duct air leaks.
No moisture was added, or taken away from the air in the duct.
How many Btu/h heat gain occurred because of heat transfer by
conduction?
(A) 162,000 Btu/h
(B) 75,000 Btu/h
(C) 126,000 Btu/h
(D) 256,000 Btu/h
(E) 10,000 Btu/h

24
Duct Loss Example
10,000 CFM of air leaves an air handler at 50 of. It is delivered
to a room at 65 OF. There was no air volume loss due to duct air
leaks. No moisture was added, or taken away from the air in the
duct. How many Btu/h heat gain occurred because of heat
tra~fer by conduction?
(A) 162,000 Btu/h
75,000 Btu/h
(C)126,OOO Btu/h 10,000 CFM x 1.08 x 15 of
(D) 256,000 Btu/h
(E) 10,000 Btu/h

25

Sensible and Latent Heat


Sensible heat - The heat associated with a
temperature change of a substance at a
constant moisture level. i

Latent heat - The heat associated with the


phase change of a substance.
Enthalpy - Total heat content of a substance,
including both sensible heat plus latent heat.

26
Water: Sensible Heat only

q =(GPMX 8.341b x 60min)x(lBtU)XLlT


gal hr Ib'P

q = GPMx500XLlT [B:]
Sensible heat only

27

Chilled Water Flow Example

A chiller supplies cold water with a L1T of 10 OF.


How many GPM of this water is needed to provide one
ton of air conditioning?

We know q for 1 ton of AC is 12,000 Btu/hr, solve for GPM

12,000 / (500 x 10) = 2.4 GPM

28
Fan Laws (Affinity Laws)
Flow and Speed
CFM j _ RPM j
CFM 2 RPM 2
Pressure (Head) and Speed

SPI = (RPM 1 )2 = (CFMl)2


S~ RPM 2 CFM 2
Power and Speed
1
HP = (RPM 1)3 = (CFM1)3
HPz RPM z CFM 2
29

Practice Example
ACE Industries presently has a 5 hp ventilating fan that
draws warm air from a production area. The motor
recently failed, and they have determined the amount of
ventilation can be reduced ~ one-third.
What size motor is needed now?
Window Film Heating Reduction

Performance of window films is measured by a shading


coefficient, Sc.
- SC = 0 means no heat passes (heat gain will be 0).
=
- SC 1 means it does nothing to stop heat (all solar
radiation can pass through).

Therefore, the fractional heat flow reduction due to the


window film is given by (1-SC).

31

Shading Coefficient Example


Savings from window films can be found using (1 - SC).

The annual solar heat gain for windows facing west in a


building has been calculated to be 165,000 Btu/ttl. If a
shading film with shading coefficient 0.6 can be applied to
these windows at a cost of $2.00 per square foot,
calculate the simple payback. The COP of the air
i
conditioner is 2.7 and electricity costs $0.06 per kWh. ~

,
-J

32
Common HVAC Processes

Q
.....
~!
e i;
Q
:JE
G C
~I

36

Heating Example
For air, .q= CFMx4.5x~h [~~ ]
Air at 69F dry bulb and 50% relative humidity flows at
6750 cubic feet per minute and is heated to 90F dry bulb
and humidified to 40% RH. How many Btu/h is required in
this process?

(A) 50,000 Btu/hr


(B) 100,000 Btu/hr
~ 150,000 Btu/hr
300,00D Btu/hr

37 1()Cfjf1
Cooling Example
How many tons of air conditioning is required to cool
1000 CFM of air at 90 of and 60 % relative humidity
CRH) to 60 OF and 100 % RH?

42 -7 27 Btu/lb = decrease of 15 Btu/lb = .l'.h


q = CFM x 4.5 x Llh = 1000 x 4.5 x 15 = 67,500 Btufhr
Now divide by 12,000 Btu/ton-hr = 5.63 tons

39
d
ill
a
m ....
... I...
d
%

jl!m
z
~
"II!
.
!II
<)
1ii..J
..
i
0
Ii
"8
w
-~ ~~-

,r
"' 'b , -
....

Hi1 I~
~f1li ..
"'""%.~, if

';., 3: -..J
~ ! t
8
OIl( r.t. "'", -\-}~
~
. ~~
g W ,

)j j
z ... CIJ
I If
I
'"
;I I
~

':#
....;

...
~
iii I
~
Fig. 1 ASHRAl:: l'5ychromolric Cbarl No.1
Typical Comfort Conditions
75 OF temperature (dry bulb)
40 - 60% relative humidity
ASHRAE 62.1 - 2010
-17 CFM outside air per person (office, default,
Ventilation Rate Procedure), or
- Minimum area CFM (12 for office) plus
differential CO 2 of less than 700 PPM (Indoor
Air Quality Procedure)

41
U
...,
I-
I.

CIJ
E
oI .
.e
u
>-
U)
D.~
C n:s
o.e
ClJu
c
o
N
~
.e
E
o
U
J
Practice Problems
These are additional Building Envelope
practice problems for you from the Sample
CEM Test in Section J. We will most likely
not have time to work them while
covering the 0 section. These are for you
to practice on.
Solutions are given at the end of the J
Section.

43

CEMReview Problems
An absorption chiller with a COP of 0.8 is powered by hot
water that enters at 200F and exits at 180F at 25 gpm.
The chilled water operates on a lQF temperature difference.
Calculate the chilled water flow rate. (Solution does not
require knowledge of how absorption chillers work internally).
(A) 10gpm
(6) 20 gpm
(C) 40 gpm
(D) 45 gpm
(E) 30 gpm

See answer to question 10, Section


44
J
Review Questions
Most of our homes and apartments are

a) thermally heavy
b) thermally light

45

CEMReview Problems
The conduction part of the Building Load Coefficient (UA) for a
building is 5000 Btu/hr per degree F. Estimate the seasonal
energy consumption for heating if the heating season has
3,500 degree days. The heating unit efficiency is 80%. Find the
answer in MCF/yr.
A.625 MCF/yr
B.350 MCF/yr
C.420 MCF/yr
0.656 MCFfyr
E.525 MCFfyr

See answer to question 14, Section J


46
Electric Motor Management
Selection of Best Option
Outlet damper control
. - Simple and effective
- Not efficient, infrequently used
- Great candidate for conversion to others
Inlet vane control
- Simple and effective
- More efficient than outlet damper, but
significantly less than other options, fairly
frequently used
- Great candidate for conversion to others
Motors Ml - 58

Electric Motor Management


Selection of Best Option
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD)
- Probably most efficient
- Competitive cost
..:f-Harmonic concerns (input and output)
- Remote (clean area) installation
- Multiple motors may be connected to one
drive providing higher savings, but sizing is
critical
- Motors and load must be agreeable to VFDs
Motors Ml - 59
Variable Frequency Drive
Example
A large (50 HP) blower with inlet vane control
drives a VAV system operating 6500 hours per
year. Energy costs $0.04/kWh. What is the
total savings per year for removing the inlet
vane control and replacing it with a VFD?
- Assume the performance data in slide 56 and the
loading data in slide 61 applies
- Construct an Excel spread sheet to do the calculations

Motors Ml ~ 60
Thermal Energy Storage
(Primarily for air conditioning)

s: Thermal Energy Storage-l


I~I

Why is There Interest in


Thermal Energy Storage?
Reduced peak demand costs
Some utilities offer rebates and rate
incentives
Reduced equipment size and cost (new)
May be improved reliability due to production
and storage
Smaller fans and pumps (colder water with
ice storage)

5: Thermal Energy storage-2


I~I
Economic Payback Time

Typical simple payback of 5 to 7 years


(maybe 3 to 5 in some cases) for existing
buildings and chillers .
Recent examples from ASHRAE and others
are showing the payback may be immediate
to 1 - 2 years for good design in new
construction.

$: Thermal Energy Storage~3

Conventional Air
Conditioning Operation
CAe system peaks at peak cooling time
CAe system is sized to meet peak cooling
load
CAe system may have its lowest efficiency at
the time it is needed the most

5: Thermal Energy storage-4


I~I
CAC Operation
Building Cooling Load Profile

1000

'W 750

~
~ 500

250

o
~'4~~~~~~~~~~'4~~0~~~~~~
0;;'''' ",0
~ Time of Day

5: Thermal Energy Storage-5

Off-Peak Air
Conditioning Operation
CAC together with storage is used to meet
peak cooling loads
Chilled water or ice is used for storage
medium
Daytime peak load is reduced or eliminated
OPAC system operates at night when
efficiencies are usually higher due to lower
outside temperatures

5: Thermal Energy Storage-6


Off-Peak Air Conditioning Operation
The Total Daily Cooling Load (plus system
losses) must be met
The Instantaneous Cooling Loads must also
be met when they occur, just not directly
from the chillers.
We are simply decoupling the Load (demand)
from the Chiller (supply)
If we take advantage of optimal chiller
loading (sweet spot) and cooler condenser
temperatures, we may gain significant
efficiencies.
5: Thermal Energy Storage-7
I~I

Building Cooling Load Profile


I_ Building Load I
1000
LLoad X hours =
14,000 Ton-Hours
.,c
~ 750

~
.., 500
...8
250

a
.~'~~~~~~~~~~~,~~~~~~~~~~
.o~($ .;;;.0
~ Time of Day

5: Thermal Energy storage-8


OPAC Operating Strategies
Load leveling
- Partial shifting of AC load to off-peak
hours
- Chiller runs at constant load or near
constant load for 24 hours per day
- Very cost effective for new construction
- Less costly to purchase
- Less space needed
- But'" less savings

5: Thermal Energy Storage-9

Load Leveling Chiller Load Calculations

Where would we need to operate the chiller{s)


in order to satisfy the building load? Peak
period between 12:00 p.m. to 8 p.m.
Total Ton Hours / Hours available to operate
chillers
For the Load Leveling Strategy, the chiller will
operate 24 hours per day, at a load of:
-14,000 Ton-hours / 24 hours = 583.3 --'
Tons
5: Thermal Energy Storage-tO
1C\ftfr1
Building Cooling Load Profile
Load Levelling TES
1_ Building Load __ Load Levelling TES 1
1000 Peak: Chiller Load
= 583.3 Tons
~ 750
II)
c
g
16 500
.3
250

5: Thermal Energy Storage-!1


10Cffr1

Load shifting
- Complete shifting of peak hour AC load to
off-peak hours
- OPAC system must be sized to meet peak
cooling load in ton-h
- Usually more cost effective for retrofit
situations because of large existing chiller
load that can be moved mostly off peak
-More costly to purchase and install
- Requires more space for storage tanks
- But'" more savings

5: Thermal Energy storage-12


OPAC Load Calculations
Total Ton Hours / Hours available to operate
chillers
A peak period from noon to 8 p.m. would only
leave 16 hours to generate cooling capacity.
For the Load Shifting Strategy, the chiller Will.
operate at a load of:
-14,000 Ton-hours / 16 hours = 875-,
Tons ,/

5: Thermal Energy Storage-13


IClCtfrII

Building Cooling Load Profile


1_ Building Load _ _ Load Shifting rES 1
1000

.,
c
750
o
e
~ 500
..J

250

S: Thermal Energy Storage-14


TES Storage Media
Chilled water storage
- Simple but large tanks needed; lots of space.
N

Requires 4 to 5 times the space of ice storage


- Typical water temperatures of 39 to 40 deg F ~
- Practical considerations for water storage tanks
Need to minimize mixing of warm return /
water with the cold water in storage
May need two tanks '" if full capacity of
a tank is needed. If temperature
stratification of tank is used, the tank
may need to be up to 20% bigger
5: Thermal Energy Storage-1S I~I

Stratified Water Tank ~

155 F I
..., c- ,!J-
'- ./

IChiller
~F
, 140F I

In Charge mode, the Chiller will generate cooling, and the


valve and pump controls will supply building cooling with
excess going to the tanle

5: Thermal Energy Storage-16


Stratified Water Tank

,--
~~
--- ~
,7
~

'-
? 140F I
IChiller ~
In Discharge mode, the tank will supplement the chiller
("load leveling" strategy) or Supply all the cooling
required by !be building as in the "full shift" strategy.

S: Thermal Energy Storage-17


I~II

j; )~&-.I: %IvuJ~t&c
. I

Ice Storage ~ }'If hft<j!.JJ


- More complex tanks and auxiliary
equipment needed; more complex to
maintain
~ Ice/water requires around 20 to 30% of
7' the space needed for chilled water tanks
- Solid ice requires around 10% of the space
needed for chilled water tanks
- Very low temperature water can be used tv
around 34 degrees F ~ J""..l i'-111~
- Can use ice harvester, ice on coil, or
ice/water (slush)
s: Thermal Energy Storage-1S
Ice on Coil Tank

r .....,
CHWR
I 55P
Ice Generator
(water/glycol @ 28 F)

>c
I ....- CHWS
40 0 P
'- ./

In Charge mode, the Ice Generator will circulate 28p


Water/Glycol mixture through Chilled Water Tank, freezing
Chilled water on the coils. Warm CHWR melts the ice during
Discharge, thus cooling the CHWS.
5: Thermal Energy storage-19

Properties of Storage Media


Chilled water systems are typically operated
in a manner to use only sensible heat storage
and thus stores one Btu per pound of water
for each OF of temperature difference
between the stored water and the returned
water
Ice systems are typically operated in a
manner to use only latent heat associated
with freezing and melting, and one pound of
ice at 32F absorbs 144 Btu to become 320 F
water
5: Thermal Energy Storage-20
1Qff.f1
s...~
Sizing Chilled Water Storage Tanks /If'
Assume that chilled water is stored at 400F and
is returned at the standard temperature of
55F
This is a 150 .'lT for the AC system.
Thus, one pound of water stores 15 Btu.
One ton-h of AC is 12,000 Btu
So, to store 1 ton-h you need: . . b
/n~ It
txx(;;::::-_1D.~;/\~ ~
pounds of water; or,
gallons of water; or, f;60(t- f f --
cubicfeet of water. f/60/hl:;" /'Z'ff
r. _ r
5: Thermal Energy Storage-21 ... ~I
1C\!f!r....--.
-...

Can We Meet This Load


With an OPAC System?
What is the current chiller configuration?
Assume two 600 ton chillers

Can we store enough ton-h during off-peak


hours to meet the daytime AC load without
having to run the chiller at all during the day?

5: Thermal Energy Storage-22


I~I
How Big Would a Chilled Water
Tank be to do Load Shifting?
Assuming we used the 15 degree delta
T chilled water system, how many
gallons of water would we need to store
to meet the entire on-peak load shown
on 5-14, assuming no losses?
, 7DDD Jp.",-_'h. 1- i{. (~ 01 >; [)') 0

5: Thermal Energy Storage-23

Efficiency and Capacity


Considerations in Real Life
OPAC system is less efficient at lower water
temperatures rv but night time operation is
more efficient rv these might cancel each
other
We mi~ht suffer a 10 to 15% capacity
reduction because the OPAC system nas less
capacity at lower water temperatures
We might lose 5 to 10% of capacity because
of storage losses

5: Thermal Energy Storage-24


*" Conditions That Favor TES
High peak demand charges
Low cost of energy used at night
High on-peak loads
Low AC loads at night
Need for increased cooling system capacity

5: Thermal Energy Storage25


TES Chilled Water Tank DFW

5: Thermal Energy Storage-29

TES Tank at DFW AlP

5: Thennal Energy Storage-30


DFWTES Data
The DFW Airport TES tank:
Tank fabricated and installed by CBr
Physical dimensions: 56 ft. in height with a diameter of 138 ft.
Storage volume: 6,000,000 gallons
Storage capacity: 90,000 ton-hours
Shifts over 15 MW off-peak
Simple payback on the incremental investment was 4 years
One other interesting fact the DFW CHW system was originally
designed for a 24 degree Fdelta T with a leaving CHW temperature of
36 degrees F. The buoyancy of water inverts at 38 degrees F so 36
degree entering water would compromise the stratification in the
TES. So, a buoyancy depressant called So Cool is used to depress the
minimum buoyancy below 36 F. It has worked perfectly.

s: Thermal Energy Storage~31

TES for Heating


TES has many applications for heating
We already use it with our typical storage
water heaters in our homes, offices and
factories
Some space heating systems use ceramic
bricks, rocks, water tanks, and phase
change materials
Also many other applications in
manufacturing and industry
s: Thermal Energy Storage-32
CEM Review Problems _S6;Je.i
1. TES systems yield large energy savings. A I'
/'
A) True (B)'False
\ ...../
2. TES for heating uses some of the following
storages: 1) building mass; 2) hot water; 3)
ground couple; 4) compressed air tanks; 5)
rocks; and 6) propane containers. Select
the right combination:
(A) 1,2,3,4 (B) 3,4,5,6
~ 1,2,3,5 (D) 2,4,5,6

S: Thermal Energy Storage-33


I~I

3. With a load leveling TES strategy, a building


manager will

~
) Not operate the chiller during peak hours
(B Essentially base load the chiller (i.e.,
....... operate at high load most of the time)
(C)Operate only during the peak times
(D)Operate in the "off" season

4. A large commercial building will be retrofitted


with a closed loop water to air heat pump .
system. Departments are individually metered.
Demand billing is a small part of the total
electrical cost. Would you recommend a TES?
(A) Yes . rD\'
B.\No
~:~;rmal Energy Storage-34 I~I
5. Water can store heating capacity or
coaling capacity in sensible or latent
heat since it has useful phase change
p,bysical characteristics.
(A)lTrue (8) False
,J

5: Thermal Energy Storage-35


Combined Heat and
Power,
and Renewable Energy
Section T

T-CHP and Renewable Energy


Overlapping Definitions
Distributed generation (DG)
- Electricity production at or near the point of
use, irrespective of size, technology or fuel
used, both off-grid and on-grid
Combined heat and power (CHP)
- Produces both useful mechanical energy and
useful thermal energy from a single system.
- Mechanical energy can generate electricity or
be used directly as shaft energy.

TCHP and Renewable Energy

Overlapping Definitions
Renewable energy
- Renewable energy is energy from
natural resources, which are naturally
replenished in the short term
- Can be a form of DG
-Can be a central plant
-Can generate thermal and/or electrical

T-CHP and Renewable Energy


Why Consider This?
(Advantages)
Increase efficiency
Improve reliability
Reduce emissions
Improve energy security
Reduce long-term costs
Hedging against future energy costs

T-CHP and Renewable Energy ~ 5

Major Barriers
Application procedures
Exit fees
Feed-tariffs and metering
Financing
Load retention rates
Interconnection
Insurance
Siting and permitting (regulations and land area)
Skilled labor (design, maintenance, operation)
Back up and standby fees

T-CHP and Renewable Energy


Combined Heat and Power
(CHP)
Also known as:
- Cogeneration
- Combined cooling, heating and power
(CCHP)
- Building cooling, heating and power
(BCHP)
- Trigeneration (power, heating, and
cooling)
T-CHP and Renewable Energy

Combined Heat and Power


Definition: Simultaneous production and
use of useful mechanical energy and
useful thermal energy
- Mechanical energy can be used directly
(e.g., power an air compressor)
Most often generates electricity
- Thermal energy can be used directly, or
can generate cooling (e.g., heat source
for absorption chiller)
T-CHP and Renewable Energy
WhyCHP?
CHP has the opportunity to:
- Improve system efficiency (compared to typical
power generation without useful heat recovery)
- Reduce total operating costs (compared to purchasing
or generating electricity and heat energy in separate
systems)
- Improve system reliability and availability (when CHP
is used as primary and the utility systems are used as
a back-up source)
- Can reduce total emissions (although may increase
local emissions)
9
T-CHP and Renewable Energy

CHP Energy Balance


Conventional Combined
Generation Heat & Power
5 MWN;"JIIJIM GJ\ii
CUmbu$U11ft -Ttlrtlb"~

Heal Hoot

,AgOF OVERALl: . '71::01 OVERALL


"+ /0 EFFICIENCY ,1'i.1 10 EFFICIENCY

Source: EPA Combined Heat and Power Partnership (www.epa.gov/chp)

TCHP and Renewable Energy ~ 10


CHP Emissions Reduction
Increased Efficiency Results in Reduced Carbon Emissions

TRADITIONAl SYSTEM CHPSYSTEM

i:xampm ill tllo GO? S<-l'Jings pottmlial 01 CHP basel) cn a 6 MW gas turNne CHP system w,1h 75% O\lt'Y1J! SOurce:!Cf International
efHciflncy operating at 8,500 hours per }'r.ar prcvtding steit'n and !XIwar on--slto CMlpa.~d ID &;-paraie
r..eat and j)OWN comprised of an SO% efftiGnt ol}s.1:e natural gas boiler am:! <MIrage fossil. based e~
ITy genemticn w.th 7% T&D losses.

T-eHP and Renewable Energy (l(f(f 11

CHP
CHP presently (2012) is 85 GW (1V7%) of
the US's 1,140 GW of electric generation
capacity.
Executive Order 13624 (August 30, 2012),
calls for adding 40 GW of industrial CHP
by 2020.

T-CHP and Renewable Energy (l(f(f 12


Types of Cycles
Three primary types of cycles:
- Topping cycle
- Bottoming cycle
- Combined cycle (topping and bottoming
cycle)
Why is the type of cycle important?
- Regulations may apply differently based
on type of cycle

T-<:HP and Renewable Energy

PURPA
PURPA (Public Utility Regulatory Policies
Act), 1978
- Key to spreading CHP for "qualified"
facilities in US
- Prior to PURPA, utilities who saw CHP as
competition, might refuse
Selling standby power
Buying excess electricity

T-CHP and Renewable Energy C\C'!'Cf 14


PURPA
Qualified facilities (QF) based on efficiency
level
EPAct 2005 modified PURPA.
- Utilities do not have to supply or buy
power if organized market exists.
- QF's must be for institutional or
commercial sales, not electric utilities

T-CHP and Renewable Energy ClENr" 15

Topping Cycle
Fuel energy first produces mechanical energy
and residual thermal energy is used.
- Diesel or gas turbine engine turns a shaft
to supply mechanical energy to a
generator producing electric power.
- Waste heat recovered from the exhaust
gas and engine coolant (diesel) produces
useful hot water or steam.

T-CHP and Renewable Energy ~ 16


Diesel Engine Topping Cycle
~----- Return

Useful Heat Supply

d~;---- Return

~~~~l~~~~t-
. Exhaust Gas ..... Exhaust Gas

Useful Heat Supply

T-CHP and Renewable Energy CWff 17

Bottoming Cycle
Primary energy first satisfies a thermal
demand, such as process heating and
residual thermal energy is recovered and
used to produce useful mechanical or
electrical power.
- Example: boiler supplies steam to heat
a process and the reduced pressure
steam then goes to a turbine to supply
mechanical power.
T-CHP and Renewable Energy CWff 18
Bottoming Cycle Example

Very Low~
IPre.... re Steam

' - - - - Make-up Water

T-CHP and Renewable Energy C\(f(f 19

Combined Cycle
Useful mechanical energy is produced at two different
stages. Residual thermal energy is utilized at least once.
Example:
- A gas turbine produces shaft power to power a generator
(a topping cycle). The exhaust gas (perhaps with
supplemental firing) is used in a waste heat recovery
boiler to develop steam to power a steam turbine.
- Shaft power from the turbine is used to power a
generator (normally a topping cycle but used here as ci
bottoming cycle).
- Steam from the turbine provides useful heat energy to a
process (the useful thermal energy makes this CHP).

T-CHP and Renewable Energy C\I'(f'" 20


Combined Cycle
Cogeneration Example

Steam

Exhaust
~="'"'"
Compressed ~~
Air '-..,

Make-up Water

T-CHP and Renewable Energy Cle<r 21

Other Items
CHP is (typically) a type of DG
CHP can work well with
- District heating systems
- Thermal energy storage systems
- Gas cooling systems
Energy security issues are giving CHP and
DG more justification

T-CHP and Renewable Energy - Cle<r 22


/
Sample Problem
A CHP facility consume~ 81,900 MCFfyr natural
gas (use 1,050 Btu/SCI and a cost of $10/MCF)
The CHP facility generates 6,000,000 kWhfyr
and 300,000 thermsfyr of useful heat energy.
Electricity generated offsets electricity that
would be purchased at $0.08/kWh
Useful thermal energy recovered offsets a gas-
fired boiler. Assume gas cost is the same as
above and the net boiler efficiency is 80%.
Estimate the net reduction in annual energy cost
delivered by the CHP unit.
T-CHP and Renewable Energy C\tI'6r 23

Solution to Sample Problem


CHP Gas Consumed
= -(81,900 MCF/yr)x($lO/MCF) = -$819,000/yr
Electricity Cost Offset
=(+6,000,000 kWh/yr)x($0.08/kWh) = +$480,OOO/yr
Boiler Gas Cost Offset

+300,000 therms 100,000 Btu 1 SCF


---'---- X X --"'--
yr therm 1,050 Btu
X 1 MCF $10 1 $357 143/
1,000 SCF X MCF X 0.80 =+ , yr

Net Reduction in Energy Cost


=-$819,OOO/yr+$480,OOO/yr+$357,143/yr= +$18,143/yr
~
T-CHP and Renewable Energy ~_'i> 24
Distributed Generation (DG)
Also known as:
- Distributed Energy (DE)
- Small Power Producer (SPP) or self
generation
- Distributed Energy Resources (DER),
although DER can include more that DG
(e.g., .flywheels, batteries, etc.)

TCHP and Renewable Energy CltftI' 25

Distributed Generation
Definition: (and there are several)
- Any small-scale power generation that
provides electric power at a site closer to the
end user than central generation, and is
usually interconnected to the distribution
system or directly to the end user's facility
- Any method of producing power that will be
used on or near the site at which it is
generated

T-CHP and Renewable Energy


C'ltf(f 26
Generation Technologies
Technology Advantages Limitations

Steam Turbines Long lile Low electric generating


Can bum solid fuels efficiency
Combustion Turbines Hightemperature heat out Smaller systems have low
High efficiency in larger systems electric generating
Intermediate sizes available efficiency
Internal Combustion High efficiency in smaller sizes Lower temperature heat
Engines Small and intermediate sizes recovery
available Can derate capacity
Microturbines Small sizes available Expensive
Low emissions Low electric generating
efficiency
Fuel Cells Small and intermediate sizes Very expensive
available
Lowest emissions

T-CHP and Renewable Energy cae<t- 27

Internal Combustion
Engines
Fuel can include natural gas, diesel, biogas,
gasoline, propane, and more
Available in sizes typically from 30 kW to
3,000 kW. Some systems are available as low
as 1 kW for home energy systems, including
CHP.
Efficiencies up to 37% electric, over 80%
when heat recovery added
Basic equipment costs around $350 to
$600jkW, without CHP
T-CHP and Renewable Energy _ 28
Combustion Turbines
Fuels are typically gas (natural gas,
biogas, etc.) but liquid systems are
available
Most efficient systems are greater than
40 MW but systems as low as 500 kW
are available

T-CHP and Renewable Energy ClI'e" 29

Microturbines
Fuels are typically gas but liquid systems
are being developed
Size range is limited. 30 to 250 kW
systems are available
Electrical efficiency is low but emission
levels can be attractive

T-CHP and Renewable Energy


CltI(f' 30
Fuel Cells
Fuel cells use a chemical reaction rather than a
combustion process
Require hydrogen as a fuel source
Fuel processors extract hydrogen from other
source fuels
Can be highly sensitive to impurities in the fuel
Emission levels are excellent because of non
combustion reaction
Technology is still developmental and very
(very) expensive
Fuel processor, maintenance costs, and fuel cell
stack life are current concerns
T-CHP and Renewable Energy
CVf(f 31

Important CHP and DG


Performance Parameters
Mechanical power efficiency-frequently
given, less than 45% (except fuel cells)
Overall efficiency-sometimes given,
includes mechanical power efficiency,
typically greater than 55%
Installed cost-based on power, $/kWe
O&M cost-operation and maintenance
cost, $/kWh

T-CHP and Renewable Energy (;\(f(t' 32


Important CHP and DG
Performance Parameters
Heat rate-Fuel energy in Btu to generate
a kWh e, Btu/kWhe (or Btu/kWh)
Footprint-floor area required for siting,
square feet/kW.
Emissions-typically pounds of CO2 or NOx
per kWh. Emission numbers are often
national averages or specific to a region or
utility .
And others
T-CHP and Renewable Energy <:.\EPe" 33
Summary of Cost and Performance Parameters for Distributed Generation Technologies*
Heat Rate Approx. Emissionsa Ib/kWh)
Size Range Installed Cost Variable O&M
Technology
($/kW)b
(Btul Efficiency
(kW) ($/kWh) NO x CO2
kWh e) (%)
Diesel Engine 1-10,000 350-800 7,800 45 0.025 0.017 1.7
Natural Gas Engine 1-5,000 450-1,100 9,700 35 0.025 0.0059 0.97
Natural Gas Engine
1-5,000 575-1,225 9,700 35 0.027 0.0059 0.97
w/CHpc
Dual Fuel Engine 1-10,000 625-1,000 9,200 37 0.023 0.Q1 1.2
Microturbine 15-60 950-1,700 12,200 28 0.014 0.00049 1.19
Microturbine wi CHP C 15-60 1,100-1,850 12,200 28 0.014 0.00049 1.19
Combustion Turbine 300-10,000 550-1,700 11,000 31 0.024 0.0012 1.15
Combustion Turbine wi CHP C 300-10,000 700-2,100 1,100 31 0.024 0.0012 1.15
Fuel Cell 100-250 5,500+ 6,850 50 0.01-0.05 0.000015 0.85
Limited by
Photovoltaics Available 7,000-10,000 -- N/A 0.002 0.0 0.0
Space
Wind Turbine 0.2-5,000 1,000-3,000 -- N/A 0.010 0.0 0.0
a Nationwide utility averages for emissions from generating plants are 0.005 IbjkWh of NOx and 1.2 IbjkWh of CO2 ,
b The high end of the range indicates costs with NOx controls for the most severe emissions limits intemal combustion technologies only.
c Although the electric conversion efficiency of the prime mover does not change, CHP significantly improves the fuel utilization effiCiency
of a DER system.
d Storage devices have virtually no emissions at the point of use. However, the emissions associated with the production of the stored
energy will be those from the generation source.
e Same as generation technology selected.
f Add cost of component technologies.

-adapted from http://www1.eere.energy.gov/femp/technologies/derchp_derbasics.html#technologies(datevisited.11/13/12)

34
T-CHP and Renewable Energy
I

Summary Table of Typical Cost and Performance Characteristics by CHP Technology!


Technology Steam Tnrbine2 Recip, Engine Gas Turbine Microturbine Fuel Cell

Power efficiency (HHV) 15-38% 22-40% 22-36% 18-27% 30-63%

Overall efficiency (HHV) 80% 70-80% 70-75% 65-75% 55-80%

Effecti ve electrical efficiency 75% 70-80% 50-70% 50-70% 55-80%

Typical capacity (MWe) 0.5-250 0 .. 01-5 0.5-250 0.03-0.25 0.005-2

Typical power to heat ratio 0.1-0.3 0.5-1 0.5-2 0.4-0.7 1-2

Part-load ok ok poor ok good

CHP Installed costs ($JkWe) 430-1,100 1,100-2,200 970-1,300 2,400-3,000 5,000-6,500


(5-40 MW)

O&M costs ($JkWhe) <0.005 0.009-0.022 0.004-0.0 II 0.012-0.025 0.032-0.038

Availability near 100% 92-97% 90-98% 90-98% >95%

Hours to overhauls >50,000 25,000-50,000 25,000-50,000 20,000-40,000 32,000-64,000

Start-up time I hr - 1 day 10 sec IOmin-Ihr 60 sec 3 hrs - 2 days

Fuel pressure (psig) nla 1-45 100-500 50-80 0.5-45


(compressor) (compressor)

Fuels all natural gas, biogas, natural gas) biogas, natural gas, biogas, hydrogen, natural gas,
propane, landfill gas propane, oil propane, oil propane, methanol

Noise high High Moderate moderate low

Uses for thermal output LP-HP steam hot water, LP steam heat, hot water, LP- heat, hot water, LP hot water, LP-HP steam
HP steam steam
Power Density (kW/m2) >100 35-50 20-500 5-70 5-20

NOx (lbIMMBtu) Gas 0.1-.2 0.013 rich burn 3-way cat. 0.036-0.05 0.015-0.036 0.0025-.0040
(not including SCR) Wood 0.2-.5 0.17 lean burn
Coal 0.3-1.2

IblMWhTotalOutput Gas 0.4-0.8 0.06 rich burnJ-way cat. 0.17-0.25 0.08-0.20 0.01 1-0.016
(not including SCR) Wood 0.9-1.4 0.8 lean burn
Coal1.2-5.0.

I. Data are illustrative values for typically available systems. All costs are in 2007 dollars.
2. For steam turbine, not the entire boiler package.
Source: Catalog of CHP Technologies, EPA, 2008.
Renewable Energy

Renewable Energy
Definition: Energy that comes from a
renewable source
What is a renewable energy source?
Renewable energy is energy from natural
resources, which are naturally replenished
in the short term, typically within a year or
so.

T-CHP and Renewable Energy


c:wte. 37
Renewable Energy
The definition gets political
- High-head hydro, which can disrupt stream flows and
fish habitat, is frequently excluded from the
definition.
- Ground-source heat pumps, which consume
conventional electric energy but can be more efficient
because of heat sink/source temperatures, are
frequently included.
- Biomass, or the burning of agricultural products,
increases local emissions, but is included because we
assume the emissions (C0 2 and mineral ash) support
the growth of new agricultural products.
T-CHP and Renewable Energy ~ 38

Renewable Energy-Electric.
Photovoltaic (fixed or tracking)
Wind-power generators
- Horizontal axis
- Vertical axis
Hydropower
- High-head
- Low-head and "kinetic" hydropower
Ocean Energy
- Surface wave or wave column
- Tidal and current power

T-CHP and Renewable Energy ~ 39


Renewable Energy-
Electric or Thermal
Concentrating solar thermal
- Tower or dish, usually tracking
Dish Stirling
Geothermal (usable heat from below
ground)
Biomass and bagasse
Waste-to-energy
Landfill gas
T-CHP and Renewable Energy ~ 40

Renewable-Thermal
Solar thermal panels
Concentrating solar thermal
Transpired solar collectors (solar air preheaters)
Thermal mass systems (Trombe wall)
Ocean energy
- Thermal gradient
- Ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) uses the
temperature difference that exists between deep and
shallow waters to run a heat engine

T..cHP and Renewable Energy Cll!'e' 41


Renewable Eno ......'.-
Daylighting
Solar lighting-indirect
Biofuels
- (ethanol, bio-'die!,e
algae, others)

T-CHP and

Renewable Energy
Technologies
Wind-powered generators
-Large systems (600+ kW) are cost
effective in select locations
- Smaller systems (2 kW to 500 kW) are
available but more expensive
- Wind is an intermittent source, so
storage or another power source is
required for a stable supply

. T-CHP and Renewable Energy -


3 kW Basic One Line Drawing

Inverter

AcGrid
Ractmer

Ac Disconnect
(bipolar)

Ac disconnect
(3-polar)

-Pig. 3 \Vind energy system diagnun

44
T-CHP and Renewable Energy

3 kW Pictorial of System

Bac:kward Utililty._ ..
Me""
Vertical Axis
Wind Turbine
Sy"'m

T-CHP and Renewable Energy 45


Renewable Energy
Technologies
Photovoltaics (PV)
- Expensive, but costs have decreased
substantially in recent years to as little
as $4000/kW (installed)
- PV is an intermediate source, so storage
(Le., battery) or another power source
is required for a stable supply
-Can be cost effective in remote locations

T-CHP and Renewable Energy


Photovoltaic Panels

T-CHP and Renewable Energy ~ 48

Renewable Energy
Technologies
Solar Ventilation Preheat
- Preheats make-up air to building
- Best applied to south face
- Passive heat recovery, can be cost
effective

. T-CHP and Renewable Energy _ ~ 49


Solar Ventilation Preheat

T-CHP and Renewable Energy


(lCf(f' 50

More Information
Pictures and resource maps may be found
in the appendix to this section.

T-CHP and Renewable Energy


Net Metering
Many States require utilities to offer net-
metering programs for renewable energy
systems.
- As of 2009, 43 States plus DC have net metering
policies
Net metering measures the difference between
the energy consumed from the utility and the
energy produced by the generating equipment.
Requires a meter with net metering capability.

T-CHP and Renewable Energy CMttf 52

Net Metering
In general, the utility bills you for the "net"
energy consumed.
This means that excess electricity generated is
valued at the retail price, provided you are a net
consumer of electricity (not a net generator).
Any excess energy you generate goes into the
electric grid and creates a "credit" for future
energy consumed.
"Net" may be defined as a billing period
(monthly) or annually, depending on the utility.

T-CHP and Renewable Energy CWtr' 53


Net Metering Policies
DSIRE: www.dsireusa.ora January 2009

100
MA: 60/1,000/2,000*
RI: 1,650/2.250/3,500*
CT: 2,000*
25/500/2,000*
PAl 50/3,000/5,000*
NJ: 2,000*

~
DE: 25/500/2,000*
MD: 2,000
DC: 1,000
VA: 10/500*
NC: 20/100*

100'
(KIUC:SO)
. Net metering is
1111 State-wide net metering tor all utility types I >',availablein .....
II State-wide net metering for certain utility types only (e.g., investor-owned utilities) 43 states + D.C.
mB Net metering offered voluntarily by one or more individual utilities

Image courtesy of North Caroline University, North Caronna Solar Center


T-CHP and Renewable Energy ~ 54

Renewable Energy
Certificates
Also known as RECs, green certificates, green
tags, or tradable renewable certificates.
Represent the environmental attributes of the
power produced from renewable energy projects
and are sold separate from commodity
electricity .
Customers can buy RECs whether or not they
have access to green power through their local
utility and do not have to switch electric
suppliers. Cost can range from O.S to 6/kWh,
depending on type and location.
T-CHP and Renewable Energy cxtcf 55
Green Power
Green power/green energy typically refers
to:
- On-site renewable energy generation
- Buying green energy which the utility IhAlV If -
generated from renewable energy
sources ~~
- Buying renewable energy certificates
CREes)
Not limited to electricity. Landfill gas,
biomass, bio-diesel and others may be
considered green energy.
T-CHP and Renewable Energy C'MPCr 56

Net Zero Energy


Several organizations have the goal of
developing net zero energy buildings
Net zero energy buildings are highly
efficient but still consume energy
Energy needs are met through self
generation and interconnection to the
utility grid and utilize net metering
"Net" zero is typically defined on an
annual basis

T-cHP and Renewable Energy ~ 57


Net Zero Energy
Efficiency is still "job one"
Reducing energy requirements through
energy efficiency is generally less
expensive than renewable energy
Make the building as efficient as possible
until renewable energy resources become
cost effective
General rule of thumb: 75% EE & 25% RE

TMCHP and Renewable Energy

Power-Purchase Agreements
Popular for Renewable Energy
3rd Party finances project installation
3rd Party sells you the solar energy
produced on your site (at a known price)
for 15-25 years.
- They like it because it will likely payback
for them in 10 years or less.

You get "green" power and a known


future energy cost (lower risk)
59
T-CHP and Renewable Energy ~ 59
MAINTENANCE
AND
COMMISSIONING

U-1 ~

MAINTENANCE
MANAGEMENT

U-2
What Do These Have
in Common?

$lO,OOO/year savings - Fixed compressed air leaks


$14,OOOjyear savings - Repaired/replaced faulty steam
traps
$12,OOO/year savings - Insulated bare steam piping

Answer:
- Annual dollar savings
- No capital equipment to purchase
- Just attention to what is going on in your or your
customer's facility and funding to correct these types of
problems
- In other words, a good maintenance program
U-3 ~

Maintenance Management -
"The Stealth ECO"
Energy and dollar savings from a good maintenance
management program can rival those from more well known
ECOs such as efficient lighting, energy efficient motors, etc.
Problem - We learn to live with maintenance issues and they
often go below our energy management antenna scan
- A hissing air leak that we hear everyday,
- Or an air leak we don't know about
- A broken actuator - damper linkage
- That water puddle below a steam pipe flange fitting
Problem - We wait until there is a breakdown before we do
something
Solution - Treat maintenance as an integral part of a strong
energy management program .

U-4
What Does It Take?
<~. Management commitment
- To hire the right people
- To fund preventive maintenance (PM) v. corrective
maintenance (CM)
Preventive maintenance will not eliminate equipment
failures - but it will help avoid catastrophic failures and
reduce corrective maintenance
PM allows the firm to control its maintenance rather than
have it control the firm .
PM includes following manufacturer maintenance schedules,
fixing that leaking steam gasket now, before it completely
fails, and dealing with maintenance issues sooner rather
than later.
Proper training
Good record-keeping
U-5

CMMS-
~ Computerized Maintenance Management
. Systems

Many private sector, government and institutional facilities


are implementing a CMMS to reap both energy and labor
cost savings.
CMMS elements:
- PC-Based system; best when integrated with BAS or FMS
- SpeCialized software; or part of a Building Automation System
- Time-based and performance based (e.g., AP across filters)
- Enter existing plant information into the CMMS
- Work order generation from the CMMS with tools needed,
parts needed, special instructions - for both PM and CM
- Parts tracking for reorder - JIT-type inventory management
- Conduct PM rather than CM when possible
U-6
Compressed Air System
Maintenance

U7

Compressed Air Leaks

Quantifying air leaks


- Apply the following formula to find standard
cubic feet per minute (SCFM) lost
R = V (FI - FU
(L1T) 14.7lb/in2 A standard cubic foot of air
is one cubic foot of air at
14.7Ibf1n'.
R = average leakage rate (Scfm)
V = system volume (fe) If V=200 ft', P, - P, = 10 psig
and 8T = 12 min, compute R.
P, =initial pressure (psig)
P2 =final pressure (psig)
Ll.T = time interval over which leaks are measured (minutes)
U8 ewer
Compressed Air Leaks
Table in psig, and for 8760 h/yr operation

Costs of Compressed Air Leaks ~


HOle Diamebw (in) Energy l~s at Pr(>.ssur~ (k':Vl.tly~aJ:")

UO psi 100 psi ~


318 226,.100 200,tOO 190,000
114 100,500 n,500 86,300
1/8 25,1(1) 23,100 21,100
1116 6,300 5,800 5.,300
l/32 1;600 IAOO 1,300

U-9 ~

A;tV>d~
Compressed Air Leak Example
I
. . . . . r/ S(VJ/;J/:5
A 1l0psig air system used for operating tools U
around an industrial plant has three 1/1{ leaks and
two %" air leaks. The air circuit (line) IS
pressurized 8760 hours per year. Electric energy
costs are $0.08/kwh.
What are the annual energy costs of the leaks?
'5'J.,.6Joo +- 'Z--t-Le?oJ -:;.. ~ 1rOO .!

p (Mf:~' >1fO'l.. fj'DJ -:J'~ I U( L


Energy Loss from Uninsulated Pipes
steam pressur~ in psig, for 8760 h/yr operation, per 100
feet of pipe

5000 .r.~~
OJ
c::
,,:1 _ _
n Horizontal axis is
E ,
L., steam pressure
ro
OJ 4~.~OI
.... - in psig
'iii .......,
OJ <t=
L.I L.
ro 0
..0 0
3~~~ f"I..,...",..
::Jo T-I
~
to <t=
0
>-
.........
::J
.j....I
s-in line

6-in line
E 0
T-I
co ::ZPoo J-.......
<D

E L.
OJ
a.
0
T-I
'-'" - -
4-in line

U) 3-in line
U)
0 1.0~. . 2-in line
.j....I
I 1!2-inHii
ro 1:1rilirie .
OJ 112-m ilne
I
M = 100~ .
p 100 200 300

U -11
Energy Loss From Uninsulated Pipes
() 1 diameter

Insulation
The more insulation used, the lower the heat loss and the
greater the energy savings. Use LCC to evaluate economic viability.

U -12

Steam Leaks
Steam leaks can be caused by pipe corrosion, weld failure,
leaking valves, faulty steam traps, flange misalignments,
etc. Whatever the cause, steam leaks can be costly!

Source: www.energysoJutionscenter.orgIBoilerBumerlEfCImproveiPrimerISteaJU_Basics.asp

U-13 -~
Cost of Steam Leaks
in psia, and for 8760 h/yr operation
t Leaks

3,000 I iii 7--+.

2,500 + 1 I .,""..J---I---+~~f'#!--I/ I /1--11

""" 2.000 I I I .. . t - I /Y--/-,.A--/-:V A A ---V~~--t,.4--11


'<:'
~
.'"
.g
~ t.50\11-- I I --f I /:%7"',/l. .l , "zl,,/ ~."L I. ""Cl b[ I ",,/ 1___
II
.~
..;.;;l

.~
c.,
ill 1.oQo.1 -t T -i I//::J'/~/-+/-'--I-/~j ....+--""41,. /-+---
. -II

5001 +- ~hK--..r~':'~1 1-.... 1.... 1----1 j---+I~

1/32 1/8 l>/9:t 311 e 1/4$/>32 .5116. 11/32 318 13132 7/16 15/32
Hal", Diarne~",r {inches>

u - 14
Failed Steam Trap Example
1. Five bucket steam traps are stuck open in your
facility. They all exhaust to the drain. If gas
costs $7.00/MCF (M=1000) and your steam
system is 78% efficient, what is the cost of these
malfunctioning steam traps per year? Each trap
has a 1/8 inch orifice. The steam line pressure is
110 psia. The steam line is energized 8760 hfY.
2. In problem 1 above, we seek to return
condensate (and passed steam) to the boiler
when possible to reduce water procurement
costs, energy costs to heat city water and water
treatment costs.

u - 15

Cost of Boiler Scale Chart


percent loss from factory clean

ENERGY LOSS FROM SCALE DEPOSITS

u - 16
Maintenance Help from
Interesting Technologies

Infrared Photography
And
Vibration Analysis

U 17

Infrared Photography
Family of non-destructive testing
techniques
Produces images of heat usually
invisible to the human eye
Heat in some mechanical situations
can be a sign of impending malfunctions
Heat in some electrical wiring can be a sign of bad
connections and/or phase problems
Heat anomalies in steam systems (e.g. traps, worn-
out/missing insulation)
Heat loss through building envelope

U -18
Infrared Photography
Cont.
Averted problems can be significant in nature
(e.g. Primary transformer fires, etc.)
IR operator needs some level of expertise
- Attend training
- Contract service
One major malfunction discovered and infrared
program just paid for itself

U-19

Example IR Photos

IR Photo of Malfunctioning Steam Trap - Okla. State lAC


Recall from Energy Audits and Instrumentation session, ultrasonic
equipment can also be used to detect malfunctioning steam traps.

V-20
Example IR Photos

Example IR photo of bad electrical connection - FUR Systems Inc.

u - 21
Aerial example of thermal image, visible image and CAD drawing

PHOTOGRAPH THERMOGRAPH

prOb,le wet area

f1--
eo
.
0

g
..... . "
,
ml ,----" fiil ,-----

CAD DRAWING CAD OVERLAY

U23

Electrical P/PM
RTOs (Recuperative Thermal Oxidizers)

RTOs burn off


harmful volatile
organic
compounds
(VaGs) in
exhausts from
different types
of industrial
processes.
Temperatures
of 1200-1800 F
convert VOCS
to CO2 and
H20 vapor.
High temps are
recovered to
heat incoming
process stream.
U -27

Vibration Analysis
Another powerful member of the family of
non-destructive testing techniques
Measures vibration signatures of machinery
(usually rotating)
Two Main Diagnostic Methods
1. Vibration Signatures (Snap-Shot)
2. Trending (Observation Over Time)

U - 28
Vibration Analysis Cont.
o Even more so than infrared photography,
training is mandatory (this is a science andan
. art)
o Trending vibration levels over time can remove
some of the uncertainty of problems
o Technique used to spot:
Bad Bearings
Bad Gears
Loose Machine Mountings
/' 1

Vibration Analysis
Examples Hot H20 Pump1- Pump Housing- Vertical- Vel Freq 60000 CPM
1/8120042:06:38 PM
... OIAH'O.823mm/s"rms

. ~.

!
~
,

.
.::i~~~:~~:~:~:#:~~~::~~::: o.JAifo.8ii:.~~,!~i!s..~.~~s <se't"liPh1">

Water pump with suspicious (noise-floor) vibrations.


Attempts to localize problem began.
(Source: Oklahoma State U. Industrial Assessment Center)
U - 30
Hot H20 Pump1 - Coupling - Horizontal- Vel Freq 60000 CPM
11812004 2:05:45 PM
0.45 .QtAI.U.,QQ .r:nm!:.rm.~.

0.4

0.35'"

0.3.' ..,N,. ,.,.

025

~
E
E 0.2.', .. ", ..

0.15'

0.1

0.05

o
o 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 "),0(
CPM
.:1!.*-i?:@~::?:~~i.~:~:,:~:~:::." "''OfAli' i'o'sf'ni'ili"is"rms .,':. ~~~(~~:M~. .

Problem was later localized to the motor coupling. Repair was


initiated to avoid catastrophic failure.

U - 31
Lubricant Analysis
Lubricants (e.g., oil) can be analyzed for wear and
tear on process bearings, gears, etc.
Draw a sample of lubricant, send it in to a testing
firm for analysis and receive a report regarding
machine wear, particle analysis, potential failure
information. Start analysis program early in
equipment life and develop trend data.
Company can then make decisions about equipment
performance, planned parts replacement, etc.
Allows company to "see into the future" to avoid
catastrophic failures and use PM rather than CM to
management equipment.

COMMISSIONING

U - 33
CBECS DATA

,,

* Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey (US DOE)

Source: Energy Performance Pitfalls., Building Operations Management, p.43, March 2002

U - 34

CBECS DATA
1995
Energy Star CBECS 1995CBECS
2000 (Top 25% (Bottom 25%
Economizers 70'* 30,{ 75%
VSDs 55% 20,* 45%
VAV 70'* 35% 65%
EMS 80,* 25Q,{ 55%
Motion Sensors 60% 10O/C 20%
* More Data Given - Not Presented Here

Source: Energy Performance Pitfalls., Building Operations Management, p43, March 2002

u - 35
Discussion
Why do inefficient buildings often use higher
technology than more efficient buildings?

How can these efficient buildings with little high


technology compete with Energy Star buildings
who are efficient and use higher technology?

The lesson: Technology alone does not ensure an energy efficiently


operated building. Management and the operators can have the
most significant impact on building energy use and cost.

U -36

Do It Right The First Time


And Keep It There

Commissioning
The process of ensuring that systems are designed,
installed, functionally tested, and capable of being
operated and maintained to perform in conformity
with the design intent ....
begins with planning and includes design,
construction, start-up, acceptance and training, and
can be applied throughout the life of the building

Refs: ASHRAE guidelines 0-2005 and 1.1-2007,


others
U-37
Like a Ship Commissioning
Before a ship is commissioned and accepted into the U.S.
Navy, it undergoes a series of tests and sea trials to ensure
the ship can operate and fight according to the design intent
A series of operational and test plans are drawn up,
reviewed and approved by the owner (U.s. Navy) and/or
owner's representative
The tests and trials (conducted alongside the pier and at
sea) are performed by the builder and ship's company
Fixes and adjustments are made. Re-tests are conducted.
When the ship has met appropriate standards, the ship is
accepted by the Navy
Six months - one year later after initial operations, the ship
is brought back into the shipyard for tweaking and updating

U - 38

Benefits of Commissioning

Buildings and systems that function as intended


Operators that know how to operate the building effectively
Greater occupant comfort
More satisfied and productive occupants
Reduced energy consumption and lower operational costs
Reduced environmental impact
Others . . .
Lack of Commissioning Examples
Air side economizers: 50% of the time do not function
properly (ASHRAE says 70%)
Chilled water pumps directly connected to condenser water
return lines
Parallel pumps with some connected backward
Mislabeled pipes (supply and return labels wrong, arrows
pointing in conflicting directions, others)
Air handling units (AHU) with belts completely absent (motor
still running)
One study found 650 such discrepancies
An effective commissioning program can identify these types
of problems and allow them to be fixed in a timely manner -
before the owner accepts the project
u -4{}

Recommissioning
(May see it called Retro-
commissioning)
The process of periodically repeating
commissioning activities as needed when
building are modified, additions are made and/or
significant time has passed.

Helps existing buildings attain a higher level of


effectiveness and efficiency by ensuring all
systems operate as intended. Difficult to bring
to "like new" performance, but still a desirable
goal.

U -41
Real Time Commissioning

Continuous (perhaps real time) monitoring of


building systems to determine when further
commissioning activities are needed.
Necessary since systems tend to drift out of
control and management needs to know
immediately when that occurs.

U-42

Seasonal Commissioning
Seasonal commissioning involves commissioning
activities that occur seasonally, such as pre-
winter and pre-summer checks and verification
of HVAC equipment.
We see this in our personal lives when we hear
commercials that encourage us to "get ready
for winter" by having a pre-winter service
check-up on our HVAC equipment

U-43
ot4r.
Time Line
The chart depicted below is one concept of how these fit ~ V
together. There"is nothing accurate about the actual ,\;r: '&-
placement of thes~ activities on the time line; the chart is r.rf;'\
intended to convey,t~OU9ht only. /! l)) ki /
DesIgn Design Construction TAB Owner Ac<:eptan<;le Modificalion or Owner Acc:ept2lnce / ~ \-#
'":~m~~'~ ~-~ ~-~._mm_~ -- .~-" ~ ~(p{00~~
"y,"_"'mm""~'", ~~~\~~io/(PJ
Note: Modification also includes design intent, design, construction, '\IV"
etc. This has been simplified.

U-44

Commissioning Involves:
Planning
,Funds
People
- Management commitment
- Commissioning firm
- Building O&M staff
- Teamwork - Analogy to Value Engineering
Instrumentation/Tools
Tests
Results, Fix, Retest
O&M Training
Documentation
U-45
Plan, Funds

Commissioning should be planned during the


design process, not as an afterthought
- What tests will be run?
- When will they be run?
- Who will run them?
- What are the acceptance criteria?
Budget for commissioning should be allocated
- New construction: 0.5% to 5% of total construction
cost -
- Payback on energy savings alone typically 1 - 2 years.

U-46

Conti nuous Com mission ing


ou
fY:J\ /
A Texas A&M study started Continuous ~ '""
Commissioning on 80 campus buildings in 0 vl'
1995. By 1999, more than $2,000,000 was
spent for metering and another $2,000,000 was
spent for analysis and implementation of
recommendations. Cumulative savings over the
same time period were more than $10,000,000.

u - 47
People

Management commitment
Commissioning firm - preferably not affiliated
with the design or construction firm
Building O&M staff
- Involved in designing the plan
- Involved in witnessing the tests. May help conduct
the tests.
- Tests should include sequenced startup, shutdown
and emergency operation of systems
Teamwork - Analogy to Value Engineering
U-48 ~

Instrumentation/Tools
What instruments and tools will be needed?
Are they available?
- Are they calibrated?
- Do people know how to operate them?
Desirable to have facility O&M staff involved in the
tests
- Do they know how to use the instruments?
- What to look for?
Are there provisions for faulty tools and
instruments?
U -49
Tests

Written test plan for each test


- HVAC
- Electrical
- Lighting
- Controls
- Processes
Briefing to the people involved in the test
Tools and monitors set and tested
Conduct the tests - routine startup, shutdown,
emergency operation of systems
U - 50

Results, Fix, Retest

Obtain results
Analyze results
Fix, tweak and retest as necessary

U - 51
08tM Training

Training on all building systems given to facility


O&M personnel during the construction and
acceptance phase of the project.
Facility personnel given the opportunity to
operate equipment using manuals provided by
contractor or engineer
Final tweaks to O&M manuals and
documentation made after feedback from O&M
staff

U -52

Commissioning
Documentation
1. Design intent and design drawings,
speCifications, etc.
2. Commissioning plan including speCifications
and procedures (before construction)
3. Complete documentation of all test results,
TAB, modifications, etc. (as built, as
modified)
Commissioning Documentation
(cont.)
4. Drawings and specifications brought "up to
date" as needed by the changes made ("as
built and modified'').
5. Systems manual with complete descriptions,
equipment literature, drawings,
etc. (complete "systems description'')
6. Maintenance manual (complete manual not
just collection of equipment maintenance
check list)
7. Training in operation and maintenance of all
systems.

U - 54

Commissioning Documentation
(cont.)

8. Recommissioning plans and parameters.


9. Real time commissioning systems design
(will include many of the steps above).

U-55
Maintenance and Commissioning

Review and Q & A

U - 56
Building Automation and
Control Systems

Graphics courtesy of Trane Company

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V ~ 1

Introduction
We have discussed a number of energy systems:
- HVAC, Lighting, motors, building envelope
We have also discussed ways to improve the
efficiency of these systems:
- More efficient chillers
- Variable air volume distribution systems
- Energy efficient lighting
-. Energy efficient motors
What is needed is a means to make all of these
systems work together most efficiently:
~Controls

Section V BAS & Controls,Draft Rev.l-l-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 2


Controls
Controls are important to ensure these systems
function properly and perform their intended
function.
An example of a simple control is a room thermostat.
We could turn our heating system on and off
manually, but that would not be a very practical way
of controlling temperature.
Controls, in cooperation with energy efficient
equipment, allow us to control our environment in
the most efficient manner

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 3

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-!-13.Pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 4
Basic Control

Functions and

Terminology

Section V BAS & Controls. Draft Rev !-!-13.pptx BAS & Control

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx


REMOTE
CONTROLLEI("7)

SET
POINT
--89.."~o~~~~.!.e:!!'<!~~~~1
,
t,,,
I
@
ACTUATOR

! SENSOR
L-<:!lNlCROLLED
DEVICE

AIRFLOW
(

HEATING COIL

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 7

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 8
:~~j~~J~j;~R~2t"!F:",t,... .. . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . .. .. ~'>/. / ...
. .'hs,lgnalwitli.tw(j.stat~o~p()s.itions...,hich..<:an. be.
i ..... ,>i.~Grc~m~nta I(O/J-9ff,dt!Y~nlg17't.iopgf,-i:I()Selt,occuPied
..'.... JH~OC/:uRi~d,seii~spf1's s,bJ}' '.' '.'

~tt?igrl.aftan~8~.rntiqit6t~dOrctlrltr,()II~qthr6ygl1.a
. rang~(jfp.qsiti()nS,of:cv'!IUe$.(Ot()1~(JfF,3.t015 P51,'.O .
tQlq.@.c''1'(9?QI71;fli;;flJPs}L .... ". ....

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 9

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 10
Note: "Input" refers to input to the
Input Examples control system.
"Output" refer. to output
from the control system

Analog Digital

Low Temp. Detector End Switch


Outside Air Temp. Sensor
Digital Input Digital Input
Analog Input

Room Temperature Sensor


Analog Input
High Pressure Detector
Digital Input
'fit
- "I f. T

L
Duct Smoke Detector
Digital Input

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l-!-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 11

Inputs & Outputs


Note: "Input" refers to input to the control system
"Output" refers to output from the control system

Input Points
Temperature AI Relative Humidity AI
Flow All DI Pressure AI
Status or Proof All DI Air Quality AI

Output Points
Motors for Pumps / Fans DO Valves AO
Lights DOIAO Dampers AO
Variable Speed Drives AO Lighting Contactors DO
(or digital)

Section V BAS & Controls.Dra'ft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 12
& Outputs

Return
Air

Variable Air Volume


System

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 13

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1+13,pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 14
Branch Air
Line

Air Compressor
Hot Water

Outside Air

Heating Supply Fan


Coil
Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 15

Basic Pneumatic Control Schematic


1&-20psi
TO OTHER
CONTROLLERS

THERMOSTAT (Controller) .

COMPRESSED MAIN BRANCH


AIR SUPPLY 1'1i~:FIr.::-::~;~=::::":'h.
SYSTEM 1 5-20psi

Graphic Credit: Honeywell Pneumatic Control Fundamentals

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 16
Temperature Controller

From Main ~==::;.,


BRANCH
Air Supply-+ \!
15-20psi

ACTUATOR

E::lE:r~
SETPOINT
SETPOINT
INDICATOR
' : : : : ; ;_ _r_;;;r-SEll'OINT
BELLOWS. ADJUSTMENT
CASE
SENSING
ELEMENT
411 ri
Graphic Credit: Honeywell Pneumatic Control Fundamentals

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V" 17

Pneumatic Actuator and Valve


DIAPHRAGM

ACTUATOR
0 CHAMBER VALVE
SPRNG ACTUAlIlR
0
0
DISC
VALVE PLUG
STEM

VALVE

VALVE
SEAT
Graphic Credit: Honeywell Pneumatic Control Fundamentals

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 18
Pneumatic Actuator and Damper -
Normally Open Damper
DAMPER

ROlLING
DIAPHRAGM
AIRFLOW
- - L...........1"'"

PUSH DAMPER
ROD ACTUATOR
Graphic Credit: Honeywell Pneumatic Control Fundamentals

Section V BAS & Controls,Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 19

Pneumatic Actuator and Damper

ACTUATOR ACTUATOR

NORMAlLY NORMAU.Y
OPEN DAMPER ClOSED DAMPER

Graphic Credit: Honeywell Pneumatic Control Fundamentals

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 20
Ad"vantages.,,.. "s.s.,.
:"",' :'
. s , ....... ;.. . . . . . . ... ..............
,',-,:,<>:,-~<-;-.------- :-:~:~:;l:~-~- ;:-, ,'- -.
C:~X:: _\'_;;,::,}:~::><-'i_>--';

j:E~~r~~1i1iil-)~-~g~~~
t'.;s;..
DiSadv.antagesii' .....i ... <
NotverypreCiS. .....................'. "'i Vi ".. . ...
TYpi~allyreqUired.fre~uel1tcalibr~tionij'Ul . ......
pneUr!1aticcbntri:>lalg~rithIT!S~re~ard#).~h~Ji9~. .
.. .. (typiCaIIYpr~"'setbYmanl/faci:arer)...<.<y .......
NeWO&tv1pe?PI~maYhotbef~miliarwith1:hein '.'
-Uses
" " :-:
e:xpensivecompressedair
,-'---', ,._-,,' --
,-,'
.'. ...
,,'," ._',,,,- ,-,',-,

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V" 21

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V 22
~1'~~~i~~i_~lElc;~i;<l~i~tIQ;a~~gl~'\"i:,i!
,:?;",','- ',',: ::;<.;', ,',-:,;~,-;: -;--'- i'''<,,,,<;-S~';:-', - - -"---::~>;"- ";

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 23

.,.. ......' r - - Virtual


P_oirits
(POIAO)

outside Ai'f'-.-....

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1~13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V ~ 24
Can We Talk?
Challenge: Getting different manufacturers
equipment talking to each other
CorneD Unirersity EMCS
Hardware Ov~Ew

Source:
BACNet.org

ASHRAE Protocol Spec:


BACNet
One Central Station Can Talk to
Different BAC Vendors' Equipment

Source:
BACNet.org

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 26
;!liil~~fli);ig'iiijn~ogi~ai~'ii!;llG.,.!"!
,~,-",-,: ',- :- - : -:,-~:-: _<_-_,':_:>: _:;_,',': ; _.,,,:<">
,-;::,'-"', -;-;<- :'><,-;:-:.' .:'" ,'_ ,-" , <:~_'" ~,< :;--:>'_:':-;:_"_:>"_:< __ >-
. . . . .!
::a'}::i~?
~~~~~~~~~(;.;?~;,;.s~;:\)):i,;.~;;: . . . . . . . . . . . K:!)
~'Alg6f:it1ims.J]af"l;bE!adj(j$t~~,wlatjljelyecisiIY.<:ifter .

: ~~~~:!iQn . OSinQ.SQft\N~Cir~,;: .. ; ...... .. . . . ...


.'NQCQntt'011e?qriftir.~c~libratiohi$nl?rmallynQt ..
necessary . . ' . >. . .. .. . . ... . . .... .. . . . .. . . .
.CQsteffectivetsin7ila/)"to.f!led:ro6i~markgt)./..

. .Pi~a~v~nt~~~~l. . . .;i!:i:.. . . ~.;.,: !.. ......... ;:.;.......... ... ...... .... ........

Requifes.trainingtQ~l1sQre.Q&.Mstaffcanoperate.....
... thesY$t~rl1~ffegiy~ly.j/ .........iY.. .i;.. ..... . .........
iPifierfqQt'cP;fl1rTlyrticatlonpr.otQcqls,(hterfCice ............
..;sta!'ldard$,.<:intl;jntem<:iIIQglcClr~tyPlcallyJ:Of!'lplex .. .. ?
.. (~ACNE1.i4.S.ljlfllJ.l:J~c?().r!8;.ant:f Lgmyo.(ks.-:;Lo.,nl71ark ............
XCiprporatiqn;pre..pothai:/c(rpssingtl]f!s.e/nteifar;eprop!ems) . ....
Section V BAS & Controls.Draft: Rev 1~1~13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V ~ 27 ~

Web Based Energy Information and


Control Systems
TCP/IP is Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
Internet Explorer, Netscape Navigator, Safari, Mozilla Firefox all take
TCP/IP input
Many submeters now have data accumulators that have URL
addresses (URL = Uniform Resource Locator. URL is a specific Web
site or file on the Internet). These submeters send data by TCP/IP
over Local Area Networks
This data will come into your PC in standard spreadsheet format for
you to use as you like
You can make charts, graphs, tables, etc in Excel or other common
spreadsheet programs
You now have your own web based energy information system
And it doesn't cost you a fortune. Save your money for the really
fancy analysis and diagnostic systems that many companies can
provide to you
Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 28
Advanced Metering for Federal
Buildings
Most Federal buildings over 5000 square feet must install
Advanced Metering for electricity, gas, steam, hot water,
and chilled water.
The requirements come from EPACT 2005, EISA 2007, and
EO 13514 October 2009.
Metering system must 1) measure and record interval data,
2) must be able to send data to a managing agency, 3)
must have time stamped data with data storage for two
years, 4) and have automated backup.
Note: For questions on the CEM exam about EPACT 2005,
EISA 2007, EO 13514 and other codes and standards, you
should refer to Section D.
Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l-!-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 29

"'c":<"S---r7 j(P[f'y& ~{y~ ~,'r

f '1 J:l' O,ckpJi f(I

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx


Diiif!fiidiii{I:r.'Fo(.'~fWo'.:PB~iti6htonHoll;;f;jfis'th~aWferente'., . ,.'
at
betWeentheseiting WhiCh the ~ontroller operates at one ppsition
. and the setting atINhich it changes to the-other position.(All,two- . .
.,..pOSifiooifon~rpllersni{!~.ct'!:clittqre('/tii:}{tl{fJ.(q~eflr.''11t!l}t(lJg;'2prrgpid.
'.cyc/mg,.jfo(i}{herl11osti1f;t/7.qdlf(ereott<1fls<;xpre.ssedlf/4egrei{!s.o(.
'. t;etfJjJeraturi{!.'Eg:jif:s~tpointis,700Fandheatc0ll'tes.9nat'70\)1".,
. .cmdturns01'fatnQF;'thiln the.differerlti<llis~9F.){i.;c<, ."
.1je,9ti~a~~",,*h~.tal1g~6v~t.W)1i~6th~6~t~ut.9tthE!.c;6ntr~ll~f;
. . rernain$!c;oriStantasth~ .inPQfVqrie,s,.with.the.91.1tpQtchan9i.i}g.o.nly..
'.iinr~spnset6anlnput(jutsidethedifferentiall"ange; ..E;9~ilfse~ . ,. .
.,.. Poi.l1;iS?09F~l1ct.i=ontr911E!f";Ql.ltPutdQ~~.notc;Dangejf.rqofli. ternp.is..
68.:-&?2?F;:then'dead-bandI~ 2 oF:"... .i. ...".'.. ,
,..r~li/ftjji,jj.I"!~;,g~i;ifh!i'~nidiinfdf.,c;.h~ngein~h;; sontr~llea.'.. .i..
vari<lble{~.g"ternper~ture)reqUlred.to.rurl.the,act;uator,Oftbe .
c:ontrollE!ddeYi<::e.(ig:,HWY<llve).frorri .one end 'ofitSstt;Oket()the . .
.....9tD~r end.KiJ1t.nqi:}t;f:ij.<fI'1(aluf;!qf:thecootrQI{i{!d.var!apli{!.fiesrr4hf0.
. .. thef;hr0tfltngTaf1gi{!qftl]e.r;{}lJtr.0flf;!r;ytis.~a/dtobe.tncQnt(o/;; .
;)Whf;!f1f~e}(ceedsth~thrott/i(1gr.ang~jOssaicitobi{!Ol1t{}(CQJ1troI.)'"
-,"-',

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems-V - 32
;wa'~'~11(~J'Q~'il~[;P~gi6;llli'iilllii!lj
I

i.O '0 ..., ~-

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 33

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 34
PID Controls
T
E
M Loop Response
P
E
R
A
T Process Vtwiable
U
R /
E

TR
(Response Tme)
~-------------~ ------------------~
(settMg TJrie)
To

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V ~ 35

PID Controls
Loop Definitions
Stability Stable if process doesn't show continuing trend away
from setpoint or continuous oscillation following an
upset in either load or setpoint
Response Time required for PV (Process Variable) to reach SP
Time (Set Point) following a step change in mode or setpoint
Overshoot The amount the PV goes beyond the SP following a
change in load or setpoint
Offset The amount of constant error existing between PV
and SP once the process reaches steady state
Settling Time Time required for process to reach steady state
following a change in load or setpoint
Steady State Condition that exists in closed loop system when the
control variable (CV) equals a constant value and no
oscillation occurs

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 36
Proportional Gain (PG): (responds to size of offset) I,.J; tJy/ pfj"'; L f
/IY"~ ;;trrVv~ ~
Defines the amount of change in controller output signal for a
given change in the difference between PV and SP (error)
Changes control loop output by an amount proportional to change
in error.
Adjusts outcome to obtain stability
Any particular setpoint can be
maintained exactly for one and
only one load -- an offset will exist
for all other loads
Determine gain value at which
offset and overshoot are within
a usable range
Source: Honeywell

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 37

Integral Gain (PG): (SumS/integrates error)

Output of controller affected by error Signal integrated


(summed) over time
Reduces/eliminates offset
Controller continues to change
as long as an error persists
Decrease PG (Proportional
Gain) when introducing
IG into the system

Source: Honeywell

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 38
Derivative Gain (DG): (responds to rate of change of error)

Output of controller affected by the rate of change of error (how fast)


Speeds up output action when fast load changes occur
Reduces response time
Adds stability
Can produce significant correction before magnitude of error
becomes too large - acts like a "shock absorber"
Anticipates error and initiates early corrective action
May saturate controller when very fast load
changes or noise measurements are
encountered
Only systems with very rapid response
requirements (ex. pharmaceuticals,
laboratories, steam valves etc.) should
consider the derivative mode

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 39

Proportional-Integra I-Derivative Gain (PID)


Most effective control
'But most expensive
'Fastest response with minimal

II
overshoot and minimal
steady state error/offset

Source: Honeywell

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx: BAS & Control Systems V - 40
PID Controls
Summary Of Gains
CONTROL MODE PURPOSE ERROR
DETECTIONS

PG Detects SIZE of
Error

IG Averages Error
overTIME

DG Detects RATE
of change of
error
CV(adjuslable )o:{(,: xerror "'action )+(,: Jerror dt * action )+(1: xd(e~Or)*aClion )}+biOS

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 41

Review:

Controls

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1+13.pptx BAS & Control SvSb!nls 'V-
Section V BAS & Controls.Oraft Rev 1113.pptx BAS & Control Systems V 43

4; betweerrthe$ettingat whichac.
c4:mtl:Oi IE~rCtperat,esto onepositiooln~. (~t~l~~ef~~~l~,~
wtlictritchan<Jes to the other is kl

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems v 44
Building Automation Systems
(BAS)

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 45

BAS Anatomy

(e.g.,BAS, FMS, EMS, MMS)

(e.g., outside air economizer)

(e.g., individual HVAC


equipment)

Source: Trane

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 46
Recommended Goal for
Operation of New BAS's
Single seat operation for the BAS using a common
database for all operational and maintenance data
accessible in the facility.
This means that the Maintenance Management
System and the Energy Management System(s), at
the minimum, must share a common database.

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 47
ENERGY (KWH)
SAVINGS
FROMSSTO

I~-----, . ;_ _---'O:::C:::C"U"'PA::N"'C:!.Y_ _ _...... ,I~I


I OCC :

OFF-PEAK I PEAK OFF-PEAK


SO.04531KWH I $O.0759/KWH SO.04531KWH

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 49

The greater AT =TfSlvrn - T$vppty,


the greater the cooling load

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control SystemsV - 50
~~.PP'~it~~~i'~~~~l;';j!~';~\i;' .., . ;my'l;I;~(f'>;'
Irltr6c10cti611
-When. suPPIYair.,'
tern peraturE! is set .
to55 0 F,rooms
must mechanical
reheat

- When supply air


temperatureJs
reset to 590 F,
rooms require,less
methanicalreheat
13"F 16"F 16"'

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V-51 Ctft'"

. ,'. ',.-", .TheOD2~\'st:~mrh()hjt9rS.t~~YV~VY~~tit'~t~sSU~ci~rt(jJI9WE!?i2,


"''ithe:!>r$!)Llre,(;Jh,tildMlyonedarnpE!,r'.i~C9~~IE!telrofu!!iiy,.,G, ,.
'".'., "-'~he,"S~tiC&l"e~~Uff!;ana\lFD'i:oritrQI,~ensors,nilJS1:l:ie"IQc~t~d
''.";,99th~'~~fuE!.pgg;~9r~t?J;j)~mf!lji .;;)JY! .'.' .'.;'.i~;:.;. ';E.{j;]'y),i';.:.

75% 100%
70% ~
Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V-52
~

,;,
;;:
g
Q)
~

''""
'"
Q)
~
D-
c.>
:;:;
.l!!
en
0 5(1'/. 100%
Derrend
Section V BAS & Controls.Oraft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V-53

50 65 70
Outside Air Temperature (OF)
Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V-54
,0
of

."
3j
.'
:::
'0%
'0%

."
di
.,
~i
~ ,,%
20%

4:00 22:00 24:00

- Occupancy Pedod

_ Building OccupancylOemand
Venlllatlon Control

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13,pptx BAS & Control Systems V-55

Hot Water Reset (based on


oUltdIPo.r'teimJ))" H01wlfWorks,,,\?>???.,

! 180 ..1-.:; ;.......i ............. , ........ ;. + . . ! .


f 1 '''"'" ...... ;..... . .. ; . ,...... ; ....... ; ,..... + ;
170
U) 160\? .+. c-;",.;.; + .....;+ + i!
~
~ 50 60 io 80 90100~
Outdoor Air Temp (OF)
Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V-56
150

,~+----------------------------------------------
",1----------------------------------------------------------------------
,,+-------~----------------------------------------------
70 . .HotWatet
......................................................................................................................................

::~~.~ ...........~...
~

"
20 Outside Air Temp (OF)

10 .......................... -

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V-57

~ ~~B-AS-&-:C:-O-nt-ro-,-:s.:-D-ra-ft-"-:"';-l--1--l..,3;:-.P-ptx--B:;AS-&-CO-::~tro-,-Sy-st:;;em-s-V-_-:;~5"'8--:;I:--7--(.lMI-:~;-.--::.
~ w
.. DUtY'CYCljnQ:"Shl.Jtt:ir)gcl()~t\~qtiiPd)~Btforpl~det:~rmil'le9
short. p~rjOdsottirneduri~gI'lOrl)1alop~ratin~ . hours.'!i ...... .
' .Del71a"diI711ting,~l"empOr9fily~hE)cldlr1g~lectii9~lloadst~
preventexc~edingaj)eakv?lILJ~,<;'.. . ..,.....................................
. Uno~~~pif?1/ Sf?tba~k~iLowerin9~he$p~ceDeating.setp()inf
or r?liSingthespacecqqlinQs~tPOiritduri~gI.JPb<;c:lIpiedhour$; .
.lfotDe.~k/COldDe~kTempeiatt,re.l?eset.;seleftsrti~ .....
zone/area.withthegreaterheating,an?coolingreqUiremenq;,
and~stablishes themil1imum.qotamJcolapecKtel)1peratl.ll;e
differehtial.WhiChWill.llJeet.ther~qUirel)1enm..:' .S; . } . . . . ....
. .W;irmUP/COOIDOWnlienrilatio:n;,r.Re~iPcUIi1tjo~~.i".,
.Controls.operatiol)ofthe . OAdal11per~whentheintr()duCtion.'
oiOA would impose ,an' adclitiqnal.therrriallqadcluri ng\vvarm~\ .
.upor cool-downcyclespriortooccLJPC!nWOf.abujlcjing.i)
5ectionvBAS&Cont~~.DraftR~'~-l-13.PPtx BAS&'~~rol~ms'~-'5~' .",,- -, ',' - -,-,', ~

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 60
,~'~~~r~~~~(~j!t!tJtI~~tp~;!j~~qi,~~;~~.~~~lj~"i~~~~~}~~~!.~.~
~~;t~~%1~:tt~f'6r::~t~~~:f~~tft~~t~~~~~;~;(,. !;:.'
..'.' .Cl.Ut.Orrlll. . i.C. '(;. .l'!. n.t.T.OHI'. fl.P..0... rt.in. .9.'.Of.il:I.l.o.. rrns.t..C.J!.t".ICll.... 1. 0. . p. .e. .r.a. ..ti.fl
..,::parameterSj:ao<:l:rflmote"'slJutdown:or:QQllers;i::;>'.':
.t.
.}., . ........ T/"
9. .'. ".: .
;,.''f.iaj'ite;''j{ti~Ma;''agei1'1el'1t+BtBviclesa .m~iilt~b'';l'it~, .;; . . >.
,scheduleforl.!tilitrPlants/mechal'Jical.ande(ect~it:ar.e~I!.lipmen~'
..... l:Jl:I~e9.Prir~~tirn~i~ClIl'!ndartjmfliOrphysiCal:parafjleters,;:'.

. y~~~~~!:~ffi?!;'il~~;jf i!
2.!~~~~:~:,i~;\!I!!lill!I'~~
.... / .~'
Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 61

Review:

BAS

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems
Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev l+13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 63
Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev 1-1-13.pptx BAS & Control Systems V - 65

Overall Recap

Section V BAS & Controls.Draft Rev !-l-13.pptx BAS & Control5ystems V - 66


Alternative
Financing
Comprehensive CEM
Training Program for
Energy Managers

W-1
I~I

Why?
Takes $ to Save $
Available Resources &. Programs
May be the Only Way ...

W-2

Alternative Financing for CEMs


What Will We Cover?
4 Basic Ways to Finance
- Equity
- Borrow
- . Lease
- Performance Contracting
Performance Contracting
- Definition
- Contractors
- Financing Costs
- Benefits vs. Risks
Measurement & Verification
- Definition
- Established Guidelines
- Approach Options
- Periodic Audit & Reconciliation
- Value
Review

W3

What Will We Learn?


General Financing Alternatives
Performance Contracting Aspects
Energy Savings Measurement & Verification

W-4

Alternative Financing for CEMs


4 Basic Ways
to Finance
Equity
Borrow
Lease
Performance Contracting

W-5

Equity
Simplest.
Usually Most LCC Effective
Owner Assumes All Risk

W-6
I~I

Alternative Financing for CEMs


Borrow
Many Resource Options
Owner Assumes All Risk

W-7
larcrl

Lease
True Lease I Rental
- Tax Deductible ;t.
- Won't Own at End of Term
Capital Lease
- Can Depreciate Asset
- Agree to Buy at End of Term ("rent to own")

W-8

Alternative Financing for CEMs


After Tax Cash Flows
Financing Method Can Dramatically Affect LCC on
ATCF
Tax Advantages With True Leases and With
Municipal Bonds (when appropriate)
Example ATCF With Calculated Present Worth For
All Methods in Appendix (obviously, if interest rate,
MARR, IRR, is different, numbers would be
different)

Performance
Contracting
Definition
Contractors
Financing Costs
Benefits vs. Risks

W-9

Alternative Financing for CEMs


Definition
A contract between a building owner & a "ESCO" contractor
for the purpose of saving energy $ in the owner's building(s).
The contractor agrees to research, design, build & maintain
capital improvements which are expected to save energy $.
The owner agrees to pay the contractor from savings realized
during the contract period. $
The contractor must "perform"
via energy $ savings in order to
be paid...

Maximum Term with U.S. Federal


Government Contracts = 25 Years Before During After

W-10
ewerI
I

3 Classic Structures
Shared Savings
- Documented Savings are Shared
Guaranteed Savings
- Monthly Payments Made Based on ngs
Projections with Periodic Reconciliation Against a
Guaranty
Chauffage
- Consistent Monthly Cost for Provision of
Comfort, Illumination, etc.

W-11

Alternative Financing for CEMs


Contractors
Energy Savings Performance Contractors
("ESCOs")
- Utility Companies SIEMENS
- Manufacturers JGlWNSON
CONTR~~ts
- Independents
. , TlWlfr
Services
- From Initial Audits
NORES(:O
to On-Going Maintenance

W-12

Financing CostS
Quantified by Treasury Points
- Set by London Inter-Bank Offering Rate (LIBOR)
- Typical = Treasury Rate + 175-225 Treas. Points
(around 4.5 - 7.5% fixed APR up to 20 years)
- Terms Locked at Initial Contract Signing
Lender's Risk Assessment
- Contract Terms
- Project Complexity
- Client Creditworthiness

W-13

Alternative Financing for CEMs


Benefits vs. Risks
(Owner's Perspective, vs. Equity)

Benefits:
- Neutral or Positive Cash Flow
- Contractor Performance Incentive
- Maintenance Added Value
- May be the Only Way?
Risks:
- Complicated Process
- Long Term Commitment

W-14

Measurement
&. Verification
Definition
Established Guidelines
Approach Options
Audit & Reconciliation
Value

Alternative Financing for CEMs


M&V Definition
... the process of measuring and verifying energy consumption, energy
demand (if needed) and energy cost savings produced as a result of the
implementation of an energy conservation measure ...

M&V Definition
Savings = Baseline Post Retrofit Energy Use
... what would have been (if not for the retrofit) ...

Alternative Financing for CEMs


~ Established Guidelines
IPMVP
DoE Guidelines
ASHRAE Guidelines

W18
ICltfCrI

I PMVP
North American Energy
M&V Protocol in '96
Int'l Performance
M&V Protocol in '97
- (Adds: Water, New Buildings
& Emissions Trading)
Most Popular in Private Sector
3 Volumes Updated in '~O, '01, '03 & '06
Available via www.evo-world.org

W-19 Icvrcrl

Alternative Financing for CEMs


DoE Guidelines
Provided by DoE in '96 &
Updated in '08 M&V(lui!ll!ijrnlS:
Meam.remellt ana
Yerlflsfion 1M
Mostly Consistent with IPMVP federal Elllll'llr

''''''''
Vml0ll3,(l
Focused on Fed. Govt.
Projects
Available via FEMP at:

www1.eere.energy.govlfemp/financing/su
perespcs_measguide.html IFlo~lCfCf--:
~.~..~I
W-20 g -

ASHRAE Guidelines
Published in '02
Highly Technical
Available via www.ashrae.org

Alternative Financing for CEMs


Approach Options
A: Spot Measurement , '
B: Continuous Measurement
C: Utility Bill Comparison
D: Calibrated Simulation

W22

A: Spot Measurement
Applicable ECMs:
- Constant Load (i.e. lighting, electric motor
replacements)
Well Suited for:
- Small Projects (M&V cost hard to justify)
- Fast Track Projects
- Installation Verification is Most Important
- Owner Willing to Assume Savings Risk

W-23

Alternative Financing for CEMs


B: Continuous Measurement
Applicable ECMs:
- Variable Load (Le. HVAC, controls)
- Device/System can be Isolated
- Few Measurement Points Needed (Le. chiller,
boiler)
Well Suited for:
- Large Projects (can absorb M&V cost)
- Time Available for Baseline Measurement
- Owner Not Willing to Assume Savings Risk
....-lcae-te.......".1
W24

C: Utility Bill Comparison


Applicable ECMs: ~
Grou~!
- Any/All Within a Metered Building or
Well Suited for:
- Projects Where Savings are Projected to be >
10-20% of Baseline
- Aggregation of Various ECMs Within a Metered
Building or Group
- Fast Track Projects
- Owner Not Willing to Assume Savings Risk

W-25

Alternative Financing for CEMs


D: Calibrated Simulation
Applicable ECMs:
- Any/All
Well Suited for:
- Projects with No Available Metered Data
- Large Projects (can absorb simulation cost)
- Aggregation of Various ECMs Within a Metered Building
or Group
- Somewhat Fast Track Projects
- Projects with Anticipated Future Baseline Adjustments
- New Construction
- Owner Willing to Assume Savings Risk

W26
lacrcrl

Periodic Audit &


Reconciliation
Verification IntelVals
- Single Post-Installation Verification
- Regular Interval Verification
Baseline Adjustments
- Can "Re-Open"
- Scenarios
- Negotiation

Alternative Financing for CEMs


Value
M&V Cost Affects Project Economics
How Much M&V is Worthwhile?

W-2B

Cost
Typical Costs
M&V Approach (% of ECM Cost)

Option A, Spot Measurement: 1 - 5%


, ,,"',,",~) Primarily dependent 011 quat'l1i1y 01 measurement
, pojnls.

Option B, Continuous Measurement: 3-10%


Savings are detelmined by contin!JQl.ls measurem&nts taken throughout the term 01 the Primarily dependent on qty. & type 01 $}'Slem(s)
contract at the device or system level. Pertormance and operations lactors are mon~ored. m<laSure<l, and the duration 01 t>*eting & analysis.

Option C, Utility Bill Comparison: 1 -10%


Savin!lS are determined at tile , or fac~ity level using CUrTan! Y93" and '"=" -,,,,
, " ",. & compIlIJciIy 01

Option D, Calibrated Simulation: 3-10%


Saving; arB delermined throogh simulation 01 facility cornpor>ents arld'or the whole facility.
,
Primarily dependent OIl ($'I. & complexity of sysI&m$

W-29 ~

Alternative Financing for CEMs


Review
Financing Alternatives
Performance Contracting
M&V

W-30

1. What are 4 basic ways to finance energy conservation


projects?
A. &#~/
B. j.il.
J_

c. i hi
& ,'i
D. p~f;,VI"-Wvt vv;J....A
I
2. Which of these basic methods is. likely to be the most life-
cycle cost effective? fu if t,v
3. What are 3 classic structures for performance contracts?
tJ.. Ab_____________
A. __~W'~-
B. __~q~(~~~~~ _______
C. ____LZ~j\~~~+b~&~--------
Ic.wtrl

Alternative Financing for CEMs


4. In accordance with U.S. federal legislation, what is the
maximum term for a traditional ESPC contract serving a
U.S.~eral agency?

<?.-~ years

5. When lending money for performance contracts, lenders


typically assess risk in which 3 categories?
A. ~ iv+d /v~
B. jJ fr -tJ;' ;'01-' C'tJ,,}.j'4lJ"r ~
c. a/i.J /,,,, ..<111;/;.)0,r, ,/4, s/
6. Typically with performance contracts, savings equals
baseline minus post retrofit energy use to estimate what
energy would have been used (if not for the retrofit).
t)TrUe? B. False?
W32

7. Name 3 established energy measurement & verification


guidelines: . /J
A. -;;. til!! (j/ /' ,
B. 0 ()!;;.. tr ILL cA'./
(A

c. ,If f~jrl-- <0


8. Name 4 generally recognized M&V approach options:
A. ___________________
B. ___________________
C. _________________
D. ____________________

W33
IClCtffI

. Alternative Financing for CEMs


Energy Management
Software

What we will cover


Audit report features from application of a
complex computer program for an
expensive project.
Basic types of software

2
Background Information
Many complex computer programs (e.g.,
building load calculation programs) have
features such as
- Many lines of code (possibly many
pages to printout)
- Copyright issues
Reputation of both the software and user
are highly important
- Get references if you do not know
3

Report Features
What should a report contain regarding an
expensive project based on such a program?
- Input and output for recommended project
Screen prints or reports produced by the
program
Energy and cost savings data
- Possibly similar information for other
scenarios not being recommended
4
Basic Types
1. Energy accounting
- Utility cost and billing data
- Benchmarking
- Building Life Cycle Cost
2. Special purpose
- Building load simulation
- Other
3. Building and facility operation
5

Utility Accounting Features


Import and analyze bills
Organize data
Analyze rates and identify mistakes
Streamline accounting
-Allocate costs, rebill
- Provide reports

6
Utility Accounting Features
Benchmark and assist conservation
efforts
-Eel's and EUl's; compare facilities
-Normalize for weather, occupancy,
production
-Track projects, carbon footprint

Utility Accounting
Spreadsheets-useful for small number of
accounts
Many accounts-use on-line or enterprise
software
Commercial examples
-EnergyCAP
- Energy Watchdog Pro
-Metrix
8
Benchmarking
Benchmarking compares facility energy
use to similar circumstances
-Compares energy use for a single
meter, building or facility to baseline
- Compares facility energy use to a set of
similar facilities
Measures effectiveness of energy
management projects and programs
EUI's and ECI's are important benchmarks

Benchmarking Software
EPA's Portfolio Manager
- Mainly commercial and institutional buildings,
industry being added
- Based on DOE's EIA CBECS (Commercial
Building Energy Consumption Survey)
- Free, online
- Includes water and carbon
- Covered in Sec N, Green Buildings

10
Benchmarking Software for
High Performance Buildings
Labs 21 (for laboratories)
- Free, online, related to LEED-EB
- From EPA and DOE via Lawrence Berkeley Lab
(LBL)
- No 1~ 100 score like Portfolio Manager
- Compares other labs in the database
Data centers and clean rooms
- Portfolio Manager for data centers
- Guides and templates available from Lawrence
Berkeley Lab 11

Benchmarking Software
Utilities may have regional tools
Other LBL tools
-Arch is a simple national tool
based on CBECS
-Cal-Arch is a regional tool for California
Based on CEUS (California Energy Use
Survey)
California requires benchmarking of
selected non-residential buildi
12
Benchmarking Software
LBL and Energy Star have provided
leadership in this area
See the LBL website
http://poet.lbl.gov/cal-arch/links.htmlfor
additional tools, including international

13

Building Life Cycle Cost (BLCCS)


Developed by NIST, available from FEMP
- Life-cycle cost analysis of alternative
investments in buildings
- Can include energy cost escalation scenarios
- Especially good for energy and water
conservation projects, and renewable energy
http://wwwl.eere.energy.gov/femp/infor
mation/download blcc.html

14
Special Purpose Software
Building Load Simulation
- Complex software considering, for example
Building construction details
Climate
Proposed occupancy
- Models whole buildings and individual projects
- Generally requires extensive training and
experience to use with confidence

15

Building Load Software

Examples include
- DOE-2-model for many later programs,
very detailed, used by researchers
-Sometimes seen as commercial HVAC Load
AnalYSis Software, e.g.
TRACE-Available from Trane
HAP-Available from Carrier
TileFlow-for data centers from
Innovative Research, Inc.

16
Other Software
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy
(EERE) division of US DOE has long lists of
available software
- Building software at
http://appsl.eere.energy.gov/buildings/tools
directorv/doe sponsored.cfm
-Others at
http://wwwl.eere.energy.gov/analysis/

17

Other Software
EERE's Advanced Manufacturing Office has these
tools and others
- Data Centers (energy profiler)
- Combined Heat and Power (opportunity assessment)
- Motors (Motormaster)
- Steam (assessment tool)
- Compressed Air (Airmaster)
- Pumps (assessment tool)
- Fans (assessment tool)
https:llsave-energy-
now.org/EM/tools/Pages/HomeTools.aspx
18
Other Software
Carbon/C0 2 calculators
- Profitable Green Solutions-discussed in
Section A
- Previous slide's EERE website
Many energy efficiency programs are offer
as an additional feature
Some calculators base results on national
average data, some on regional data

19

Building and Facility Operation


Software for building and facility equipment operation,
energy management and maintenance management is
almost always custom made from equipment suppliers or
Building Automation System suppliers. These systems
are often complex and expensive, but are highly
successful in providing software services to help improve
the operation of building and facility HVAC systems,
boilers, VFD's, and other energy using systems.
Major suppliers of these BAS systems are:
- Trane, Carrier, Johnson Controls, Schneider, Siemens,
Honeywell, Allerton, Automated Logic, Delta, KMC, ABB,
Invensys, Staefa, Tridium, TAC, SArA-Burgess, and Wonderware.
Continuous commissioning systems are offered by Cimetrics and
Interval Data Systems.

20
Energy Manager Acronyms

Acronyms and Abbreviations


A area
A Ampere, Amp
A annual value (usually savings) in economic analysis
ABMA American Boiler Makers Association
ACEEE American Council for an Energy Efficient Economy
ACGlli American Council of Governmental and Industrial Hygienists
AEE Association of Energy Engineers
AFD adjustable frequency drive
AFfC after tax cash flow
AGA American Gas Association
AHU air handling unit
Amp Ampere
ANSI American National Standards Institute
ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
ASD adjustable speed drive
ASE Alliance to Save Energy
AS ME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning
Engineers, Inc.
ATS after tax savings
AW annual worth

BACNET Building Automation Control Network


BAS building automation system
BCR. benefit cost ratio
BEP Business Energy Professional (AEE)
BF ballast factor
BHP brake horsepower (motors)
BHP boiler horsepower (boilers)
BLCC Building Life Cycle Cost analysis program (FEMP)
BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators
Btu British thermal unit
BTCF before tax cash flow
BTS before tax savings

C electrical capacitance
CAA Clean Air Act
1
Energy Manager Acronyms

CAAA-90 Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990


CABO Council of American Building Officials
CAC conventional air conditioning
CADDET Centere for the Analysis and Dissemination of Demonstrated
Energy Technologies
CDD cooling degree-days
CEM Certified Energy Manager
CDGP Certified Distributed Generation Professional
CEC California Energy Commission
CEP Certified Energy Procurement Professional
CFC chlorofluorocarbon
CFD cash flow diagram
CFL compact fluorescent light
CFM,cfm cubic feet per minute
CHP combined heat and power (a.k.a. cogeneration)
CHW chilled water
COP coefficient of performance
Cp heat capacity of material
CPUC California Public Utility Commission
CRI color rendering index
CRT cathode ray tube, VDT, HMI
CTC competitive transition charge
Cu coefficient of utilization
Cv valve coefficient
CW chilled water
CWS chilled water system

D,d distance (usually feet)


DB dry bulb
DCV demand control ventilation
DD degree-day
DDB double declining balance
DDC direct digital controls
Delta, Ll difference
Delta P, LlP pressure difference
Delta T, LlT temperature difference
DG distributed generation
DOE Department of Energy
DP dew point
2
Energy Manager Acronyms

DR demand response
DX direct expansion air conditioner

EA energy audit
EBITDA earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
ECI energy cost index
ECM energy conservation measure
ECS energy control system
ECO energy conservation opportunity
ECR energy conservation recommendation
ECPA Energy Conservation and Production Act
EER energy efficiency ratio
EERE Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy division of US DOE
EIA Energy Information Agency
EIS energy information system
EMCS energy management computer system
EMO energy management opportunity
EMP energy management project
EMR energy management recommendation
EMS energy management system
EO Executive Order
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
EPCA Energy Production and Conservation Act of 1975
EPRI Electric Power Research Institute
EREN Efficiency and Renewable Energy (Division of USDOE)
EPACT Energy Policy Act of 1992
ERV energy recovery ventilator
ESCO Energy Service Company
ESPC Energy Savings Performance Contract
EUI energy use index
EWG exempt wholesale generators

F Fahrenheit
f frequency
FC footcandle
FCA fuel cost adjustment
FEMIA Federal Energy Management Improvement Act of 1988
FEMP Federal Energy Management Prograrn
FERC Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
3
Energy Manager Acronyms

FESR fuel energy savings ratio


FLA full load amps
FLF facility load factor (usually monthly)
FLRPM full load revolutions per minute
FMS facility management system
FPM,fpm feet per minute (velocity)
FSEC Florida Solar Energy Center
Ft foot

GPM,gpm gallons per minute


GUI graphical user interface
GRI Gas Research Institute

H, h enthalpy Btu/lb
H,h height (usually feet)
H,h hour
Hr,hr hour
HCFC hydrochlorofluorocarbons
HDD heating degree-days
HFC hydrofluorocarbons
HHV higher heating value
HID high intensity discharge (lamp)
HMI human machine interface
HMMI human man machine interface
HO high output (lamp)
HP, Hp,hp horsepower
HPS high pressure sodium (lamp)
HR humidity ratio
HRU heat recovery unit
HVAC heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning
Hz hertz

I electrical current (usually Amps)


I intensity (lumen output of lamp)
I, i interest rate or discount rate
IAQ indoor air quality
ICA International Cogeneration Alliance
ICBO International Conference of Buildings Officials
ICC International Code Council
4
Energy Manager Acronyms

ICP Institutional Conservation Program


IECC International Energy Conservation Code
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
IESNA llluminating Engineering Society of North America
IRP integrated resource planning
IRR internal rate of return
ISO independent system operator
ITA Independent Tariff Administrator

K Kelvins (color temperature of lamp)


k kilo multiple of thousands in SI system
K,k thermal conductivity of material
KVA kilovolt Ampere
KVAR kilovolt Ampere reactive
kW kiloWatt
kWh kiloWatt hour

L electrical inductance
L length (usually feet)
LCC life cycle costing
LDC local distribution company
LEED Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design.
LEEDNC LEED for new construction
LEEDEB LEED for existing buildings
LF load factor
LHV lower heating value
LPS low pressure sodium (lamp)
Lu lumen output of a lamp or fixture

M,m multiple of thousands in IIP system


M Mega, multiple of millions in SI system
MACRS modified accelerated cost recovery system
MARR minimum attractive rate of return
Mbtu thousand Btu
MCF thousand cubic feet (usually of gas)
MEC Model Energy Code
MMBtu million Btu
MMI man machine interface
MMS maintenance management system
5
Energy Manager Acronyms

MMCS maintenance management computer system


MSE2000 Management System for Energy 2000 (ANSI, Georgia Tech Univ)
M&V measurement and verification
MW MegaWatt
MWH,MWh MegaWatt hour

N,n equipment or project lifetime in economic analysis


NAESCO National Association of Energy Service Companies
NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NEA National Energy Actof 1978
NECPA National Energy Conservation Policy Act
NERC North American Electric Reliability Council
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NGPA National Gas Policy Act of 1978
NLRPM no load revolutions per minute (speed)
NOPR Notice of Proposed Rule Making from FERC
NPV net present value in economic analysis
NOx nitrogen oxide compounds
NREL National Renewable Energy Laboratory
NUG non-utility generator

OA outside air
ODP ozone depletion potential
O&M operation and maintenance
OPAC off-peak air conditioning

P present value in economic analysis


PBR performance based rates
PEA preliminary energy audit
PF power factor
PID proportional plus integral plus derivative (control system)
PoolCo power pool company or organization
POU point of use
PM preventive maintenance
PM Portfolio Manager in Energy Star rating system
POU point of use cost of energy
PQ power quality
6
Energy Manager Acronyms

PSIA, psia pounds per square inch absolute (pressure)


PSIG, psig pounds per square inch gauge (pressure)
PSC Public Service Commission
PUC Public Utility Commission
PUHCA Public Utilities Holding Company Act of 1935
PURPA Public Utilities Regulatory Policies Act of 1978
PV photovoltaic system
PV present value
PW present worth
PX power exchange

Q heat load due to conduction using degree days


q rate of heat flow in Btu per hour
QF Qualifying Facility

R electrical resistance
R thermal resistance
RC remote controller
RCR room cavity ratio
RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
RH relative humidity
RLA running load amps
RO reverse osmosis
ROI return on investment
RMS root mean square
RPM revolutions per minute
RTG regional transmission group
RTO regional transmission organization
RTP real time pricing

SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International


SC scheduling coordinator
SC shading coefficient
SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition systems
SHR sensible heat ratio
SEER seasonal energy efficiency ratio
SOx sulfur oxide compounds
SP static pressure
SP simple payback
7
Energy Manager Acronyms

SPB simple payback


SPP simple payback period
SPP Small Power Producers
STR stack temperature rise
SV specific volume

T temperature
T tubular (lamps)
TAA technical assistance audit
TCPIIP transmission control protocol/internet protocol
THD total harmonic distortion
TES thermal energy storage
TOD time of day
TOU time of use
TransCo transmission company
TQM total quality management

U thermal conductance
UDC utility distribution company

USGBC US Green Building Council


UL Underwriters Laboratories

v volts, voltage
V volume
v specific volume
VAV variable air volume
VDT video display terminal
VHO very high output
VFD variable frequency drive
VSD variable speed drive

W watts
W width
WB wet bulb
WH,Wh Watt hours

z electrical impedance

You might also like